Home

Medicinal cannabis is changing the face of clinical medicine.  We are the leaders of that change.

Family,Eating,Sandwiches,Outdoors,In,A,Forest,,Portrait
Happy,Family,With,The,Child,In,The,Field
Portrait,Of,Happy,Family,Standing,In,Back,Yard,During,Sunny
A,Family,Having,A,Walk,With,A,Dog
Satisfied,Senior,Man,With,Friends,Having,A,Picnic,In,A
Happy,Grandparents,Dance,Waltz,In,Front,Of,Family,At,A
Asian,Preteen,Boy,And,Young,Father,Jogging,Together,In,Nature
Granddad,With,Cheerful,Granddaughter,Having,Fun
Cute,Couple,Walking,In,A,Autumn,Park.,Boy,And,Girl
Cute,Couple,Holding,Hands,Happiness,Lifestyle,Meeting
Parents,Play,In,The,Park,With,Their,Son
Mother,And,Daughter,Having,Fun,In,The,Park.,Happiness,And
Grandfather,With,Son,And,Grandson,Sitting,On,Swing,In,Garden
Group,Of,Senior,Trekkers,Checking,A,Map,For,Direction
Mother,And,Daughter,Having,Fun,In,The,Park.,Happiness,And
Group,Of,Senior,Trekkers,Checking,A,Map,For,Direction
Group,Of,People,Holding,Hands,Support,Team,Unity
Happy,Grandfather,,Grandmother,And,Grandson
Group,Of,People,Holding,Hands,Support,Team,Unity
Portrait,Of,Senior,Couple,Walking,Pet,Bulldog,In,Countryside
Group,Of,Senior,Retirement,Friends,Happiness,Concept
Portrait,Of,Four,Cheerful,Senior,Friends,Enjoying,Picnic,On,Green
Women,And,Boys,Walk,Hand,In,Hand,,Traveling,Adventure
Family,Of,Three,On,A,Walk,,Mother,Holding,Child,,Front
Beautiful,Couple,Taking,A,Walk,In,City,Park
Happy,Leisure
Couple,Wife,Husband,Dating,Relaxation,Love,Concept
Young,Attractive,Couple,In,Love,In,An,Autumn,Setting,Following
Group,Of,Senior,Retirement,Friends,Happiness,Concept
Group,Of,Senior,Retirement,Friends,Happiness,Concept
Group,Of,Senior,Retirement,Exercising,Togetherness,Concept
Group,Of,Senior,Friends,Hiking,In,Countryside
Portrait,Of,Cheerful,Girls,With,Grandparents,While,Sitting,In,Back
Beautiful,Couple,Taking,A,Walk,In,City,Park
Group,Of,Senior,Friends,On,Hike,In,Countryside,Looking,At
Happy,Family,In,The,Park,On,A,Sunny,Day
Portrait,Of,Senior,Couple,Standing,With,Family,And,Friend,In
Soldier,Reunited,With,His,Parents,On,A,Sunny,Day
Group,Of,Adult,Multiethnic,Friends,Playing,American,Football,On,The
Portrait,Of,Senior,People,Celebrating,Birthday
Cheerful,Multi,Generation,Family,With,Parents,Giving,Piggy,Back,Standing
Family,Eating,Sandwiches,Outdoors,In,A,Forest,,Portrait Happy,Family,With,The,Child,In,The,Field Portrait,Of,Happy,Family,Standing,In,Back,Yard,During,Sunny A,Family,Having,A,Walk,With,A,Dog Satisfied,Senior,Man,With,Friends,Having,A,Picnic,In,A Happy,Grandparents,Dance,Waltz,In,Front,Of,Family,At,A Asian,Preteen,Boy,And,Young,Father,Jogging,Together,In,Nature Granddad,With,Cheerful,Granddaughter,Having,Fun Cute,Couple,Walking,In,A,Autumn,Park.,Boy,And,Girl Cute,Couple,Holding,Hands,Happiness,Lifestyle,Meeting Parents,Play,In,The,Park,With,Their,Son Mother,And,Daughter,Having,Fun,In,The,Park.,Happiness,And Grandfather,With,Son,And,Grandson,Sitting,On,Swing,In,Garden Group,Of,Senior,Trekkers,Checking,A,Map,For,Direction Mother,And,Daughter,Having,Fun,In,The,Park.,Happiness,And Group,Of,Senior,Trekkers,Checking,A,Map,For,Direction Group,Of,People,Holding,Hands,Support,Team,Unity Happy,Grandfather,,Grandmother,And,Grandson Group,Of,People,Holding,Hands,Support,Team,Unity Portrait,Of,Senior,Couple,Walking,Pet,Bulldog,In,Countryside Group,Of,Senior,Retirement,Friends,Happiness,Concept Portrait,Of,Four,Cheerful,Senior,Friends,Enjoying,Picnic,On,Green Women,And,Boys,Walk,Hand,In,Hand,,Traveling,Adventure Family,Of,Three,On,A,Walk,,Mother,Holding,Child,,Front Beautiful,Couple,Taking,A,Walk,In,City,Park Happy,Leisure Couple,Wife,Husband,Dating,Relaxation,Love,Concept Young,Attractive,Couple,In,Love,In,An,Autumn,Setting,Following Group,Of,Senior,Retirement,Friends,Happiness,Concept Group,Of,Senior,Retirement,Friends,Happiness,Concept Group,Of,Senior,Retirement,Exercising,Togetherness,Concept Group,Of,Senior,Friends,Hiking,In,Countryside Portrait,Of,Cheerful,Girls,With,Grandparents,While,Sitting,In,Back Beautiful,Couple,Taking,A,Walk,In,City,Park Group,Of,Senior,Friends,On,Hike,In,Countryside,Looking,At Happy,Family,In,The,Park,On,A,Sunny,Day Portrait,Of,Senior,Couple,Standing,With,Family,And,Friend,In Soldier,Reunited,With,His,Parents,On,A,Sunny,Day Group,Of,Adult,Multiethnic,Friends,Playing,American,Football,On,The Portrait,Of,Senior,People,Celebrating,Birthday Cheerful,Multi,Generation,Family,With,Parents,Giving,Piggy,Back,Standing

Welcome to CED Clinic, where we’ve created a warm and professional space for you to comfortably discuss the benefits of medical cannabis with the industry’s experts.

If you’re seeking:

1) Personal care from a board-certified Family Physician
2) A genuine, lasting doctor-patient relationship
3) Expertise from the author of “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook” (Random House)

SAVE Money:

For information on health insurance reimbursement for our visits: email info@CEDclinic.com.

You’ve found the right place!

🔥 voted Best Medical Cannabis Clinic in New England 🔥

Our Services

  • Expert Telemedicine Medical Cannabis Consultations Available!
    • Medical Card Certifications (Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont, Maine)
    • Adult Cannabis Care (Everyone in the US + Internationally)
    • Pediatric Cannabis Care (Everyone in the US + Internationally)
  • In-Depth Consultations & Care Plans
    • Personalized Services
    • Cannabis and Non-Cannabis Medical Second Opinions
    • Long-term Talk Therapy Relationships
    • Advice, Support, and Cost-Savings Advice!

Our Mission

  • To Heal
  • To Listen
  • To Educate
  • To Learn and Understand

Questions? Email anytime: info@CEDclinic.com

Our Team

Benjamin Caplan, MD
Erin Caplan, NP

Benjamin Caplan, MD, stands at the forefront of medical cannabis care as the Founder and Chief Medical Officer of CED Clinic and CED Foundation. His entrepreneurial journey further extends as the Founder of multiple medical cannabis technology and educational platforms and as a medical advisor to the prestigious cannabis investment fund, GreenAXS Capital. Within digital healthcare, Dr. Caplan co-founded EO Care, Inc, a pioneering digital therapeutic and telemedicine platform, offering personalized cannabis care and product plans and continuous clinical guidance to a global clientele seeking a reliable, evidence-based cannabis care partner. Adding to his repertoire of contributions to the medical cannabis arena, Dr. Caplan has recently published “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook,” an industry-first resource empowering readers with the full scope of the therapeutic potential of cannabis. Through his multifaceted involvement, Dr. Caplan continuously strives to bridge the gap between traditional medicine and cannabis care, making a significant impact in evolving holistic healthcare.

Erin Caplan, NP is a board-certified Pediatric Nurse Practitioner with a master’s-level medical education from Simmons. Her extensive clinical journey has been enriched through roles at Massachusetts General Hospital, Hyde Park Pediatrics, and Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, where she has provided both inpatient and outpatient primary care to some of the most fragile and challenging pediatric patients. A registered cannabis care provider licensed by the Massachusetts Cannabis Control Commission, Erin seamlessly blends her pediatric expertise with the nuance and adaptability required for personalized cannabis care. A community leader, avid athlete, and dedicated mother of four, Erin’s compassionate bedside manner and steadfast commitment to evidence-based practice have earned her the trust and appreciation of patients and families, showcasing her as a harmonious blend of clinical excellence with a personal touch.

Patient Stories

I Finally Got My Stress Under Control

I used to pride myself on being able to handle anything work threw at me. Long hours, tight deadlines, a demanding boss—it was all part of the game, and I thought I had it down. But somewhere along the way, the stress started to build up. Slowly at first, then all at once. I was losing sleep, snapping at my family, and my chest constantly felt tight. The smallest things would set me off, and no amount of weekends or ‘self-care’ could fix it. I didn’t recognize myself anymore.

My doctor had suggested anti-anxiety meds, but I didn’t want to go that route. I kept thinking, there’s got to be another way. A friend mentioned cannabis, and I’ll admit, I laughed at first. Cannabis? For work stress? I thought it was a joke. But after another sleepless week and two missed deadlines, I was willing to try anything. That’s when I found CED Clinic and Dr Caplan.

I wasn’t sure what to expect going in, but Dr. Caplan made me feel comfortable right away. He listened—not just to what I was saying, but to what I wasn’t saying, if that makes sense. He didn’t treat me like a case file or just another patient. We talked about the stress, sure, but also about why I’d been so hesitant to ask for help. He suggested a low-dose CBD regimen to help me unwind without feeling ‘off,’ and explained that it wasn’t about numbing out—it was about finding balance again.

It took a few weeks before I really started noticing a difference. At first, I wasn’t sure if it was doing anything, but then I realized I wasn’t lying awake at night, going over work problems in my head. I wasn’t clenching my jaw every time I opened an email. The stress didn’t go away, but I wasn’t drowning in it anymore. I felt like I could handle things again, like the weight had been lifted just enough for me to breathe.

Now, I can get through my workday without feeling like I’m on the verge of a meltdown. I’m more present with my family, more patient. It’s not perfect, and work is still stressful, but it doesn’t own me anymore. I can’t say enough about what Dr. Caplan did for me. I was lost, and he helped me find my way back.”*

– Jason B

J Bennett

Our Son Found Calm, and So Did We

Our son has always been… difficult, to put it lightly. He’s smart, no doubt about that, but for as long as I can remember, we’ve struggled with his defiance. It was like every day was a battle—he’d talk back, refuse to listen, and disrupt everything at home and at school. We’d get calls from his teachers constantly about how he couldn’t sit still or follow directions. He was failing classes, not because he didn’t understand the material, but because he just refused to engage. I started to feel like we were losing control, not just of him, but of our family. It was exhausting. We tried everything—therapy, behavior charts, punishments, rewards—but nothing seemed to get through to him.

When someone suggested we look into cannabis, I’ll admit, I was pretty skeptical. The idea of giving our son cannabis? It felt like too much. But at the same time, I felt like we were running out of options. I mean, we couldn’t keep going the way we were. So, I did some research and found Dr. Caplan. I didn’t really know what to expect, but I figured it was worth at least hearing what he had to say. When we met with him, Dr. Caplan was so calm, so understanding. He didn’t make us feel like we were bad parents, which, honestly, was a huge relief. We’d been feeling like failures for a long time. He explained that cannabis, in the right doses, might help our son relax, become more receptive, and just… chill out.

At first, I wasn’t sure. But we decided to give it a shot because we needed something to change. I remember the first few weeks—we were waiting for a miracle that didn’t come right away. But slowly, things started to shift. He wasn’t perfect, and I didn’t expect him to be, but we started seeing moments of calm, of compliance. He’d sit down and actually listen when we talked to him. His teachers noticed, too. The calls home weren’t as frequent, and when they did call, it wasn’t about him disrupting the class, but little moments where he was making an effort. He wasn’t fighting us over every single thing anymore. He even started being more responsible around the house—little things like cleaning up after himself, finishing homework without a meltdown.

It wasn’t an overnight transformation, but it was enough to make us believe that maybe—just maybe—things could get better. And they have. Our son is still a work in progress, but aren’t we all? He’s more in control now, more aware of his actions. I can’t tell you what a relief it is to have peace in our home again, even if it’s not perfect all the time. We can breathe. We can plan things without the constant fear of a blow-up. Dr. Caplan gave us the space to feel like parents again, instead of just referees in constant battles.

– Heather R.

Heather R

Finally Found Relief from Menopause

Menopause hit me like a freight train. One minute I was fine, and the next, I was drowning in hot flashes, mood swings, sleepless nights, and constant irritability. It felt like I couldn’t get through the day without snapping at someone or dripping in sweat. The worst part was the lack of sleep—I’d toss and turn all night, then drag myself through the day feeling exhausted. It was like I had no control over my own body, and everything just felt harder. I tried the usual over-the-counter remedies and even considered hormone replacement therapy, but I didn’t like the risks. Honestly, I was starting to lose hope.

A friend of mine, who had been seeing Dr. Caplan for her own health issues, suggested I give him a try. I wasn’t sure at first. Cannabis for menopause? It seemed a little out there. But after trying everything else and getting nowhere, I figured I had nothing to lose. From the moment I met with Dr. Caplan, I knew I was in the right place. He listened to all my complaints without judgment—he understood how tough it was. He didn’t just hand me a one-size-fits-all solution either. Instead, he explained how cannabis could help balance out my mood swings, improve my sleep, and even ease the intensity of the hot flashes. He was thorough, but he kept it simple, so I didn’t feel overwhelmed.

Within a few weeks of starting on a low-dose regimen, I noticed a real change. The hot flashes were still there, but they weren’t as intense, and I wasn’t waking up drenched in sweat every night. My mood swings started to even out too. I wasn’t losing my temper over every little thing, and I was able to get through the day without feeling like I was on edge all the time. Most importantly, I started sleeping again. I’m not talking about perfect, uninterrupted sleep, but I was actually getting solid rest and waking up feeling more human. My irritability softened as my body felt more balanced.

I can’t say enough good things about Dr. Caplan and the care he’s given me. Menopause doesn’t feel like it’s running my life anymore. I have a handle on it now, and I feel like myself again. Cannabis wasn’t something I ever thought I’d turn to, but I’m so glad I did. Dr. Caplan gave me back my peace of mind, and for that, I’ll be forever grateful.

– Lisa M.

Lisa Montingerie

Cannabis Gave Us Our Family Back

“We live in California. Our son has severe autism, OCD, and behavioral issues that have ruled our lives for as long as I can remember. He struggles with communication, and when things don’t go as expected, the meltdowns are explosive. There are days when he self-injures so severely that I can’t leave him alone for a second. The screams, the head-banging, the constant pacing—it’s heartbreaking and terrifying. My husband and I have felt like prisoners in our own home. We can’t go shopping, we can’t take vacations, we can’t even break from the daily routine without risking an episode that could throw him into a spiral for weeks. We’ve tried every therapy, every medication. Nothing seemed to give him—or us—a moment of peace. It was draining every ounce of energy and hope we had left.

When someone first suggested cannabis to us, I was hesitant, scared even. I didn’t know how it would affect him. I see potheads and druggies everywhere these days in my area, and it does not look appealing. Would it help, or make things worse? But we were desperate, and a friend had read The Cannabis Handbook and suggested that we reach out, so we decided to see Dr. Caplan. I’ll never forget that first meeting. He listened—really listened—to the hell we’ve been living through, and for the first time in a long time, I felt like someone understood. His questions made it clear that he’s been through this with many others. He seemed to get our struggle like no doctor I’ve ever encountered. He wasn’t dismissive, and he cetainly didn’t make us feel crazy for trying something new – the way all of my other doctors do. He explained how cannabis could help with the anxiety, the OCD, and even the self-injury, in a way that was calm and controlled, without overwhelming us. Our son came on camera with a tantrum, and Dr Caplan was as patient and attentive, supportive, as I wish docs all were. Dr. Caplan carefully walked us through everything, never pushing, always respecting our concerns. His focus is so clearly empowering us, not tripping on himself or being on high.

We started our son on small doses of a few products, and I won’t lie, it wasn’t a quick, overnight change. But over time, with adjustments that he oversaw with us, we saw it—he started to calm down. The meltdowns weren’t as frequent, and when they did happen, they didn’t last as long or get as intense. The self-injury started to lessen. It felt like we could breathe again, like we had a little more room to live. We’re still careful—routine is still important—but the constant terror of something going wrong isn’t hanging over our heads as much. For the first time in years, my husband and I were able to go out for dinner. It sounds like such a small thing, but it was a moment where we could remember what life used to be like, before we became prisoners to our son’s condition.

I can’t say that cannabis has fixed everything, but it’s given us something we didn’t have before: hope. We’re seeing glimpses of who our son is underneath the anxiety and the behavioral issues. Dr. Caplan’s patience and understanding have been a lifeline for us. He gave us a way to manage our lives again. We’re still on this journey, but for the first time, it feels like there’s light at the end of the tunnel.”

– Sarah W.

Sarah W

Finding Comfort and Connection Again

“Loneliness had been creeping up on me for years, but it really hit hard when I retired. My social circle started shrinking, and the days just felt longer and emptier. I had been keeping busy with hobbies, but the silence in my house became unbearable. I’d wake up in the morning with no motivation to get out of bed because I didn’t have anyone to talk to, nowhere I really needed to be. I tried to reach out to old friends, but it always felt awkward, like I didn’t fit into their lives anymore. My primary doctor referred me to Dr. Caplan, not because of anything physical, but because they thought cannabis might help me with the emotional side of things. I was pretty skeptical. Cannabis? For loneliness? I didn’t see how it could possibly make me feel less isolated.

When I met with Dr. Caplan, he listened without judgment. I explained how I felt like I was drifting through my days, disconnected from everyone around me. He was calm and compassionate, and he didn’t rush me at all. Instead of dismissing my feelings, he talked me through how cannabis might help me not feel so ‘stuck’ in my emotions. We started with a low-dose regimen that focused on CBD to help with the feelings of overwhelm and helplessness. It wasn’t a quick fix, but after a few weeks, I noticed I felt lighter, more at ease. I found it easier to pick up the phone and call an old friend, easier to motivate myself to go out for a walk or run errands.

It’s hard to explain, but it felt like a weight had lifted off my chest. The loneliness was still there, but it didn’t feel so suffocating. I could breathe again, could start imagining a life where I wasn’t so isolated. Over time, I’ve been able to reconnect with people, even make new friends. Cannabis didn’t solve everything, but it gave me the space I needed to start living again. Dr. Caplan was there every step of the way, adjusting the treatment as we went and always making sure I was comfortable. I never thought something like this could help with how I was feeling, but I’m so glad I gave it a chance.”*

– Tom B.

Tom B

Does Cannabis Work for Pediatric Autism? Yes!

“I wanted to take a moment to share a heartfelt message we recently received from one of Dr. Caplan’s patients. It’s moments like these that remind us why we’re so passionate about the work we do. The incredible progress described below is a testament to the power of personalized care and cannabis therapy. We’re grateful to witness such transformations and hope this story provides inspiration for others seeking hope and relief.”

Jack Thompson, CED Clinic Operations Manager

 

For anyone interested in seeing Dr. Caplan as a consulting physician, please visit this link:Book an Appointment to complete our intake form, make a payment, and schedule your visit—all in one easy step.

CED Clinic Welcomes New Patients
Patients of All Ages, National and International, are Welcome!

 

 

 

 

A heartfelt email from a patient expressing gratitude to Dr. Caplan for recommending a CBD/THC tincture that significantly improved their son’s behavior and well-being, detailing the progress in areas such as sleep, car rides, and eating habits.
Jack Thompson

Managing Anxiety with Cannabis: A Personal Story of Relief

“I heard about Dr. Caplan through a friend who had been his patient for a couple of years. I had been struggling with anxiety for a while but didn’t think cannabis was something I could handle. The stigma around it made me nervous, and I wasn’t sure it was for me. But my friend couldn’t stop raving about the difference Dr. Caplan had made in her life, so I finally decided to check him out. From the moment I sat down with him, I knew I was in good hands. He took the time to understand my situation, explaining how cannabis could be used to manage anxiety in a safe, controlled way. It wasn’t about pushing a product—it was about finding the right balance for my body and my needs. Now, I feel more in control of my anxiety than I have in years, and I’m grateful for Dr. Caplan’s thoughtful and thorough care.”

– Maria S.

Maria Sintira

Finally Found Relief for My Back Pain

“I was at my wit’s end with my lower back pain, and nothing seemed to work—painkillers, physical therapy, injections—you name it. My orthopedist mentioned Dr. Caplan, and honestly, I wasn’t sure about the whole cannabis thing. I mean, I wasn’t against it, but I didn’t think it was for me. Still, I was desperate, so I made the call. Dr. Caplan wasn’t like any other doctor I’d met. He really took the time to get to know me, my history, and my concerns about cannabis. He didn’t push anything but explained how it could help manage pain and inflammation in a way I could understand. He helped me feel like this was something worth trying, not some weird ‘last resort.’ Fast forward six months, and I’m moving around a lot better than I have in years. I never thought I’d say it, but cannabis has made a huge difference in my life. Dr. Caplan’s been there for every step, making sure I get the right balance for what I need.”

– Mike T.

Michael Tertansky

From Total Skeptic to Success: How Cannabis Helped My Skin Condition

“I came to CED Clinic on the recommendation of my dermatologist after battling severe eczema for most of my life. I’d tried everything from steroid creams to light therapy, but nothing seemed to keep the flare-ups at bay for long. The idea of using cannabis for my skin condition seemed strange at first, and I was pretty skeptical. It wasn’t something my friends or family had ever talked about, and I wasn’t sure how it could really help. But my dermatologist convinced me to at least have a conversation, and I’m so glad I did. Dr. Caplan didn’t make me feel awkward or silly for being uncertain. Instead, he walked me through how cannabis could potentially reduce inflammation and improve my skin health. A few months into the treatment plan, and my skin has never looked better. I wish I had come to him sooner.”

– Lindsey P.

Lindsey Peterson

Cannabis Helped Me Feel Less Alone

“I’ve been dealing with loneliness for years. After my kids moved out and my spouse passed away, the days just felt so empty. I tried therapy and even medication, but nothing really touched the feeling of being alone. A friend mentioned Dr. Caplan and how cannabis had helped her with anxiety, but I wasn’t sure if it could help with loneliness. It felt strange to think about cannabis as an option for something like that. Still, I figured it was worth a shot. Dr. Caplan was kind and understanding right from the start. He didn’t make me feel silly for bringing up something as hard to explain as loneliness. He explained how cannabis might help ease the constant heaviness I was feeling, not by curing loneliness but by helping me feel more connected to myself and the world around me. We started slow, and over time, I noticed a shift. The emptiness didn’t go away, but it didn’t feel so overwhelming anymore. I started going out more, seeing friends again, and just feeling a little lighter. I’m still working through it, but cannabis—along with Dr. Caplan’s care—has made it easier to handle.”

– Susan R.

Susan Ringly

Overcoming Arthritis Pain: My Journey to Relief at CED Clinic

“I was referred to Dr. Caplan by my podiatrist, who suggested I look into cannabis after dealing with arthritis in my feet for years. Honestly, I was hesitant. I’d never been a fan of the idea of using cannabis—it seemed like a last resort. But after cycling through endless medications with little success, I was willing to try something new. From the first consultation, Dr. Caplan made me feel completely at ease. He spent time learning about my history and concerns, and he carefully explained the options in a way that was easy to understand. He wasn’t just throwing solutions at me—he was building a plan around my life. I’ve been on the regimen we discussed for about four months now, and the improvement is undeniable. It’s not just the relief, but the care and commitment Dr. Caplan shows that keeps me confident in the process.”

– Robert H.

Robert Hickenlooper

I Overcame Insomnia with Dr. Caplan’s Help.

“I was referred to Dr. Caplan by my PCP after months of struggling with severe insomnia. For years, I had relied on prescription sleep aids, but over time, they stopped working, and the side effects were unbearable. I had heard about cannabis being used for sleep, but I wasn’t convinced it would work for me. The idea of using cannabis made me nervous—I had no experience with it and didn’t want to feel ‘high.’ But my doctor insisted that I give Dr. Caplan a try, so I booked an appointment. From the very first meeting, Dr. Caplan took the time to understand my fears and hesitations. He didn’t push anything on me but explained how cannabis, especially CBD, could help regulate my sleep cycle without the psychoactive effects I was worried about. His calm, knowledgeable approach reassured me, and we crafted a plan that I felt comfortable with. After just a few weeks on the treatment, I started sleeping better than I had in years. It wasn’t an overnight solution, but Dr. Caplan was with me every step of the way, adjusting the plan as needed. I’ve regained the energy I thought I had lost forever, and for that, I’m incredibly grateful.”

– Rachel S.

Rachel Samuelson

Finding Hope After Chronic Migraines: Dr. Caplan Helped Me See Cannabis

“I found Dr. Caplan after reading The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook. I had been suffering from chronic migraines for years, but the idea of using cannabis never crossed my mind. To be honest, I had a lot of doubts—would it work? Would it make me feel ‘off’? But the book opened my eyes to the science behind it, and I decided it was time to explore other options. When I reached out to Dr. Caplan, I was still on the fence, but he took the time to listen, explain, and answer every question I had. He didn’t push anything on me, but instead guided me through the possibilities. Fast forward six months, and I’ve seen such a huge improvement in my quality of life. Dr. Caplan’s approach is professional, but also deeply personal. It’s clear he cares about getting things right for each patient.”

– Jessica M.

Jessica Montrouse

No More Painful Periods

“I’ve had awful period cramps for as long as I can remember, and nothing ever worked to ease the pain. My gynecologist suggested Dr. Caplan, but I wasn’t sure about using cannabis for menstrual pain—it seemed kind of odd to me. Still, I was tired of being in pain every month, so I decided to at least talk to him. Dr. Caplan was great—he explained how cannabis could help with cramps and inflammation and answered all my questions without making me feel rushed. He worked with me to figure out a plan that I was comfortable with, and within a few cycles, I started noticing a big difference. The pain isn’t completely gone, but it’s so much more manageable now. I don’t dread that time of the month anymore. I’m so glad I gave it a try—Dr. Caplan’s made this whole process easier than I expected.”

– Emily K.

Emily Kingston

Trustworthy & Easy

From the moment I first connected with Dr. Caplan on a telemedicine visit, I felt an immediate sense of relief. I had been struggling with anxiety for years, and previous doctors had only offered quick fixes that never addressed the root of the problem. Dr. Caplan took the time to understand my history, my triggers, and my lifestyle. The discussion was open and flowed easily and  to me, clearly shows that he actually cares. During our consultation, he explained the complex medical stuff in a way that made sense to me, and made sure I felt informed and empowered every step of the way. When I had a panic attack late one night, I emailed him in desperation, and to my surprise, he responded almost immediately with calming words and practical advice. His personalized follow-up call the next day was the reassurance I needed to stay on track. Dr. Caplan’s unwavering commitment and compassionate care have truly transformed my life.

— Michael Anderson

Michael Anderson

My anxiety is manageable!

Dr. Caplan’s thoughtful approach turned my anxiety into a manageable journey, offering not just treatment but a renewed sense of hope and understanding.

– S Christianson

Sandra Christianson

I’m a whole person. And I’m complicated.

“I found Dr Caplan after reading his book, The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook. Dr. Caplan doesn’t just treat symptoms—he treats the whole person. From my very first appointment, he made sure I understood every part of my treatment plan, and I left feeling hopeful for the first time in years. His book has been a helpful resource, but it’s his personal touch and thoughtful care that really sets him apart. I’ve never felt rushed or like just another patient in a long line. Instead, I feel truly heard.”

– Sarah W.

Sarah W

My Son Was Right About Cannabis

“Funny enough, my teenage son was the one who pushed me to see Dr. Caplan. I’ve had a stressful job for years, and it’s been taking a toll on my health. My son did a project on cannabis for school and said I should check it out for stress. I was pretty hesitant—I mean, cannabis? It wasn’t something I ever thought I’d try. But after hearing my son talk about it for weeks, I figured, why not? I went to Dr. Caplan with a lot of questions, and he took the time to answer every one of them. He explained how I didn’t have to get ‘high’ to use cannabis for stress and that it could help me feel calmer without messing with my head. He started me on a low-dose CBD plan, and within a couple of weeks, I started noticing a difference. I was less anxious at work, more patient with my family, and just felt more balanced. Honestly, I owe my son for nudging me, but I’m grateful to Dr. Caplan for helping me find a solution that really works.”

– Janet W.

Janet Wishingsly

From Sleepless Nights to Peaceful Mornings

“I was dealing with sleepless nights for months—maybe even years—when my primary care doctor suggested I check out Dr. Caplan. I’d been on sleeping pills for ages, but they stopped working, and I was left exhausted all the time. The idea of using cannabis for sleep honestly sounded weird to me. I didn’t know much about it, and I figured it would just make me feel groggy or out of it. But I was tired of being tired, so I made the appointment. Dr. Caplan really gets it—he wasn’t pushy at all. He explained how CBD could help me without the ‘high’ I was worried about, and he was super patient with all my questions. Within a couple of weeks, I was actually sleeping through the night. It’s not an overnight fix, but it’s the best sleep I’ve had in years. I wake up feeling refreshed instead of like a zombie. Dr. Caplan’s follow-ups have been a game-changer too—he checks in to make sure everything’s working. It feels good to have a doctor who cares.”

– Laura B.

Laura Bonintue

Genuine care and great medical advice

Dr. Caplan’s genuine care and commitment are evident in every interaction. At CED Clinic, I received more than just medical advice; I gained a trusted advisor in my health journey. His use of personalized treatment plans and educational resources helped me understand and manage my condition better than ever before.
– Michael T.

Michael T

Awesome experience!

I never felt like just another patient at CED Clinic; Dr. Caplan made sure of that. His thorough understanding of my health needs, paired with his deep knowledge of cannabis therapy, provided a tailored experience that truly catered to my well-being. Every visit felt like a step forward in my journey dealing with sleeplessness, stress, and PTSD.
– Denise H.

 

Denise H

Happy customer!

My visit to CED Clinic was absolutely amazing, and it all started with Kim. She was so friendly and helpful right from the get-go, making the whole scheduling thing a breeze – a real breath of fresh air! Then there was Dr. Caplan. Honestly, chatting with him felt more like catching up with an old friend than a typical doctor’s visit. He didn’t seem to be watching the clock at all; he was all in, really getting to grips with what I’ve been going through, and dishing out advice that hit the nail on the head. And get this – he’s even written a book about it all! I can’t wait to get my hands on a copy. The whole experience at CED Clinic was just so warm and genuine. They’ve got something special going on over there, for sure.

Amanda Kimmel

I’m Free: My Journey Beyond Chronic Pain!

I felt trapped in a cycle of chronic pain, where prescription and over-the-counter meds were just dead ends. Then I found Dr. Caplan. His blend of medical expertise and cannabis knowledge opened a door I didn’t know existed. I read ‘The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook’ and it was/is a turning point—packed with research and actionable advice, it guided me to a pain management plan that actually worked. Thanks to Dr. Caplan, I’m living with less pain and more hope. Highly recommend for anyone stuck in the pain cycle.

Emily Brasston

From Frayed Edges to Balance: Found My Center with Cannabis

Let me paint you a picture of my life not too long ago: a job that never hit ‘pause,’ kids that always needed me in a hundred different ways, and a level of work stress that had me teetering on the edge. I was juggling more plates than I had hands for, and it felt like I was one strong breeze away from watching them all come crashing down. Sleep was a luxury I couldn’t afford, and ‘me time’ was a concept so foreign it might as well have been from another planet.

Enter Dr. Benjamin Caplan and his life-altering approach to managing stress through cannabis medicine. At first, I was skeptical—could this really be the answer I’d been searching for? But from the moment we began, it was clear Dr. Caplan wasn’t just any doctor. His blend of traditional medical insight and innovative cannabis expertise was like a breath of fresh air.

What truly transformed my journey, though, was diving into ‘The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook.’ This wasn’t just another self-help book; it was a treasure trove of evidence-based research, clinical wisdom, and, most importantly, actionable advice that felt like it was written just for me. It became my North Star, guiding me through the haze of stress and sleepless nights to a place of understanding and balance.

Thanks to the personalized strategy Dr. Caplan crafted with me, I’ve been able to reclaim control over my stress and find a sense of equilibrium I didn’t think was possible. My work no longer feels like a constant battle, and I’ve found more joy and presence in the time I spend with my kids. The difference is night and day.

I’m beyond grateful to Dr. Caplan and the invaluable lessons from his handbook. For anyone feeling overwhelmed by the demands of work, family, and everything in between, Dr. Caplan’s compassionate, evidence-based approach might just be the lifeline you need. I can’t recommend him enough.

Sam Dexter

My Journey to Conquering Chronic Insomnia with Dr. Caplan and Cannabis Medicine

I’ve been in this battle with chronic insomnia for what feels like forever. I hit a point where I felt completely out of options. I mean, you name it, I tried it—all those over-the-counter fixes, prescriptions from my doctors, and I even got creative mixing up my own cannabinoid solutions. But nothing worked. Those endless nights of tossing and turning weren’t just annoying; they were wrecking my health and my spirits.

Then, almost out of nowhere, I stumbled upon Dr. Benjamin Caplan and his work in the world of cannabis medicine. From the moment we started talking, I knew this was different. He’s got this unique blend of traditional medical wisdom and cutting-edge cannabis knowledge. It’s like he sees the whole picture in a way no one else had shown me before.

But here’s the real game-changer: “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook.” That book blew my mind. It’s packed with solid science and real-deal clinical insights on how cannabis can tackle not just insomnia but a whole list of issues. More than that, it gave me straightforward, practical steps tailored just for me. It turned into my guide on this journey to use cannabis safely and super effectively.

I owe so much to Dr. Caplan and the wisdom packed into that book. I’ve finally found some peace from my insomnia—a relief I thought was off the table for me. My sleep’s way better, and my days? They’ve transformed. I can’t thank Dr. Caplan enough. And seriously, if you’re hitting a wall with insomnia or any health problem that just won’t budge with the usual treatments, Dr. Caplan’s approach could be the breakthrough you’re looking for. Certainly was for me.

 

My Journey to Conquering Chronic Insomnia with Dr. Caplan and Cannabis Medicine

Hashimoto’s Disease and Cannabis: How I Found the Right Balance with Dr. Caplan’s Help

“My endocrinologist recommended Dr. Caplan after I’d been diagnosed with Hashimoto’s disease. I was dealing with a range of symptoms—fatigue, joint pain, brain fog—but I was really hesitant to try cannabis. I didn’t have any experience with it and was worried about how it might affect me. Still, after years of feeling like nothing was really working, I was ready to explore new options. Dr. Caplan’s approach made all the difference. He took the time to understand not only my medical history but also my reservations. He patiently explained how cannabis could help with my symptoms without overwhelming me. It wasn’t an instant fix, but over the months, I started noticing real improvements. What sets Dr. Caplan apart is how much he truly listens and adapts the treatment plan to my needs. I’ve never felt more supported by a doctor.”

– Megan L.

Megan Lincoln

A Lifeline in Chronic Pain: Cannabis Changed My Life

“I was referred to Dr. Caplan by my orthopedist after years of dealing with debilitating lower back pain. I had been through physical therapy, painkillers, and injections, but nothing offered lasting relief. Honestly, I was skeptical about trying cannabis. I had always associated it with recreational use and didn’t see how it could be a solution for chronic pain. But after my orthopedist explained the potential benefits and encouraged me to meet with Dr. Caplan, I decided to give it a chance. From the moment I walked into Dr. Caplan’s office, I felt like he was different from any doctor I’d seen before. He listened carefully to my history and my concerns, and instead of pushing cannabis on me, he educated me on the science behind it. He explained how it could help reduce inflammation and manage pain without the foggy side effects I was used to with traditional medications. Now, after six months of working with Dr. Caplan, my pain is more manageable than I ever thought possible. I’m not saying it’s a magic cure, but for the first time in years, I feel like I have control over my life again. His compassion and expertise have been a lifeline for me.”

– David P.

David Pelonsky

Used as a Human Target as a Kid, Medical Cannabis is the answer.

I’m totally blind. I live in a rural area. So when I was 12, same-age peers thought zapping the blind girl’s eyes with laser pointers would be a great idea. It got bad enough that my paraprofessional had to have the devices banned from the school for my safety. Shortly after, I began having intense eye aches. I differentiate them from headaches because even a 12 year old can tell the difference. Doctors told my parents and I they were migraines. It wasn’t until later in life that I began realizing there was something else going on here. Really studying migraines, studying the eye, studying neurology and understanding not all was as it seemed. I began developing my own theories as to what these “migraines” were. I take migraine meds, but they don’t treat the eye aches. They treat the other migraine symptoms just fine. My younger brother suggested I try edibles last year. Because by this point, I was in enough pain where I believed I’d have to have my eyes removed. None of us wanted to see that happen. So he took me to a dispensary, (he had spoken with someone he knew there about me prior, and they’d come up with a regimen they thought would work.) The first clue I had that we were on the right track, was that I slept for 14 hours. So I kept a calendar and a spreadsheet full of virtual sticky notes, and 2 weeks later came to Dr. Caplan for my medical card, crazy theories about optic neuropathy in underdeveloped optic nerves and all. A year later, I’m studying cybersecurity, because that’s something I found I’m passionate about, and I can do it now!

Krista Pennell

To sleep well again is life-changing

Dr. Caplan was coincidentally recommended by both my dentist and a close friend. I was concerned about finding a high level, knowledgeable, physician in a professional setting who understood using cannabis in a safe and effective manner. I can’t recommend Dr. Caplan more highly. His knowledge is vast and I am grateful for his expertise, care and compassion. To sleep well again is life-changing. Very few things literally change someone’s life. Dr. Caplan’s knowledge and guidance on cannabis did that for me.

Barbara M.

Not once did I feel rushed or embarrassed, in fact I felt like he really does care about my circumstances, and wanted for me to feel confident and prepared

Honestly, I was hesitant to try cannabis. I have debilitating menstrual cramps and my OB/GYN recommended Dr. Caplan. I was more than a little hesitant to try cannibas because all I really knew about it was that people used it to get “high” – and that was not something I was interested in. This perspective totally changed when I actually came in and met with Dr. Caplan. He was incredibly understanding and really took the time to ease my mind about the whole process, what kind of options there were to choose from, what they might do, and what would probably appeal to me. He spent a lot of time answering all my questions (and I had a lot!). Not once did I feel rushed or embarrassed, in fact I felt like he really does care about my circumstances, and wanted for me to feel confident and prepared.

Mark L.

Dr. Caplan was thorough in his evaluation and friendly and accessible in his approach

Dr. Caplan was thorough in his evaluation and friendly and accessible in his approach. He provided in depth information and step by step guidance for beginning the process of utilizing cannabis therapies. He is available to his patients by email and phone. I highly recommend an appointment with him if you are even remotely considering medicinal use. I was hesitant about this approach before my appointment but now, after talking with Dr. Caplan and learning a little bit more about the science, I am eager to explore and I feel better already!

Rachel M.

I saw Dr Caplan a few months ago, and from even before I met him, he has made himself available to me over email, for questions, more than even my regular doctor

I came into marijuana medicine with zero experience. I must say, I’ve been learning a ton, and I would recommend it to anyone with terrible anxiety and depression. I saw Dr Caplan a few months ago, and from even before I met him, he has made himself available to me over email, for questions, more than even my regular doctor. A friend told me that I should see Dr Caplan, but I was still unsure about becoming a medical marijuana patient. I called and was able to speak with Dr Caplan directly. He took time, on the phone, even before he had met me, to explain the whole process, which helped me feel more comfortable putting a voice and personality to the process. Later, when I finally came in, during the visit, he spent almost 40 minutes with me, walking me through how cannabis might fit in with some of the other treatments I currently use. We have kept in touch over email since, like 3 or 4 random questions, and has always responded promptly. I think he is a truly special doctor, and from what I’ve read on Twitter, has a passion for educating and helping improve the perception of cannabis.

Alan T.

I had an enjoyable visit with clear information and education about medical marijuana and the dispensaries

Full stars. I appreciate the great parking and simple scheduling system. I had an enjoyable visit with clear information and education about medical marijuana and the dispensaries. No fancy language, no time wasted. Works for me.

Michael J.

I am a survivor of breast, uterine, and ovarian cancers, and Dr Caplan of CED Clinic is, hands down, the favorite voice of support and cannabis education for our hospital list-serv care group

I am a survivor of breast, uterine, and ovarian cancers, and Dr Caplan of CED Clinic is, hands down, the favorite voice of support and cannabis education for our hospital list-serv care group. I have seen him speak publicly, and on TV, and of course he is also my doctor. In spite of having what seems to be a crowd of patients who are mostly in terrible pain or have a generous helping of emotional/mental issues, I see him work tirelessly for his patients and for the cause, in general. I appreciate his leadership in the cannabis field. He is one in a million.

Stephanie W.

Dr. Caplan is an extremely knowledgeable doctor in his field and very easy to speak with about any questions and concerns you may have

Dr. Caplan is an extremely knowledgeable doctor in his field and very easy to speak with about any questions and concerns you may have. As a person that suffers from anxiety, upon arriving at the office I felt welcomed and relaxed because the doctor is compassionate and kind. The office atmosphere is not what I expected at all and was very peaceful and relaxing, also there were snacks and beverages which I have never seen before in a doctor’s office. I would highly recommend Dr. Caplan because he will take the time to answer every question that you may have about treatment. I made an appointment on a Saturday and was seen right away on the same day! Very easy process and very responsive. I am happy I chose Dr. Caplan!

Joshua C.

This is our second visit to Dr. Caplan in a year, and on both occasions, we were just blown away by his caring and compassion

This is our second visit to Dr. Caplan in a year, and on both occasions, we were just blown away by his caring and compassion. He is a true healer, with a great heart, enormous patience, and extraordinary expertise. My wife and I were amazed to find a physician who truly puts his patients first, and who is passionate about figuring out the best way to help us with our chronic pain. In our 60+ years of experience with health care providers, Dr. Caplan is among the most committed, generous, and caring healers we have ever met.

Heather F.

I can’t recommend Dr. Caplan highly enough

I can’t recommend Dr. Caplan highly enough. This was my third medical marijuana certification review (original plus two renewals), and the previous two doctors were just perfunctory form-fillers in shabby offices in remote office parks. Dr. Caplan is a REAL cannabis doctor who’s deeply knowledgeable about medical marijuana and clearly explains EXACTLY how to use it for YOUR specific conditions. He also has a real doctor’s office in a real medical building right on Boylston Street (Route 9) in Chestnut Hill ( not far from NETA Brookline, my dispensary of choice.) AND THE VISIT IS COVERED BY MEDICAL INSURANCE! I’ve become somewhat knowledgeable about what works for my primary complaint (chronic pain from spinal stenosis w/ radiculopathy) and what to avoid, but he gave me brand new ways to deal with my insomnia (including how and when to use edibles, which hadn’t worked for me before b/c I didn’t really know what I was doing) and arthritis in my hands (including a simple recipe to make topical lotion that’s stronger and cheaper than the commercial products). I interrupted him with frequent questions, which he answered at whatever level of detail and technical information I wanted. I had been deeply dissatisfied with the cannabis doctors I went to before, but Dr. Caplan is an outstanding DOCTOR who happens to specialize in medical marijuana because he cares about helping patients for whom traditional medicine hasn’t fully met their needs. You can book appointments on his web site, although my wait time was more than 10 minutes (during which I filled out his online patient questionnaire on my phone and ate all the Kit Kats in his candy basket), it was well worth it. This is a relatively new practice, I believe, and it’s going to get a lot busier as word spreads. But just do yourself a favor and go: this is what state-of-the-art medical marijuana care is supposed to be like.

Steve G.

Dr. Caplan patiently explained how there are so many options to chose from and exactly what each was helpful for

I recently had my first appointment with Dr. Caplan after reading negative reviews of so many other medical marijuana certification “places”. I can’t say enough good things about my visit with him. To start with he’s a very compassionate, caring doctor. I’m a 63 yr old woman and had never used marijuana or “street drugs”, so I was feeling nervous about trying it. I recently started chemo therapy at Dana-Farber and the side effects have been difficult to deal with. In particular, insomnia and a bit of evening anxiety. He is extremely knowledgeable about all aspects of medical marijuana. Dr. Caplan patiently explained how there are so many options to chose from and exactly what each was helpful for. With that said, he suggested several products for me to try. I now know what helps me, but each person has to use the information he gives and then try different products from a reputable medical dispensary. I plan to have a 2nd appt. with him in a few months just to get his feedback on my experiences and possibly more recommendations. It’s not necessary to go back to him after getting your certification, but he truly knows so much about the medicinal benefits that I’d like to learn even more. I highly recommend him.

Nancy O.

I would highly recommend Dr. Caplan because he will take the time to answer every question that you may have about treatment

Dr. Caplan is an extremely knowledgeable doctor in his field and very easy to speak with about any questions and concerns you may have. As a person that suffers from anxiety, upon arriving at the office I felt welcomed and relaxed because the doctor is compassionate and kind. The office atmosphere is not what I expected at all and was very peaceful and relaxing, also there were snacks and beverages which I have never seen before in a doctor’s office. I would highly recommend Dr. Caplan because he will take the time to answer every question that you may have about treatment. I made an appointment on a Saturday and was seen right away on the same day! Very easy process and very responsive. I am happy I chose Dr. Caplan!

Robert M.

Dr. Caplan is extremely patient and compassionate

Dr. Caplan is extremely patient and compassionate. He answered all of my questions and gave me a great deal of useful information (while emphasizing that I didn’t have to absorb all of it right away). He encouraged me to contact him with any more questions I might have after the appointment, and began the process of registering me immediately after I left. I had an email from the Commonwealth of MA before I got home, and completed the application online within a few minutes. It couldn’t have been an easier or more stress-free experience. Dr. Caplan truly believes in the effectiveness of cannabis as a medicinal tool, and is committed to making it more widely available for that purpose and in dispelling the ocean of ignorance that has unfortunately been created around it in our society. I can’t recommend him highly enough.

Justice S.

Excellent Experience, top to bottom

Excellent Experience, top to bottom. I scheduled my appointment on CED clinic website, got in the next day – and visit was informative, and doc was kind, compassionate, and amazingly knowledgeable. I intend to follow him as a permanent addition to my healthcare and would recommend widely.

Ellison M.

I’m shy but felt comfortable and supported

Awesome doctor. Super easy to talk to. I’m shy but felt comfortable and supported. Great teacher too. I had no idea there was so much to know!

Sara E.

I learned about different options and lots of choices, and received handouts to learn even more

First heard of Dr Caplan on /r/BostonTrees subreddit. Made my appointment online, for the next day, and did all paperwork online before I came in. Building is very professional and comfortable, with great parking, and close to where I live. As I expected, doc was kind, thorough, and efficient. We reviewed my medical history, talked about what I had been doing in the past, and discussed a host of treatment ideas, and not just marijuana. I learned about different options and lots of choices, and received handouts to learn even more. I plan to follow up in a few months, and I look forward to it.

Ryan H.

Every time I come in, I learn something new and amazing.

I followed Dr Caplan from his position as the Medical Director of Canna Care Docs to CED Clinic – and would follow him again. I have had years of back pain and arthritis – my wrists and knees and hips. Dr Caplan has helped me understand much more about marijuana, and I have to say, it has been a wonderful improvement for me. Every time I come in, I learn something new and amazing. It’s a new industry for me, and I feel very well supported.

Elizabeth P.

My visit with Dr. Caplan made it comforting to know that someone was on my side

My visit with Dr. Caplan made it comforting to know that someone was on my side. I was surprised to find that Dr. Caplan does more than just write scripts for people to take to dispensaries. He sees some of his patients on a regular basis to personalize treatment plans and it’s clear he cares about education and the destigmatization of medical cannabinoids. He goes to assisted living centers, medical expos, wellness centers, and more to speak with people on the matter. This is his passion!

Benjamin T.

Dr. Caplan is extremely patient and compassionate

Dr. Caplan is extremely patient and compassionate. He answered all of my questions and gave me a great deal of useful information (while emphasizing that I didnâ€t have to absorb all of it right away). He encouraged me to contact him with any more questions I might have after the appointment, and began the process of registering me immediately after I left. I had an email from the Commonwealth of MA before I got home, and completed the application online within a few minutes. It couldn’t have been an easier or more stress-free experience.†“— Dr. Caplan truly believes in the effectiveness of cannabis as a medicinal tool, and is committed to making it more widely available for that purpose and in dispelling the ocean of ignorance that has unfortunately been created around it in our society. I can€t recommend him highly enough.

Jeff E.

Very knowledgeable and compassionate

Very knowledgeable and compassionate.

Irene C.

I would highly recommend Dr. Caplan

I wasn’t sure what to expect from the initial appointment.  It was informative, educational and an overall great experience!  Dr. Caplan is easy-going, kind, and gave clear, detailed information about medical cannabis and MA medical dispensaries.  I would highly recommend Dr. Caplan.  His clinic and his knowledge are certainly worth 5-star reviews!

Ashley S.

I had such a good experience with Dr. Caplan of CED Clinic.  

I had such a good experience with Dr. Caplan of CED Clinic.

Medical: I had a lot of worries going in, and Dr. Caplan put me at ease with his knowledge and calm manner.  As a family doctor, he asked good questions about my extensive medical background, in a supportive way.  He used normal people words instead of medical gobbledygook!  (I had just an hour before been at an appointment with a medical person who thought I should understand when he talked about my distal iliolumbar neuropathy – or something like that, I had no idea what he was talking about – so I especially noticed when Dr. Caplan used normal words that any person would know.)

Educational: He provided excellent information for total newbies, showed some devices, talked about legal stuff, and gave great info about local clinics and huge discounts available.  I’m used to doctors providing pretty poor education materials, but Dr. Caplan’s infographics and handouts were a thing of beauty – informative, easy to read, and visually simple.  I hope Dr. Caplan writes a book because I will buy it.

Logistics: This is such a streamlined practice, it is easy to get in soon, and respectful of your time.  I got an appointment within less than 2 days, scheduled online, filled out my info online beforehand, found parking easily, was in and out quickly, and received the email with next steps instructions and application activation code in 1.5 hour!  Can’t possibly be easier than this.

Laura M.

Dr. Caplan was very friendly, extremely helpful and knowledgeable

Dr. Caplan was very friendly, extremely helpful and knowledgeable.  I would definitely recommend and I am looking forward to having him as a health resource.

Timothy Y.

I’ve switched 100% to cannabis as my go-to medicine

I’ve switched 100% to cannabis as my go-to medicine.  I’m sick of pharmaceuticals; the weight gain, the weird feelings like I’m a zombie, the miserable sleep…sorry, but hard pass.  Weed helps take the edge off and I’m still fully functional.

Anonoymous

The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook

"A wealth of information and a huge dose of compassion and clarity."

Melissa Etheridge

Upcoming Events Calendar

No Events Found

The Latest

CED Clinic Blog
October 18, 2024AI just reviewed my book, The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook, and it’s a must-see! In under 8 minutes, they cover cannabis science, debunk myths, and share patient stories—all in a way that’s simple and accessible. Curious? Check out the full review below!     [...] Read more...
October 10, 2024I’m thrilled to announce that *The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook* is now available as an audiobook – and for a limited time, you can grab it at 70% off! 🎧 Whether you’re a seasoned cannabis user or someone who’s curious but unsure where to start, this audiobook is designed to be your go-to guide for understanding how medical marijuana and CBD can play a role in your wellness journey. As someone who’s worked with thousands of patients over the years, I’ve seen firsthand the transformative power of cannabis. From helping manage chronic pain to reducing anxiety, improving sleep, and even supporting mental health, cannabis is far more than just a recreational substance – it’s a legitimate therapeutic tool that can enhance quality of life. Unfortunately, due to stigma and misinformation, many people are still hesitant to explore its potential. That’s where *The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook* comes in. In this audiobook, I break down the science behind medical cannabis, explain how to use it safely, and offer practical advice for integrating it into your daily health routine. Whether you’re dealing with chronic pain, insomnia, or simply looking for ways to improve your overall wellness, this guide covers it all. And don’t worry – while I’d love to say it’s my voice narrating, I’ll spare you the sound of my voice (trust me, my dogs wouldn’t approve 🐶). Instead, a professional narrator brings the content to life, making it easy to listen and absorb the information at your own pace. If you’ve ever wondered how cannabis could help you or a loved one, now’s the perfect time to dive in. You can listen on your commute, during a workout, or while relaxing at home – wherever and whenever it works for you. So, what’s your biggest question about using cannabis for wellness? How do you think cannabis could fit into your daily health routine? Have you ever tried CBD for stress, pain relief, or sleep? 🔗 Click here to grab your audiobook at 70% off!   [...] Read more...
September 23, 2024Understanding the Real Impact of Cannabis on Cognition and Health 7 Crucial Facts About Medical Cannabis Safety for 2024 Medical cannabis has become a hot topic in both public and scientific discussions, particularly regarding its safety and impact on health. Medical cannabis safety is at the heart of the ongoing debate, with many patients and healthcare providers seeking clarity on its cognitive and long-term effects. A recent study sheds light on how cannabis affects the brain, cognition, and overall health, providing insights that are crucial for understanding its viability as a treatment in 2024 and beyond. The study essentially found that using medical cannabis in light to moderate amounts for a year didn’t cause any major changes in brain activity or cognitive function. Participants maintained stable memory, decision-making, and self-control without noticeable short-term side effects. However, since the study focused on a specific group, we still need more research to understand the long-term effects and how it applies to a broader population. As medical cannabis becomes increasingly available, it’s ever more important to take a careful, skeptical, look at its implications—both positive and negative—on brain function, memory, and cognitive health. Below, we’ll break down seven key facts about medical cannabis safety, exploring what this study tells us and addressing important considerations that may have been overlooked. Fact 1: Medical Cannabis Shows Minimal Cognitive Decline Over Time One of the most important findings from the study is that medical cannabis safety appears to hold up in the short term, with no significant cognitive decline observed over a one-year period of moderate cannabis use. This is reassuring for patients using cannabis to manage symptoms like anxiety, pain, or insomnia. The study participants, who were primarily light to moderate users of cannabis, showed no significant changes in brain activation during cognitive tasks such as working memory or inhibitory control. This suggests that cannabis, particularly CBD-dominant products, does not impair cognitive function when used in moderate doses by adults. However, it’s worth noting that the study’s follow-up period of just one year may not be enough to capture long-term cognitive effects, especially if users increase their dosage over time. Tolerance to THC, for instance, is well-documented, and patients may need to escalate their intake for continued symptom relief, potentially leading to cognitive challenges down the line. Fact 2: THC vs. CBD – Different Effects on the Brain The study did not focus specifically on the differences between THC and CBD, but it’s crucial to understand how these two cannabinoids interact with the brain differently. THC, the psychoactive compound in cannabis, binds to CB1 receptors in the brain, which can cause memory impairment, reduced attention, and disrupted executive function. In contrast, CBD does not have psychoactive effects and may actually counteract some of THC’s negative impacts on the brain. For medical cannabis safety, the balance between these two cannabinoids is key. Patients using CBD-dominant products likely face fewer cognitive risks than those using THC-heavy strains, especially over the long term. The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook, page 36 “Cannabinoids can also have a direct effect on nerve signaling, which governs thoughts, movement, and sensory function. You can think about your brain as the top of a pyramid, sending signals down that affect other systems throughout the body via the nervous system. Nerve signals begin as electrical impulses in the brain, and the endocannabinoid system has a powerful effect on this network, causing a slowing down of signaling. That’s why when you are using cannabis products, particularly those products that are high in THC, you may feel like you are moving more slowly, and, more importantly, you feel calmer and less hurried. Cannabinoid molecules mimic some of the natural hormones that our bodies produce. For instance, some cannabinoid molecules have the precise shape to fit into the same receptors to which opiates and narcotics bind. Although the effect of cannabinoids binding the mu opiate receptors is only a small fraction of the intensity of opiate medicines bonding there, we still feel slight levity with the cannabinoids without the typical consequences of the addictive narcotics. In fact, many patients who have been prescribed opiates for pain relief end up using far less medication when combined with cannabis products.” Fact 3: Real-World Use vs. Controlled Lab Settings This study stands out because it was conducted in a real-world setting, meaning participants chose their cannabis products from local dispensaries, much like actual medical users. While this makes the findings more applicable to everyday users, it also introduces a level of variability that could obscure more nuanced results. Different strains, dosages, and consumption methods (e.g., vaping vs. edibles) all affect how cannabis interacts with the brain and body. Patients using cannabis for medical purposes should be aware of this variability and work closely with healthcare providers to find the right dosage and formulation for their specific needs. Standardization in medical cannabis remains a challenge, which is why regulation and ongoing research are vital to ensure medical cannabis safety across the board. Fact 4: Medical Use Is Not Recreational Use It’s important to differentiate between medical cannabis and recreational cannabis. Many of the negative cognitive effects associated with cannabis use—such as memory loss or executive dysfunction—are tied to heavy, recreational use, particularly in younger populations. In contrast, medical cannabis users are often older adults using the drug for symptom management under the guidance of a physician. The study primarily involved older, White, and well-educated participants who began using cannabis in adulthood. These findings may not apply to younger users or those who began using cannabis recreationally during adolescence, when the brain is still developing. Adolescent cannabis use is known to have more significant long-term cognitive impacts. Fact 5: Limited Applicability to Broader Populations The study’s findings are based on a specific demographic: older adults using cannabis for medical reasons. This raises questions about applicability to broader populations, including younger individuals, minorities, and heavy recreational users. Medical cannabis safety in younger populations, especially those using cannabis with higher THC content, could present more risks. For researchers and healthcare providers, this means more studies are needed that include diverse demographics, varying cannabis use patterns, and longer-term follow-up periods to fully understand the impact of cannabis across different groups. Fact 6: Potential for Long-Term Risks While the study found no significant cognitive decline over the course of a year, we must acknowledge that long-term effects may still emerge with prolonged use, especially if patients develop tolerance and increase their dosage. THC-heavy products, in particular, may lead to dependence or addiction over time, which could have lasting cognitive consequences. For healthcare providers, monitoring patient use and ensuring responsible consumption is critical to maintaining medical cannabis safety over the long term. Patients should be educated on the potential risks of dose escalation and work with their physicians to adjust their treatment plans as needed. Fact 7: The Need for Standardized Dosing and Regulation One of the challenges highlighted by this study is the lack of standardized dosing in medical cannabis. Since participants selected their own products from dispensaries, there was considerable variation in cannabinoid content and consumption methods. This underscores the need for better regulation and standardization of medical cannabis products to ensure consistent, safe use across the board. Until these standards are established, patients and clinicians must work together to find the right balance of cannabinoids and consumption methods that provide symptom relief without compromising medical cannabis safety. A Final Thought on Medical Cannabis Safety As the use of cannabis becomes more widespread, understanding its true impact on cognition and health is more important than ever. This study offers encouraging evidence that moderate use of medical cannabis may be safe for many adults, but we must remain vigilant about the long-term effects, especially in younger or heavier users. Moving forward, regulation, standardization, and patient education will be crucial to ensuring that cannabis remains a viable therapeutic option for those who need it most. Salient Statistical Points: The study revealed no significant cognitive decline among light to moderate cannabis users over the course of one year. However, it’s important to note that the participant group was primarily made up of older, White, and well-educated individuals, which limits the generalizability of the findings. Additionally, the study did not control for the cannabinoid ratios, meaning participants used cannabis products with varying balances of THC and CBD. This variability, combined with the study’s relatively small sample size, also limited the researchers’ ability to assess subgroup effects based on specific medical conditions. More on The Cognitive Effects of Cannabis  Cannabis and Mental Health Impact of CB1 and cognition 5 Ways Cannabidiol Alzheimer’s Treatment Benefits Brain Health [...] Read more...
September 20, 20245 Powerful Ways to Restore Balance and Wellness in Your Life: Simple Strategies to Regain Control of Your Body and Mind In the chaos of everyday life, our bodies and minds are constantly sending signals that something may be off. Whether it’s a persistent muscle ache, frequent breakouts, or just that lingering feeling of fatigue, these are often signs that our balance and wellness are out of sync. Taking control of our health requires tuning into these signals before they snowball into larger issues. Balance and Wellness are not just buzzwords—they represent the key to living a fulfilling, healthy life. When we’re in sync, we feel better physically, emotionally, and mentally. The good news is, there are simple strategies to help restore balance and wellness in our daily routines. The Unnoticed Disruptions to Balance and Wellness Minor physical annoyances, like that stubborn pimple or the sore muscle that won’t go away, are often ignored. But these are signals that something is disrupting the body’s natural equilibrium. For example, a pimple might not just be a skincare issue but a sign of internal imbalance such as stress or poor diet. Similarly, muscle stiffness could be a reminder that you haven’t moved enough throughout the day. If we address these small signs early on, we can prevent bigger issues down the road. 1. Pay Attention to the Body’s Signals One of the easiest and most effective ways to maintain balance and wellness is to listen to your body. Your body is constantly communicating through physical discomfort, low energy levels, and mental fog. These symptoms are often the result of an underlying imbalance that needs addressing. For example, persistent muscle stiffness might suggest you’re too sedentary, while low energy could be a sign of poor nutrition. Simple fixes like taking short breaks to stretch or integrating nutrient-rich foods into your diet can go a long way in rebalancing your system. 2. Restore Balance and Wellness with Better Sleep Sleep plays a critical role in maintaining balance and wellness. When we don’t get enough sleep, our bodies miss out on essential recovery time. This leads to muscle fatigue, weakened immune function, and even mood swings. A good night’s sleep isn’t just about quantity—it’s about quality. Sleeping in awkward positions or in a disruptive environment can cause neck and back pain, leaving you feeling off for the entire day. Make sure you’re setting up a sleep routine that promotes deeper, more restful sleep. This means maintaining a consistent sleep schedule, reducing screen time before bed, and optimizing your sleep environment (think: blackout curtains and a supportive mattress). 3. Nourish Your Body with a Balanced Diet What you eat has a huge impact on your overall balance and wellness. Diets lacking in essential nutrients like omega-3 fatty acids or Vitamin D can leave you feeling sluggish and more prone to illness. On the flip side, a diet high in sugar, fat, and salt can throw your body’s internal balance into disarray, resulting in fatigue, bloating, and mood fluctuations. Integrating more fruits, vegetables, and whole grains into your diet can help stabilize blood sugar, reduce inflammation, and provide the energy your body needs to function at its best. Aiming for nutrient-dense meals throughout the day will ensure that your body receives the right fuel to maintain balance and wellness. For more information on how diet affects your overall well-being, check out our guide on the relationship between nutrition and wellness. 4. Regular Physical Activity for Body and Mind Exercise isn’t just about building muscle or losing weight—it’s about maintaining balance and wellness. Physical activity increases circulation, boosts your mood by releasing endorphins, and keeps your muscles and joints functioning properly. Even light activities like walking, stretching, or yoga can improve your overall health by reducing stiffness and improving posture. Studies have shown that regular physical activity can also help improve mental clarity and reduce stress, both of which are essential for achieving balance and wellness. You don’t need to commit to an intense fitness regimen to reap the benefits—just a little movement each day can make a huge difference. For more tips on easy ways to incorporate movement into your day, explore our article on beginner’s exercise routines. 5. Use Mindfulness and Meditation to Balance and Wellness A big part of achieving balance and wellness involves taking care of your mental health. One of the best ways to do this is through mindfulness and meditation practices. Mindfulness is the act of being present in the moment, which can help reduce stress and increase overall well-being. Meditation, on the other hand, allows you to clear your mind, focus your thoughts, and restore mental balance. Both mindfulness and meditation can be integrated into your daily routine with minimal effort. Start by setting aside a few minutes each day to sit quietly and focus on your breathing. Apps and online guides can also provide structured support to make these practices easier to implement. Incorporating Cannabis for Balance and Wellness As more research is conducted on the effects of cannabis, it’s becoming increasingly clear that the plant can play a significant role in achieving balance and wellness. Cannabis, when used responsibly, can aid in managing chronic discomfort, reducing stress, and promoting better sleep. CBD, a non-psychoactive component of cannabis, is particularly useful for those looking to reduce inflammation and achieve relaxation without the high associated with THC. Incorporating cannabis into your wellness routine may provide an extra layer of support for your body’s endocannabinoid system, which plays a key role in maintaining homeostasis (or balance) in the body. However, it’s essential to consult with a healthcare provider knowledgeable in cannabis use to determine the right dosage and method for your individual needs. Final Thoughts on Restoring Balance and Wellness Restoring balance and wellness doesn’t have to be complicated. By listening to your body’s signals, prioritizing sleep, nourishing yourself with a healthy diet, staying active, and practicing mindfulness, you can prevent minor disruptions from escalating into bigger health issues. And for those exploring alternative therapies like cannabis, the potential benefits are promising. Remember, balance and wellness are not about perfection—they’re about staying in tune with what your body needs and making small adjustments along the way. Other Recent Blogs: 5 Powerful Reasons the Gateway Drug Myth Is Wrong The Essential Role of Physician Guidance in the Cannabis Industry How Past Presidents Played the Marijuana Game Is CBD the Secret Weapon for Menstrual Pain Relief? Follow Dr Caplan on social media Book an appointment with Dr Caplan Subscribe to Dr Caplan’s Newsletter [...] Read more...
September 16, 2024Unpacking the False Link Between Cannabis and Harder Drugs 5 Powerful Reasons the Gateway Drug Myth Is Wrong The Gateway Drug Myth has long influenced public perception of cannabis, shaping policies and fueling debates. It suggests that someone’s use of marijuana will inevitably lead to harder substances like cocaine and heroin. But is this myth grounded in reality, or is it a convenient tool used by politicians and fearmongers to stoke the flames of public anxiety? You guessed it. In this post, I break down the history of the Gateway Drug Myth, the racism and political motivations that helped perpetuate it, and why it continues to linger despite overwhelming evidence disproving it. The Origins of the GatewayDrug Myth The Gateway Drug Myth was born in the mid-20th century, during a time when America faced its first heroin epidemic. Returning World War II soldiers, many of whom had developed opioid addictions during their service, created a national health crisis. Despite cannabis having no real connection to heroin addiction, the narrative “conveniently” emerged that marijuana use was a stepping stone to harder drugs. This idea was not based on any substantial evidence. Instead, it was a convenient way for politicians to lump marijuana together with more dangerous substances, allowing them to create stricter policies that targeted drug use across the board, and the particular individuals they wanted to target who were consuming. Cannabis became a scapegoat, despite its lack of real involvement in the opioid crisis. And in those days, few questioned the printed press. There was no internet to do your own research andfact check.  The Role of Harry Anslinger Harry Anslinger, the first head of the Federal Bureau of Narcotics, played a key role in popularizing the Gateway Drug Myth. Interestingly, in a 1937 congressional hearing, Anslinger initially dismissed the idea that marijuana leads to heroin addiction. But by the 1950s, under pressure to curb growing drug use in America, Anslinger shifted his stance. He began to promote the idea that marijuana use could open the door to more dangerous substances like heroin and cocaine. This pivot had little to do with actual science and more to do with political necessity. Anslinger needed a way to justify the growing resources being allocated to drug enforcement. By framing marijuana as a “gateway” drug, he created a narrative that justified harsher enforcement policies. Fear and Suburban Anxiety in the 1950s The 1950s saw a surge in suburban expansion, and with it, a growing fear among white, middle-class parents about the influences their children faced. With increased freedom came rebellion, and cannabis quickly became associated with this newfound defiance among teenagers. Movies like Reefer Madness and Assassin of Youth only exacerbated these fears, showing exaggerated depictions of marijuana leading young people down a path of crime, violence, and moral decay. While these portrayals had no basis in fact, they reinforced the idea that marijuana was a dangerous“gateway” drug. For many families, the Gateway Drug Myth wasn’t just about cannabis; it represented a broader fear of youth culture and the perceived threats to the traditional family structure. The Racial Implications of the Gateway Drug Myth While suburban parents feared for their children’s futures, the Gateway Drug Myth had even more harmful implications for minority communities, particularly Black and Latino Americans. Cannabis wasn’t just framed as a dangerous drug; it was portrayed as something brought into white communities by predatory Black and Latino dealers. In congressional hearings, stories of innocent white teenagers being led astray by minority drug dealers were common. This racialized narrative played a major role in justifying a two-tiered system of enforcement. Black and Latino individuals were far more likely to be arrested for marijuana offenses, even though white Americans used cannabis at similar rates. The Gateway Drug Myth in Modern Policy Despite overwhelming evidence debunking the Gateway Drug Myth, it continues to influence modern policy. Studies have shown that while there may be a correlation between cannabis use and the use of harder drugs, this is not because marijuana is inherently a gateway drug. In fact, alcohol has a much stronger correlation with the use of harder substances. A growing body of research suggests that the Gateway Drug Myth persists not because of science but because of its political utility. It taps into deep-seated cultural fears about youth rebellion, racial mixing, and moral decay, making it an easy narrative for politicians to exploit. Modern-Day Challenges and the Future of Cannabis Policy While public opinion has shifted significantly in recent years, particularly with the rise of the medical marijuana movement, the Gateway Drug Myth still casts a long shadow. Black Americans are still disproportionately arrested for cannabis-related offenses, even in states where marijuana is legal. Meanwhile, white Americans have benefited from more lenient enforcement policies, reflecting the racial disparities that have been present since the myth’s inception. The rise of medicinal marijuana use and recent changes in state laws challenge the Gateway Drug Myth, flipping the narrative that cannabis leads to harder drugs. In fact, some states are using cannabis to help treat opioid addiction, undermining the myth at its core. Yet, these reforms often benefit middle-class white communities more than the minority communities that have historically borne the brunt of harsh drug policies. Conclusion: Putting the Gateway Drug Myth to Rest The Gateway Drug Myth has been a powerful tool in the hands of those who seek to control public perception and justify harsh drug policies. But as more research emerges, it’s clear that the myth has no real basis in science. It was born out of political necessity and has been perpetuated by racial biases and cultural fears. If we are to move forward with drug policy that is fair, evidence-based, and just, we must dismantle the myths that have shaped our understanding of cannabis for so long. The truth is, cannabis is not the gateway drug it’s been made out to be. It’s time we lay the Gateway Drug Myth to rest and address the real challenges facing our communities today. Stay Tuned for More This is just the tip of the iceberg when it comes to understanding how cannabis prohibition has been manipulated for political gain. In upcoming posts, we’ll dive into how the birth of the pharmaceutical industry, war-related propaganda, the influence of veterans, and religious crusades also played a role in shaping cannabis policy. From the rise of William Randolph Hearst’s paper empire to the DuPont family’s synthetic fibers, economic interests, and corporate manipulation also had a hand in demonizing cannabis. Stay tuned for these deeper dives into history to uncover more. Internal Links: •Human Use Of Cannabis—For Food, Fiber And Psychoactive Effects—Stretches Back Millennia, New Report Says •Disappearance of plant medicine in US history External Resources: •The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Newsletter Post On This Topic •Nixon Admitted Pot Was ‘Not Particularly Dangerous’ in Newly Uncovered Audio [...] Read more...
September 9, 2024How Tailored Cannabis Therapy Provides Hope for Children with Autism At CED Clinic, we’ve worked with many families seeking alternative therapies for their children with autism, and personalized cannabis care is proving to be an effective solution. Parents often come to us after trying a range of traditional treatments that haven’t quite worked. In particular, for children with autism, finding a therapy that addresses the specific needs of the child can be a game-changer. In this post, we’ll explore 5 benefits of personalized autism cannabis therapy, and how it can dramatically improve the quality of life for children with autism and their families. 1. Personalized Cannabis Therapy for Children with Autism: A Family’s Story One of the families we worked with came to us feeling frustrated and overwhelmed by the lack of progress in their son’s behavioral treatment. Their son, who had been diagnosed with severe OCD and autism, was struggling with everyday activities like car rides, bedtime routines, and even eating. After turning to personalized cannabis care, they saw immediate improvements in his behavior, including calmness during what used to be difficult moments. Personalized autism cannabis therapy allowed their child to experience relief that conventional treatments hadn’t achieved. 2. Why Personalized Autism Cannabis Care Works Every child with autism is unique, which is why personalized care is so important. At CED Clinic, we work closely with parents to understand their child’s specific symptoms, behavior patterns, and needs. By developing a tailored cannabis plan, we can target the most challenging symptoms, such as anxiety, aggression, and sensory issues. For children with autism, this approach is particularly beneficial because it allows us to find the exact dosage and cannabis product that works best for their unique chemistry. Amazing press a patient of CED Clinic recently received: https://www.cbsnews.com/boston/news/severe-autism-life-changing-improvements-cannabis-treatment-marlboro-boy/ 3. Reducing the Dependency on Traditional Medications Many children with autism are prescribed a range of medications to manage behaviors, sensory overload, and other symptoms. Unfortunately, these medications often come with side effects or lose effectiveness over time. With personalized cannabis care, families can potentially reduce their child’s reliance on traditional medications, minimizing side effects and enhancing overall well-being. By working with families, Dr. Caplan can find the appropriate balance between cannabis therapy and existing treatments, offering an alternative that may reduce the need for heavy medications. 4. Enhancing Emotional Regulation and Behavior One of the most challenging aspects for families of children with autism is managing emotional dysregulation and unpredictable behaviors. Through the use of carefully selected cannabinoids, particularly CBD and THC in the right balance, cannabis therapy can help stabilize moods, reduce anxiety, and promote more consistent behavior. In the story shared by the family above, their son exhibited a dramatic reduction in aggressive outbursts, tantrums, and anxiety-driven behaviors after beginning his personalized cannabis regimen. This improvement allowed the family to reestablish a more peaceful routine. 5. Improving Daily Life and Family Dynamics Perhaps the most profound benefit of personalized autism cannabis therapy is the way it improves daily life for both the child and the entire family. Simple activities—like getting through bedtime, sitting through a meal, or enjoying a car ride—become possible again. For families who are used to navigating meltdowns and anxiety-laden days, these improvements are nothing short of life-changing. In the case of the family we mentioned, the son was able to calmly enjoy car rides—previously a source of significant stress. This improvement rippled through the family, bringing more peace and creating opportunities for bonding that hadn’t been possible before. Cannabis and Language Development in Children with Autism As you can see from the video above, we have observed some truly amazing results in children with autism who face extreme behavioral challenges or language obstacles. In many cases, we encounter children who initially experienced normal language development but later regressed or plateaued in their ability to build vocabulary or develop other language skills. Through personalized cannabis therapies, particularly cannabinoid-based treatments tailored to the needs of each child, we have witnessed awe-inspiring improvements in language development within this community. These therapies seem to help alleviate underlying issues related to stress, anxiety, or other neurobiological factors that may impede language acquisition. By addressing these barriers, cannabis therapy opens a door to progress that had previously been closed for many families. While every child is unique, the positive changes we’ve seen in language skills for some children have been remarkable, giving both the children and their families renewed hope for the future. If you’d like to explore whether this approach might benefit your child’s language development or overall progress, please reach out to our clinic to learn more about how personalized cannabis care could help. How to Get Started with Personalized Autism Cannabis Therapy If you or a loved one is interested in exploring the benefits of personalized cannabis care for a child with autism, the process is simple. At CED Clinic, we believe in making the experience as easy and supportive as possible. Here’s our 2-step process to get started: 1. Complete the intake form on our website to provide us with information about your child’s medical history, symptoms, and goals.   Link 2. At the end of the form, you can Submit payment for your virtual visit and  schedule your consultation with Dr. Caplan, who will provide you with a personalized cannabis treatment plan. Visit our appointment page to begin your journey: Book an Appointment. Final Thoughts on Personalized Autism Cannabis Therapy At CED Clinic, we believe in the transformative power of personalized cannabis care, especially for children with autism. By tailoring treatments to each child’s specific needs, we’ve been able to help countless families find the relief they’ve been searching for. If you’re curious about how cannabis might be able to help your child, don’t hesitate to reach out to our team. We’re here to support you every step of the way. You can email Jack, our clinical operations manger, anytime Testimonial From a Current Patient: Read more about cannabis care for children with special needs and how it’s changing lives.  Click Here. Interview with an Autism Mom: Learn more about how one mom feels about cannabis helping her child with the challenges of autism and cannabis therapy: Link to the interview     Important Note from Dr Caplan: “There is not a one-size-fits-all anywhere in cannabis care. Just like there isn’t a one-size-fits-all in human nutrition, or exercise, or sleep medicine. This philosophy extends to all aspects of patient care, where I believe in tailoring approaches to meet the unique needs of each individual. Many people try what their friends used, or ask a budtender what they’ve heard others enjoy. This is not the only option available. Expert-guided cannabis care is better.” “When it comes to introducing cannabinoids, there isn’t a single “magic formula.” It’s not like prescribing a fixed dose of medication or giving glasses to improve eyesight—this is a much more personalized process. Each person’s unique endocannabinoid system will be the primary guide. The ideal dosage, rhythm, and cannabinoids that work for someone are things I discover with a family through careful observation of the child’s responses, and which takes their real world into account. Think of it as tailoring an exercise routine—just as some athletes are sprinters and others are marathoners, we need to find out what’s best for each individual. The recommendations and guidance that I think are appropriate are meant to empower families with the knowledge to navigate this process on their own. I believe families ought to learn how to monitor progress, adjust dosages, and fine-tune care, ideally without the need for anyone supervising (eventually). I’m here to help guide patients, explain the science, and support when new situations arise—good or bad.” “This approach is different from traditional medicine. It’s a more dynamic and responsive process, which can feel unfamiliar to folks who are new to cannabis, but I believe it’s far more effective than the rigid medical systems we’ve all relied on in the past.”   EDIT:  Following publication of this post, we received this wonderful testimonial response about one of our autism families:   (Click here) [...] Read more...
September 8, 20245 Powerful Reasons Why CED Clinic Is Boston’s Best Cannabis Medicine Practice When it comes to choosing the best cannabis medicine practice in Boston, CED Clinic stands out from the rest. With a commitment to patient care, cutting-edge research, and personalized treatment plans, we’ve earned the trust of thousands of patients across the state. In fact, CED Clinic was just awarded Best Medical Cannabis Clinic by GHP News, further solidifying our reputation as Boston’s top choice for cannabis care. At CED Clinic, we believe that cannabis medicine is about more than just providing certifications. It’s about giving patients the right guidance, education, and ongoing support to help them navigate the ever-changing world of medical cannabis. So, what makes CED Clinic the best cannabis medicine practice in Boston? Here are five powerful reasons. 1. Personalized Treatment Plans Based on Individual Needs We understand that every patient’s cannabis journey is unique. That’s why CED Clinic offers personalized treatment plans tailored to your medical condition, lifestyle, and personal goals. Our expert physicians work closely with patients to determine the best cannabis strains, products, and dosing methods that suit their specific needs. But that’s not all—every visit to CED Clinic includes some amazing extras: A free personalized shopping list with cannabis products that meet your needs. Guidance consistent with The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook to ensure you receive expert recommendations based on the latest in cannabis science. Some visits even come with a free copy of The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook, authored by Dr. Benjamin Caplan himself. Every patient receives complimentary access to Dr. Caplan’s The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Newsletter and a free status update on the latest cannabis products sweeping the local and national stage. These added benefits ensure that you not only receive top-tier medical cannabis care but also stay informed about the best products and developments in the industry. 2. Award-Winning Cannabis Care CED Clinic is proud to announce that we have been named the Best Medical Cannabis Clinic by GHP News as part of their prestigious Healthcare & Pharmaceutical Awards. This award highlights our dedication to providing the best cannabis medicine practice in Boston and recognizes our continuous effort to lead in the field of cannabis medicine. Our patients know they’re in the hands of the very best when they choose CED Clinic. For more details on the award, you can visit GHP News Healthcare & Pharmaceutical Awards. 3. Experienced and Compassionate Medical Team The foundation of CED Clinic’s success lies in its experienced medical team, led by Dr. Benjamin Caplan, a well-known authority in cannabis medicine. Dr. Caplan and his team take the time to listen to each patient, understand their specific needs, and craft personalized treatment plans that go beyond just certifications. This level of care is one of the reasons CED Clinic continues to be recognized as the best cannabis medicine practice in Boston. Our medical staff is highly trained and stays up-to-date with the latest cannabis research to provide patients with the best possible care. Whether you are new to cannabis or a long-time user looking to refine your treatment, our team is here to guide you every step of the way. 4. Cutting-Edge Research and Access to the Latest in Cannabis Medicine As a leader in cannabis medicine, CED Clinic stays on the cutting edge of cannabis research. Our recommendations are always backed by the latest studies and clinical data, ensuring that our patients receive the most effective, evidence-based treatments. We also have strong partnerships with cannabis research organizations, allowing us to provide patients with early access to the latest cannabis products and formulations. Whether you’re looking for help with chronic pain, anxiety, insomnia, or other conditions, you can trust CED Clinic to offer the most advanced cannabis treatments available in Boston. 5. Comprehensive Support and Education for Patients At CED Clinic, we believe that informed patients make the best health decisions. That’s why we offer an abundance of educational resources to help patients better understand cannabis medicine. From webinars and blogs to our patient newsletter, we ensure that you have the tools you need to succeed on your cannabis journey. Additionally, every patient visit comes with free updates on the latest cannabis products, trends, and research. Staying informed helps you make the best decisions for your health, and CED Clinic makes that possible by keeping you up to date. For patients who are business owners or professionals looking to get involved in the cannabis industry, Dr. Caplan offers unparalleled insight. As someone who oversees medical cannabis for one of the largest cannabis funds in the country, Dr. Caplan is well-positioned to help your business navigate the complexities of the cannabis space. Moving Forward with the Best Cannabis Medicine Practice in Boston If you’re looking for the best cannabis medicine practice in Boston, look no further than CED Clinic. From personalized treatment plans to award-winning care, CED Clinic provides the best in medical cannabis expertise. Whether you’re a new patient or someone seeking to refine your cannabis treatment, our experienced team is here to help. Suggested External Links: CED Clinic: Book Yourself An Appointment Today Complete Our Intake Form Prior to Your Appointment Suggested Internal Links: Getting Started: Your First Visit Understanding Cannabis Tolerance Dr. Caplan’s Cannabis Newsletter [...] Read more...
September 7, 2024How We Talk About Cannabis Needs an Overhaul At CED Clinic, we’ve seen firsthand how cannabis affects people differently. One thing remains consistent, though: the language we use to talk about cannabis is broken. Cannabis language is vague, confusing, and inconsistent, which creates problems not only for patients but also for professionals, researchers, and lawmakers. In fact, we’re long overdue for an overhaul of how we describe cannabis and its effects. We use words like “one puff” or “an edible,” but what do those phrases really mean? Did you hold that puff in for a long time? Was the edible mixed well or just hastily thrown together? When the effects hit, how do you describe them? Are you “high,” “relaxed,” or “a little baked”? Our cannabis language simply doesn’t do the job of communicating these varied experiences. The way we talk about cannabis impacts everything from patient care to legal regulation. Here’s why it’s broken, and how we can fix it. Indica, Sativa, Hybrid: Labels That Don’t Always Deliver We’ve all heard terms like “Indica” and “Sativa,” but these labels don’t tell the whole story. It’s commonly believed that Indica strains are relaxing while Sativa strains are energizing. However, about 70% of people report feeling calm with Indica, while the other 30% report opposite effects. It’s like ordering decaf coffee and realizing halfway through that you’ve got the full caffeine experience. Labels like these fall short, adding to the already confusing cannabis language. We need a more consistent, scientifically grounded way to classify strains and effects. Describing Cannabis Experiences: A Game of Telephone When people describe how cannabis makes them feel, it often sounds like a game of telephone. One person might say they feel “high,” another might say “zoned out,” while someone else says they feel “relaxed.” The same word doesn’t always mean the same thing from person to person. This breakdown in communication is a core part of the broken cannabis language. One of our patients at CED Clinic once described the effects of cannabis as finally feeling “normal” after a long day of stress. They likened it to taking off a heavy backpack they didn’t know they were carrying. But how can you describe such personal experiences to someone who’s never felt it? Addiction vs. Dependency: Clearing Up Misconceptions There’s often confusion between the terms “addiction” and “dependency,” especially in relation to cannabis. Many people worry about addiction, but in reality, cannabis addiction rates are similar to caffeine addiction rates. What people often confuse is dependency—when you rely on something because it improves your quality of life. At CED Clinic, we help patients understand the difference between these terms. People develop dependencies on things that help them, like exercise, dietary routines, or even skincare products. Cannabis is no different. If it helps someone sleep, manage anxiety, or feel more balanced, regular use isn’t necessarily a bad thing. Of course, there’s a risk of overuse, but isn’t that just common sense? The Legal Jargon of Cannabis: A Maze Without a Map If the cannabis language we use to describe its effects is unclear, the legal language is even more perplexing. Each state has its own rules, and there’s little consistency from one state to the next. Terms like “possession limits” and “caregiver provisions” can mean different things depending on where you live, making it tough for consumers and professionals to stay informed. At CED Clinic, we work hard to help patients navigate these legal landscapes. But until there’s some nationwide clarity, it feels like we’re all wandering through a maze with no map in hand. The Road Forward: Improving Cannabis Language for Everyone The way we talk about cannabis has to improve if we want better patient care, clearer laws, and more productive conversations around cannabis use. We need more research, standardized language, and a consistent way to describe cannabis experiences. The key takeaway? Be more intentional with your words. Whether you’re describing how you feel after consuming cannabis or trying to understand a legal regulation, precision is essential. Cannabis is too important—medically and personally—to let the language surrounding it stay broken.   To read more on this topic, check out my Substack newsletter Read more CED Clinic blogs here [...] Read more...
September 3, 202410 Essential Personal Hygiene Tips for a Healthier Life Improve Your Well-being with These Must-Know Hygiene Practices In our busy lives, it’s easy to overlook the small yet significant habits that keep us healthy. Personal hygiene is a fundamental aspect of wellness that directly impacts our overall health. From hand washing to foot care, practicing good hygiene can prevent illness, boost your confidence, and contribute to a longer, healthier life. In this post, we’ll explore ten essential personal hygiene tips that everyone should incorporate into their daily routine. 1. Personal Hygiene Tips: The Importance of Clean Hands Did You Know? The average human hand hosts around 150 species of bacteria at any given time. The Details: Our hands are constantly in contact with various surfaces, from our phones to doorknobs, increasing the likelihood of picking up bacteria. The natural oils on our skin provide an ideal environment for these bacteria to thrive. When we touch our faces—a habit many of us do frequently—we transfer these bacteria directly onto our skin, leading to conditions like acne or more severe infections. Dr. Caplan’s Advice: To minimize the transfer of bacteria, wash your hands regularly with soap and water for at least 20 seconds. Additionally, avoid touching your face whenever possible. Keeping your skin moisturized helps maintain its natural defenses. 2. Bathroom Hygiene: A Crucial Aspect of Personal Hygiene Tips Did You Know? Flushing a toilet can propel fecal bacteria into the air, with particles reaching up to six feet. The Details: Bathrooms can be breeding grounds for bacteria, particularly after a toilet flush. These bacteria can land on surfaces like your toothbrush, towel, or other personal items, increasing the risk of contamination. Public restrooms pose an even greater risk due to the high volume of users and the surfaces that are frequently touched. Dr. Caplan’s Advice: Always close the toilet lid before flushing to reduce the spread of airborne bacteria. Store your toothbrush in a closed cabinet or use a cover to protect it from potential contamination. Regularly clean bathroom surfaces with disinfectants to maintain a sanitary environment. 3. The Role of Fungi in Personal Hygiene Did You Know? We coexist with numerous fungi, many of which are beneficial to our health. However, certain conditions can lead to fungal overgrowth. The Details: Fungi are present in the air, on surfaces, and even on our skin. Typically, they play a supportive role in protecting our skin and immune system. However, when they find warm, moist environments—such as underarms, between toes, or in groin areas—they can multiply rapidly, leading to conditions like athlete’s foot, jock itch, or yeast infections. Dr. Caplan’s Advice: Maintain hygiene in these vulnerable areas by keeping them clean and dry. After bathing, ensure that you thoroughly dry all skin folds. Wearing loose, breathable clothing and using antifungal powders or sprays can also help prevent fungal overgrowth. If you notice persistent irritation, consult a healthcare provider for appropriate treatment. 4. The Importance of Belly Button Care Did You Know? Your belly button can harbor nearly 70 different types of bacteria, making it one of the most neglected areas in personal hygiene. The Details: The belly button is often overlooked during routine hygiene practices, allowing bacteria and lint to accumulate. Over time, this can lead to unpleasant odors or even infections. Dr. Caplan’s Advice: Incorporate belly button cleaning into your regular hygiene routine, especially after activities that cause sweating. Use gentle soap and water to keep this area clean and reduce the risk of bacterial buildup. 5. Earwax: Nature’s Protective Barrier Did You Know? Earwax serves as a natural defense mechanism, helping to keep dirt and bacteria out of the ear canal. The Details: While earwax is beneficial, it can sometimes accumulate and trap bacteria, leading to blockages or infections. The type of earwax you produce—whether wet or dry—depends on genetics, and each type has its own characteristics. Dr. Caplan’s Advice: Clean your ears gently with a damp cloth and avoid using cotton swabs, which can push wax further into the ear canal. If earwax buildup becomes an issue, consider using over-the-counter ear removal drops, but be sure to follow the instructions carefully. For persistent issues, a visit to an urgent care facility for professional removal is recommended. 6. Foot Hygiene: Key Personal Hygiene Tips for Everyone Did You Know? Your feet can produce up to a pint of sweat each day, creating an ideal environment for bacteria and fungi. The Details: Warm, sweaty feet provide the perfect conditions for bacteria and fungi to thrive, leading to common issues like foot odor and athlete’s foot. Without proper care, these conditions can become chronic and difficult to manage. Dr. Caplan’s Advice: Keep your feet dry by changing socks regularly, using foot powder, and wearing breathable shoes. Washing your feet daily is essential for preventing bacterial and fungal buildup. Additionally, clean your footwear, including sandals, to maintain hygiene. Avoid public foot washing stations, especially if you are unsure of their cleanliness, to reduce the risk of infection. 7. The Significance of Oral Hygiene in Personal Hygiene Tips Did You Know? Your mouth is home to more than 700 species of bacteria, some of which can cause oral health issues if not properly managed. The Details: Oral hygiene is crucial for preventing cavities, gum disease, and bad breath. Brushing, flossing, and regular dental checkups are essential to keep your mouth healthy and free from harmful bacteria. Dr. Caplan’s Advice: Brush your teeth twice a day, floss daily, and visit your dentist regularly. Consider using an antibacterial mouthwash to further reduce harmful bacteria. Maintaining good oral hygiene is not only important for your teeth but also for your overall health. Maintaining hygiene in warm, moist areas of the body can prevent fungal overgrowth and keep your skin healthy 8. Hair and Scalp Hygiene: An Often-Neglected Area Did You Know? Your scalp produces oils that can accumulate and lead to dandruff and other scalp issues if not properly managed. The Details: Hair and scalp hygiene are often overlooked, yet they play a significant role in your overall health. Regular washing and proper hair care can prevent issues like dandruff, scalp infections, and hair loss. Dr. Caplan’s Advice: Wash your hair regularly with a suitable shampoo to remove excess oils and dirt. If you have specific scalp conditions, consider using a medicated shampoo. Avoid sharing hairbrushes and hats to reduce the risk of spreading infections. “Our hands are constantly in contact with various surfaces, making regular washing crucial to prevent the spread of bacteria.”   9. Nail Hygiene: Keeping Your Hands and Feet Healthy Did You Know? Fingernails and toenails can harbor dirt and bacteria, leading to infections if not properly cleaned. The Details: Nail hygiene is essential for preventing fungal infections and maintaining the overall health of your hands and feet. Regular trimming and cleaning can prevent the accumulation of dirt and bacteria. Dr. Caplan’s Advice: Keep your nails trimmed and clean. Use a nail brush to remove dirt from under your nails, and avoid biting your nails to reduce the risk of infection. If you notice any discoloration or other changes in your nails, consult a healthcare provider. Personal hygiene is a fundamental aspect of wellness that directly impacts our overall health 10. The Role of Sleep Hygiene in Overall Health Did You Know? Poor sleep hygiene can lead to a range of health issues, including weakened immunity, weight gain, and mental health disorders. The Details: Sleep hygiene refers to the practices and habits that promote quality sleep. Proper sleep is essential for physical and mental health, as it allows the body to repair and rejuvenate. Dr. Caplan’s Advice: Maintain a regular sleep schedule, create a comfortable sleep environment, and avoid stimulants like caffeine before bed. Prioritizing sleep hygiene can improve your overall health and well-being. “Always close the toilet lid before flushing to reduce the spread of airborne bacteria in your bathroom.” Summary: By following these 10 essential personal hygiene tips, you can meaningfully reduce your risk of infection and improve your overall health. Incorporating these practices into your daily routine is a simple yet effective way to maintain cleanliness and well-being. Quick Quiz: Did You Learn…? That your hands are home to over 150 species of bacteria? That flushing with the lid up can turn your bathroom into a germ factory? That belly buttons are cozy homes for bacteria? That earwax is actually your body’s way of protecting itself? That your feet, if not cared for, can produce a pint of sweat a day? If you answered “yes” to any of these, you’re already on your way to better hygiene. Keep those tips in mind, and here’s to a healthier, cleaner you! Proper sleep hygiene is essential for physical and mental health, allowing your body to repair and rejuvenate Internal Links: The Importance of Sleep Hygiene in Wellness Pain Management: Cannabis Oils and Their Role in Your Health External Links: Why Was Cannabis Banned Worldwide? Cannabis Tolerance Demystified: 1/12 Puff, Puff, Pause: The Real Risks of Vaping CBD Sun Smarts: Simple Tips for Sunscreen Success     [...] Read more...
August 3, 2024Finding a New Medical Cannabis Provider in Massachusetts: CED Clinic Welcomes You with Open Arms If you’re searching for a new medical cannabis provider in Massachusetts, we understand that this might be a challenging time for you. Recent changes in the availability of trusted physicians, like the retirement of Dr. Lydia Kapell and the unfortunate passing of Dr. Robert Dye and Dr. Melvin Schwartz, have left many patients feeling uncertain about their next steps. But you don’t have to navigate this journey alone. At CED Clinic, we’re here to help, with a deep commitment to caring for each individual who walks through our doors. Our Commitment to You At CED Clinic, we’re more than just a place to get your medical marijuana certification. We’re a community that cares about your well-being, your journey, and your unique story. Led by Dr. Benjamin Caplan, a compassionate physician who has overseen the care of nearly 300,000 medical cannabis patients in his career, our clinic is rooted in the belief that patient-centered care is the key to empowering health and happiness. Dr. Caplan isn’t just any doctor—he’s a leading voice in cannabis medicine, having educated hundreds of physicians across 35 countries. His book, The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook, is currently being distributed internationally by Penguin Random House, helping patients and doctors alike to understand the incredible potential of cannabis as medicine. Why Patients Choose CED Clinic At CED Clinic, we’ve had the privilege of serving nearly 20,000 patients from across the U.S. and abroad, including many from Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Maine, and Vermont. Our mission is to provide you with compassionate, evidence-based care tailored to your unique needs. When you join the CED Clinic family, you’re not just another patient—you’re a valued member of a community dedicated to your health and well-being. We take the time to listen, to understand your concerns, and to craft a personalized plan that empowers you to take control of your health journey. Heartwarming Patient Stories We believe that the best way to understand our commitment to patient care is through the words of those we’ve had the honor to serve. Here are two stories that have touched our hearts and remind us why we do what we do. Mary’s Journey Mary, a 65-year-old grandmother, came to us after struggling with chronic pain for years. She had tried everything—from physical therapy to prescription medications—but nothing seemed to work. When her previous medical cannabis provider retired, she was at a loss. That’s when she found CED Clinic. “From the moment I walked into CED Clinic, I felt like I was finally being heard,” Mary shared. “Dr. Caplan and his team didn’t just hand me a prescription and send me on my way. They took the time to explain how cannabis could help me, and they worked with me to find the right balance that eased my pain and gave me my life back. I’m now able to play with my grandkids, take walks in the park, and enjoy life in a way I hadn’t in years. I’m so grateful for the care and support I’ve received at CED Clinic.” James’ Transformation James, a veteran in his early 40s, came to us after years of battling PTSD and anxiety. He had been through countless providers and therapies, but nothing seemed to bring him the peace he desperately needed. When his previous cannabis doctor passed away, James was unsure of where to turn. “I was nervous about finding a new doctor who would understand my struggles,” James confessed. “But Dr. Caplan and the team at CED Clinic made me feel comfortable from the start. They didn’t just treat my symptoms—they treated me as a person. They educated me on how to use cannabis effectively, and they’ve been with me every step of the way. Today, I’m managing my anxiety better than I ever thought possible, and I owe so much of that to the care I’ve received at CED Clinic.” We’re Here for You If you were a patient of Dr. Robert Dye, Dr. Lydia Kapell, or Dr. Melvin Schwartz, we understand that transitioning to a new provider can be daunting. But at CED Clinic, we’re here to make that process as smooth and supportive as possible. We’re ready to welcome you with open arms, providing the care, education, and empowerment you need to continue your medical cannabis journey with confidence. Schedule a Consultation For more information, visit our website or contact us at info@CEDclinic.com. We look forward to meeting you, listening to your story, and helping you take the next steps toward better health and well-being. [...] Read more...
May 29, 2024Unveiling the Hidden Potential of Terpenes in Cannabis Medicine Cannabis has long been celebrated for its therapeutic benefits, with most attributing its effects to the well-known cannabinoids, THC and CBD. However, there exists a class of compounds within cannabis that has been present since the dawn of time and holds significant biological potential yet remains under-appreciated by the medical establishment—terpenes in cannabis medicine. These aromatic compounds, numbering in the hundreds, not only contribute to the distinctive smell and flavor of cannabis but also exhibit promising medicinal properties. A recent study, titled “Terpenes from Cannabis sativa induce antinociception in a mouse model of chronic neuropathic pain via activation of adenosine A2A receptors,” highlights the powerful antinociceptive (pain relieving) effects of terpenes, providing new insights into their potential therapeutic applications. Understanding Terpenes and Their Current Realities Terpenes in cannabis medicine are volatile compounds found in many plants, including cannabis. They are responsible for the distinctive aromas of different cannabis strains and have been used in traditional medicine for centuries. Despite their historical use, the medical establishment has largely overlooked their therapeutic potential, focusing primarily on cannabinoids. However, recent research is beginning to uncover the significant role that terpenes can play in pain management and other therapeutic areas. What does “Terpene” even mean? Did you know? Terpenes are fascinating compounds that serve as the fundamental building blocks of many natural substances. Simply put, a terpene is any carbohydrate molecule with a series of carbon atoms. Like the word “shape,” which can describe an array of forms such as squares, triangles, and circles, “terpene” signifies a vast variety of compounds found throughout nature. These molecules are integral to the structure and function of countless living organisms. In the context of cannabis medicine, terpenes are the aromatic compounds responsible for the plant’s distinctive smell and flavor. While they were once believed to only contribute sensory characteristics like aroma and taste, recent studies have revealed their significant medicinal properties. This paper helps us see precisely how powerful and impactful these terpenes really are in medicine, highlighting their potential to revolutionize therapeutic applications. Key Takeaways from this Study on Terpenes The study “Terpenes from Cannabis sativa induce antinociception in a mouse model of chronic neuropathic pain via activation of adenosine A2A receptors” brings us a few amazing findings: 1. Pain Relief Comparable to Morphine: Terpenes from Cannabis sativa, that includes examples such as geraniol (think the smell of a geranium and the smell of roses), linalool (think lavender and its smell and suggested powers of wellness), α-pinene (think pine needles and the smell of forest), α-humulene (think woody, earthy, slightly spicy, as in hops, cannabis, sage, ginseng) and β-caryophyllene (think spicy, woody, and peppery, found in black pepper, cloves, hops, rosemary). In this study, just like in previous ones, these terpenes have shown remarkable pain relief in both humans and animals. In mice with chronic pain, the terpenes provided pain relief that was on par with morphine and the synthetic cannabinoid WIN55,212. 2. How They Work: The study found that terpenes help reduce pain by targeting the adenosine A2A receptor (A2AR). Lab tests showed that these terpenes activate this specific receptor directly. 3. Better with Morphine: When terpenes were used together with low doses of morphine, they provided even better pain relief. This suggests that combining them could reduce the need for higher doses of opioids and their side effects. 4. No High: Unlike opioids, terpenes didn’t cause a “high” or addictive behavior in the tests, indicating a lower potential for abuse. 5. Multiple Targets: The pain-relieving effects of terpenes were blocked when the cannabinoid receptor 1 (CB1) was inhibited, showing that terpenes work on multiple important receptors to relieve pain. For example, imagine the CB1 receptor as a lock on a door that helps reduce pain when unlocked. Terpenes can unlock this door to let the pain relief in. However, if you use a special key (an inhibitor) to lock this door, the terpenes can’t get through, and the pain relief doesn’t happen. This tells us that terpenes rely on more than one door (receptor) to provide pain relief, making them versatile and potentially more effective in managing pain.   Wait a Minute, Is This Study Mousy? Does that even matter?  The researchers used an animal model to study the effects of terpenes from Cannabis sativa. Simply put, they conducted their experiments on CD-1 mice. Mice are commonly used in scientific studies because their genetics are consistent and well-understood by scientists. Using an animal model is a crucial part of research as it allows scientists to control the environment and variables, helping them understand how things work before moving on to human testing. This way, they can gather a lot of valuable information about how terpenes might help with pain relief and other issues, potentially leading to new treatments for people. However, using mouse models has its downsides. Mice have different physiological and genetic makeups compared to humans, so results seen in mice don’t always translate directly to humans. For example, a compound that works well in mice might not be as effective in humans or might have different side effects. Additionally, mice can’t fully replicate the complexity of human diseases, especially chronic conditions and the multifaceted nature of pain in humans. These differences highlight the need for further research and clinical trials in humans to confirm the findings from mouse studies and ensure that potential treatments are safe and effective for people. Study Type This was an experimental animal study using CD-1 mice to look at how terpenes relieve chronic neuropathic pain. The results are promising, but further clinical research is required to see if they translate to human treatments. Exploring the Mechanisms and Therapeutic Potential of terpenes in cannabis medicine The study closely examined how these terpenes work, revealing their interaction with the adenosine A2A receptor. Lab tests and experiments using a specific A2A receptor blocker called istradefylline, along with targeted genetic techniques, provided strong evidence for this mechanism. Additionally, the terpenes showed significant anti-inflammatory activity, suggesting another way they might help relieve pain. Viability as a Treatment Methodology The findings of this study highlight the potential of terpenes in cannabis medicine as an effective treatment for chronic neuropathic pain. By activating the A2AR and reducing inflammation, terpenes could offer a new approach to pain management. The study also showed that when terpenes were combined with morphine, they provided even better pain relief, suggesting they could help reduce opioid dependency and the risks that come with it. Interaction with Morphine The interaction between terpenes in cannabis medicine and morphine is particularly significant. The study showed that all the tested terpenes enhanced the pain-relieving effects of morphine in chronic neuropathic pain models. This suggests that terpenes can boost the effectiveness of morphine, paving the way for combination therapies that could improve pain management and reduce the need for high doses of opioids. For example, imagine a patient suffering from chronic neuropathic pain who is currently being treated with morphine. While morphine is effective, it comes with a host of side effects and risks, including dependency and tolerance, which often require increasing doses to achieve the same level of pain relief. By incorporating terpenes into the treatment plan, the patient could potentially achieve the same, or even better, pain relief with a lower dose of morphine. This combination could not only enhance pain control but also minimize the adverse effects associated with high-dose opioid use. In practical terms, a doctor might prescribe a lower dose of morphine along with a terpene-rich cannabis extract. The terpenes, by enhancing the pain-relieving properties of morphine, could allow the patient to experience effective pain relief while reducing the overall opioid load. This approach could significantly decrease the likelihood of developing opioid dependency and other related side effects, ultimately leading to a safer and more effective pain management strategy. Did you read the other recent blogs about cannabis oil and pain relief?  Check out cannabis oil for chronic pain here.   Or check out cannabis and opioids here Confidence in the Mechanism of Action The study offers strong evidence that terpenes reduce pain by interacting with the adenosine A2A receptor. The adenosine A2A receptor is a protein found on the surface of certain cells throughout the body, including in the brain, heart, and immune system. It plays a key role in regulating various physiological processes, such as pain perception and inflammation. It works by binding to adenosine, a naturally occurring molecule in the body, which then triggers a series of cellular responses that can modulate pain and inflammatory signals. These findings match up well with other research showing the A2A receptor’s role in managing pain, which boosts confidence in the explanation of this study. However, more research, including clinical trials with humans, is needed to confirm and fully understand these results, particularly has these effects change with things like the environment, our genes, and social factors. How Do Terpenes Interact with Opiates for Pain Relief? The study suggests a few ways that terpenes and opioids might work together to relieve pain: Synergistic Effects: Terpenes combined with morphine can enhance pain relief Receptor-Mediated Interactions: There might be some interaction or modulation between the signaling pathways of their respective receptors. Anti-Inflammatory Effects: Both terpenes and opioids have anti-inflammatory properties, which could work together to reduce inflammation Differential Receptor Activation: Terpenes and opioids might complement each other by activating different receptors to modulate pain. Study Limitations The study acknowledges several limitations, including: Analgesic Tolerance: Lack of direct measurement of analgesic tolerance to A2AR agonists. Translational Features: Need for further investigation of dosing routes and bioavailability. Reward Liability Testing: Limited exploration of the affective properties of terpenes. Clinical Translation: Necessity for additional clinical studies to evaluate safety and efficacy in humans. Applicability to Humans While the study gives valuable insights from preclinical tests, it doesn’t discuss in detail how these findings apply to humans. More research, including studies on how the body processes terpenes and clinical trials, is needed to understand their potential benefits in human pain management. Wrapping This Up, Applying it to The Real World This study highlights the often-overlooked potential of terpenes in cannabis medicine. By elucidating their mechanisms of action and demonstrating their synergistic effects with morphine, this research paves the way for developing novel pain management therapies that could reduce opioid dependency and improve patient outcomes. As the medical community continues to explore the therapeutic applications of cannabis, terpenes may emerge as a critical component in the future of pain management and beyond. Prevalence of Terpenes: Terpenes are incredibly prevalent in nature, found in a wide variety of plants beyond cannabis, including fruits, vegetables, and herbs. These aromatic compounds are responsible for the distinct smells and flavors of many plants, such as the citrus scent of oranges, the refreshing aroma of pine trees, and the soothing fragrance of lavender. The sheer abundance and diversity of terpenes make them an accessible and versatile resource for medicinal purposes. Potential of Plant Medicine and terpenes in cannabis medicine: The findings of this study underscore the significant opportunity for plant medicine to support, and potentially compete with, the efficacy of traditional anti-inflammatories. Terpenes, with their demonstrated anti-inflammatory properties, present a natural alternative to synthetic drugs like NSAIDs (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs). NSAIDs, while effective, often come with side effects such as gastrointestinal issues and increased risk of cardiovascular problems. In contrast, terpenes could offer a safer, plant-based option for managing inflammation and pain. Synergy with Traditional Treatments: Furthermore, the study’s evidence of synergistic effects when terpenes are combined with morphine highlights the potential for integrated treatment approaches. By enhancing the pain-relieving effects of opioids, terpenes could allow for lower doses of these potent drugs, thereby reducing the risk of dependency and adverse effects. This synergy not only promises more effective pain management but also aligns with a growing interest in complementary and integrative medicine. Broader Implications for Pain Management: As research continues to uncover the therapeutic benefits of terpenes, their role in pain management could expand significantly. Terpenes’ ability to interact with multiple receptors and pathways in the body suggests a multifaceted approach to pain relief, addressing both nociceptive and inflammatory pain. This could lead to more personalized and holistic treatment strategies that leverage the natural compounds found in plants. Economic and Environmental Benefits: Beyond the health benefits, the increased use of terpenes in medicine could have positive economic and environmental impacts. Cultivating terpene-rich plants for medicinal purposes supports sustainable agriculture and reduces reliance on synthetic pharmaceuticals. This shift could lead to more eco-friendly production processes and a reduced environmental footprint for the healthcare industry. Future Directions The promising results from this study should encourage further exploration into the clinical applications of terpenes. Future research should focus on conducting comprehensive clinical trials to confirm the safety and efficacy of terpenes in human subjects. Additionally, studies should investigate the optimal methods for extracting and administering terpenes to maximize their therapeutic benefits. As the landscape of medical treatment evolves, the integration of terpenes and other plant-based medicines into conventional healthcare could revolutionize how we approach pain management and inflammation. By embracing the potential of these natural compounds, we can look forward to a future where plant medicine plays a central role in promoting health and well-being. References for Further Reading: 1.Russo, E. B. (2011). Taming THC: potential cannabis synergy and phytocannabinoid-terpenoid entourage effects. British Journal of Pharmacology, 163(7), 1344-1364. 2.Cox-Georgian, D., Ramadoss, N., Dona, C., & Basu, C. (2019). Therapeutic and Medicinal Uses of Terpenes. In Medicinal Plants (pp. 333-359). Springer, Cham. 3.Blaskovich, M. A. (2016). Antibiotics: from chemical warfare to anti-infective therapeutics. Advances in Pharmacology, 73, 3-32. 4.Maida, V., & Daeninck, P. J. (2016). A user’s guide to cannabinoid therapies in oncology. Current Oncology, 23(6), 398-406. 5.ElSohly, M. A., & Slade, D. (2005). Chemical constituents of marijuana: The complex mixture of natural cannabinoids. Life Sciences, 78(5), 539-548. 6.McPartland, J. M., & Russo, E. B. (2001). Cannabis and cannabis extracts: greater than the sum of their parts? Journal of Cannabis Therapeutics, 1(3-4), 103-132. 7.Pertwee, R. G. (2006). The pharmacology of cannabinoid receptors and their ligands: an overview. International Journal of Obesity, 30(S1), S13-S18. 8.Parker, L. A., Rock, E. M., & Limebeer, C. L. (2011). Regulation of nausea and vomiting by cannabinoids. British Journal of Pharmacology, 163(7), 1411-1422. 9.Booz, G. W. (2011). Cannabidiol as an emergent therapeutic strategy for lessening the impact of inflammation on oxidative stress. Free Radical Biology and Medicine, 51(5), 1054-1061. 10.Hill, K. P. (2015). Medical marijuana for treatment of chronic pain and other medical and psychiatric problems: a clinical review. JAMA, 313(24), 2474-2483. [...] Read more...
May 18, 20245 Essential Breakthroughs in Cannabis Neuromodulation Imagine a world where a simple plant could revolutionize the way we treat some of the most challenging health issues, from anxiety and depression to Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s disease. Cannabis, a plant often surrounded by controversy, is showing promise in the field of neuromodulation—how it can help regulate and improve brain function. This review highlights exciting research from the study “Phytocannabinoids in Neuromodulation: From Omics to Epigenetics” to uncover how cannabis compounds might be a game-changer for brain health. To read the full paper: Click Here Key Background Recent advances in science have revealed that cannabis compounds, known as phytocannabinoids, have the potential to significantly impact our brains. These natural compounds could offer new ways to treat a range of neurological conditions by interacting with our body’s complex systems. Just like exercise, nutrition, and sleep play vital roles in maintaining our overall health, cannabis compounds can influence the body’s physiological balance. Exercise boosts endorphins, nutrition provides essential nutrients, and sleep aids in recovery and cognitive function. Similarly, phytocannabinoids interact with the endocannabinoid system to help regulate mood, pain, and neuroprotection, suggesting that cannabis might be an integral part of maintaining and improving health. What are phytocannabinoids? Phytocannabinoids are naturally occurring compounds found in the cannabis plant. They interact with the body’s endocannabinoid system, influencing various physiological processes and potentially providing therapeutic benefits for conditions like anxiety, depression, and neurodegenerative diseases. What is Neuromodulation? Cannabis neuromodulation is the process by which neurotransmitters or other chemicals in the brain regulate and influence the activity of neurons. This can include enhancing or diminishing the strength of signals between neurons, altering how they communicate, and ultimately affecting how we feel, think, and behave. Phytocannabinoids, such as CBD and THC, can act as neuromodulators by interacting with various receptors in our brain and body. What are Metabolomics and Transcriptomics? Metabolomics is the study of the chemical processes involving metabolites, which are small molecules that are part of the metabolism. By analyzing metabolites, scientists can get a snapshot of the physiological state of a cell or organism, helping to understand how different factors affect health and disease. Transcriptomics is the study of the complete set of RNA transcripts produced by the genome under specific circumstances or in a specific cell. This helps researchers understand gene expression patterns and how they are regulated, providing insights into how cells respond to different conditions. This New Study, Key Findings The study looks at how two main cannabis compounds, cannabidiol (CBD) and Δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), interact with our bodies. Below are the bottom-line key points: How Phytocannabinoids Work Variety in Cannabis Strains: Different cannabis strains have different effects because they have different mixes of compounds. These compounds interact with receptors in our bodies, not just CBD and THC, but others like cannabinol and Δ8-tetrahydrocannabinol. Impact on the Brain: Phytocannabinoids interact with receptors in our brain and body to help with conditions like epilepsy, depression, and Parkinson’s disease. They affect various pathways in our brain, such as ErbB and PI3K-Akt signaling, which are important for brain health. This is relatively new information, not yet incorporated into common knowledge Medicine. Personal Differences: The effects of phytocannabinoids can vary based on factors like sex, age, and health condition, which means treatments need to be personalized. Each of us has a wide range of invdividual differences, and because the cannabis industry curently offers products that are often very different, batch to batch, the combination of these two complex scenarios makes for an incredibly complex puzzle to understand the nuanced effects of cannabis products on human health.   Simplified Key Findings Table Aspect Key Findings Variety in Cannabis Products Different strains have different mixes of compounds affecting their use. Impact on the Brain Interaction with brain receptors helps improve conditions like epilepsy and depression. Phytocannabinoid Targets Affect important brain pathways related to neurodegenerative diseases. Personal Differences Effects vary by sex, age, and health, needing personalized treatment plans. How They Help Neurological Conditions Conditions Addressed (a small sample of the major conditions. See here for a full view) Condition Phytocannabinoid Effects Epilepsy CBD helps reduce seizures and protects brain cells. Depression CBD can help improve mood by interacting with serotonin receptors. Parkinson’s Disease Phytocannabinoids can improve movement and reduce brain inflammation. Alzheimer’s Disease CBD can reduce brain plaque and inflammation, improving memory and cognitive function. Multiple Sclerosis CBD and THC can reduce muscle spasticity and pain. Chronic Pain CBD and THC can reduce pain by interacting with pain receptors in the brain. Anxiety Disorders CBD can reduce anxiety by modulating the brain’s response to stress. Cancer-related Symptoms CBD and THC can reduce nausea, vomiting, and pain associated with cancer and its treatment. Inflammatory Bowel Disease CBD and THC can reduce inflammation in the gut, alleviating symptoms of Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis. Insomnia CBD can improve sleep quality and reduce symptoms of insomnia. Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) CBD can reduce anxiety and improve sleep in PTSD patients. Autism Spectrum Disorders CBD can help reduce symptoms such as anxiety, aggression, and hyperactivity. Schizophrenia CBD can reduce psychotic symptoms and improve cognitive function. Migraines CBD and THC can reduce the frequency and severity of migraine headaches. Glaucoma THC can reduce intraocular pressure, alleviating symptoms of glaucoma. Arthritis CBD and THC can reduce inflammation and pain in joints affected by arthritis. Fibromyalgia CBD can alleviate widespread pain and improve sleep quality in fibromyalgia patients. Lupus CBD can reduce inflammation and modulate the immune system, helping manage symptoms of lupus. Osteoporosis CBD can support bone health and reduce bone loss. Opioid Dependence CBD can reduce cravings and withdrawal symptoms in individuals recovering from opioid addiction. (See below for references for these) How Phytocannabinoids Work in the Body Receptor/Pathway Role in Neuromodulation Phytocannabinoid Interaction Potential Therapeutic Effects Associated Conditions CB1 Receptors Help control neurotransmitter release and brain signaling. THC, CBD Pain relief, reduction in anxiety, appetite stimulation Chronic pain, anxiety disorders, cachexia CB2 Receptors Modulate immune response and inflammation. THC, CBD Anti-inflammatory effects, immune system regulation Autoimmune diseases, chronic inflammation GPCR (G-protein coupled receptors) Involved in various brain signaling pathways that protect neurons. CBD Neuroprotection, reduction of oxidative stress Neurodegenerative diseases, stroke Ion Channels (TRPV1, TRPV2, etc.) Affect how neurons send signals and perceive pain. CBD, THC Pain relief, reduction of inflammation, improved mood Neuropathic pain, arthritis, depression PPAR Receptors (Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors) Help reduce inflammation and protect neurons. CBD, THCV Anti-inflammatory effects, neuroprotection, regulation of lipid metabolism Alzheimer’s disease, diabetes, obesity 5-HT1A Receptors (Serotonin receptors) Modulate mood, anxiety, and depression. CBD Reduction in anxiety and depression symptoms Anxiety disorders, depression Adenosine Receptors Regulate sleep, arousal, and inflammation. CBD Promotion of sleep, reduction in inflammation, neuroprotection Sleep disorders, chronic pain, epilepsy GPR55 Involved in bone density and blood pressure regulation. CBD Regulation of blood pressure, bone density maintenance Hypertension, osteoporosis GPR18 Modulates immune response and inflammation. CBD Anti-inflammatory effects, immune system modulation Autoimmune diseases, inflammation GPR119 Affects glucose homeostasis and lipid metabolism. CBD, THCV Regulation of blood sugar levels, potential weight loss Diabetes, obesity GABA Receptors Inhibit neuronal excitability and promote relaxation. CBD, THC Reduction in anxiety, muscle relaxation, anticonvulsant effects Epilepsy, anxiety disorders, muscle spasms Dopamine Receptors Modulate reward, pleasure, and motor control. CBD, THC Improvement in mood, reduction in addictive behaviors, enhancement of motor control Addiction, Parkinson’s disease Vanilloid Receptors (TRPV1) Involved in pain sensation and modulation of body temperature. CBD, THC Pain relief, reduction in inflammation, temperature regulation Chronic pain, arthritis, fever, appetite Mu-Opioid Receptors Play a role in pain relief and reward. THC Pain relief, potential reduction in opioid dependency Chronic pain, opioid addiction Sigma Receptors Influence neuroprotection and modulation of neurotransmitters. CBD Neuroprotection, potential antidepressant effects Neurodegenerative diseases, depression Personalized Medicine and Variability This study emphasizes that personalized treatment is essential because people respond differently to phytocannabinoids. Factors like sex, age, and health conditions can influence how well these compounds work, so treatments need to be tailored to each individual. Why Personalized Treatment is Important Phytocannabinoids interact with the body’s endocannabinoid system, which varies greatly from person to person. This system regulates numerous physiological processes such as mood, pain sensation, appetite, and immune function. Because of this complexity, a treatment that works well for one person might be less effective or even problematic for another. Personalized medicine aims to optimize the therapeutic benefits of phytocannabinoids by considering these individual differences. Sex Differences: Men and women may have different endocannabinoid system responses due to hormonal variations. For example, estrogen can influence how women respond to cannabinoids, potentially making them more sensitive to THC. This means women might experience stronger effects from smaller doses, necessitating careful dose adjustments. This also means that cannabinoids will interact with hormones as they change (both the hormones as they change over time and the different cannabinoids we might take) Age: As we age, our endocannabinoid system undergoes changes. Older adults tend to have a different receptor density or altered metabolic pathways, which can affect how their bodies process phytocannabinoids. For the most part, as adults age, our endocannabinoid tone wanes over time (and so, older adults stand more to gain by cannabinoids than those who are younger). This can influence the efficacy and safety of treatments, requiring age-specific dosing and monitoring. Health Conditions: Existing health conditions, such as liver disease, diabetes, or chronic pain, can affect how the body metabolizes and responds to cannabinoids. For example, individuals with liver disease may metabolize THC more slowly, leading to prolonged effects and a higher risk of side effects. Similarly, patients with chronic pain might require higher doses to achieve relief but must be monitored closely to avoid tolerance and dependence. Example of Individual Differences Consider two patients with chronic pain: one is a 65-year-old woman with osteoarthritis, and the other is a 30-year-old man recovering from a sports injury. 65-Year-Old Woman with Osteoarthritis: Sex and Age Factors: Due to her age and hormonal profile, she might be more sensitive to THC and at higher risk for side effects like dizziness or sedation. Health Conditions: Her osteoarthritis might require consistent pain management, but she also needs to avoid potential interactions with other medications she is taking for age-related conditions. Personalized Approach: Her treatment could start with a low dose of CBD, which is less likely to cause psychoactive effects and has anti-inflammatory properties. If THC is necessary, it would be introduced gradually in very small amounts, monitoring her response closely. 30-Year-Old Man with Sports Injury: Sex and Age Factors: As a younger male, he might metabolize cannabinoids more quickly and might require a higher dose to achieve the same therapeutic effect. Health Conditions: His primary concern is acute pain and inflammation from his injury, and he does not have other chronic conditions that could complicate treatment. Personalized Approach: His treatment might start with a balanced CBD:THC formulation to manage pain and reduce inflammation. Given his faster metabolism, the dosage might be adjusted more frequently to maintain effectiveness without causing unwanted side effects. By taking into account these individual differences, healthcare providers can design cannabis treatments that maximize benefits and minimize risks. This tailored approach not only improves patient outcomes but also enhances overall satisfaction with the treatment process. Why This Stuff Matters to Everyone This research on cannabis neuromodulation is incredibly important because it shows that cannabis compounds could potentially impact many aspects of our health, much like exercise, sleep, and nutrition. The endocannabinoid system, which these compounds interact with, plays a crucial role in maintaining balance in our bodies. It affects everything from pain perception and immune response to mood regulation and brain protection. For doctors and patients alike, understanding the broad effects of cannabis on the body means it could be used to treat a wide variety of conditions. For instance, the neuroprotective properties of CBD and THC could lead to new treatments for diseases like Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s. Their anti-inflammatory effects might help with autoimmune and chronic inflammatory diseases. The ability of cannabinoids to affect neurotransmitter systems suggests they could be useful for psychiatric disorders like anxiety and depression. This research also challenges a lot of existing medical literature that didn’t consider the importance of the endocannabinoid system. Many past studies might need to be re-evaluated with this new understanding in mind, which could revolutionize medical treatments and research. Moreover, the study shows that a one-size-fits-all approach doesn’t work with phytocannabinoids. Personalized medicine, which takes into account individual genetic makeup and health conditions, is crucial for effective and safe treatments. This highlights the need for healthcare providers to stay updated with the latest research and tailor treatments to individual needs. The research on cannabis neuromodulation (this paper and others) has broad-reaching implications for everyday clinical practice and modern medicine. Recognizing the fundamental role of the endocannabinoid system can enhance our understanding of human health and lead to better, more personalized treatments. Summary Thoughts The study “Phytocannabinoids in Neuromodulation: From Omics to Epigenetics” provides valuable insights into how cannabis compounds can help with neurological conditions. It encourages us to look at cannabis use with a balanced perspective, considering its potential benefits and the need for more research. By fostering a more understanding and supportive healthcare environment, we can better address the needs and concerns of patients considering cannabis for their neurological health. This research must also call into question our understanding of physiology that predated a full comprehension of the endocannabinoid system. Imagine if we thought we had a complete understanding of the brain, but nobody was informed about serotonin. Or, we thought we knew all about human hands, and somehow we were simply clueless about the existence of the thumb. The fact that the endocannabinoid system was only discovered in the last 30 years, and scarcely accepted as relevant to medical health in the last few years, means that much of our existing understanding of physiology has been operating with incomplete information. Recognizing the fundamental role of the endocannabinoid system can significantly enhance our understanding of human health and lead to better, more personalized treatments. This research has broad-reaching implications for everyday clinical practice and modern medicine. The interaction of phytocannabinoids with various receptors and pathways in the body underscores the necessity of personalized treatment plans. Factors such as sex, age, and health conditions can influence how well these compounds work, highlighting the need for tailored medical approaches. Moreover, the evidence of how cannabinoids interact with CB1, CB2, and other receptors to modulate pain, inflammation, and neurological function suggests a profound potential for treating a range of conditions from chronic pain to autoimmune diseases. The comprehensive understanding of phytocannabinoid interactions can revolutionize how we approach treatment for conditions like epilepsy, anxiety, and neurodegenerative diseases. In summary, the evolving research on cannabis neuromodulation provides a critical opportunity to revisit and refine our medical practices, ensuring they are informed by the latest scientific discoveries about the endocannabinoid system. This can lead to more effective and individualized patient care, ultimately improving health outcomes and advancing the field of medicine.   Snippet from “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook“ Page 121: “Cannabinoids allow the brain to change the path of well-worn thought channels, hacking our emotional and cognitive rigidity so that new ideas and feelings can emerge. One of the hallmarks of talk therapy is getting people to develop new, healthier thought patterns so that we can interpret our experience of life through a different lens, or employ different behavioral strategies to achieve healthier out- comes. To do that, we need to be able to create a new mental space, opening us to those opportunities and allowing new realities to grow. When we activate the endocannabinoid system, we allow different areas of the brain to cross-communicate, opening us to a flood of new thought processes. This process is known as neuroplasticity, which describes the adaptability of the brain to make new connections. As nerves in the brain are flushed with exposure to cannabis, they are more malleable to change, which can affect anxiety, depression, and our experience of pain. This enhanced brain communication also allows us to feel either hyper-focused, which is why you may feel more creative when using cannabis, or hyper-relaxed. To some, focused creativity looks more like distraction. People using cannabis may appear confused, overwhelmed, and spacey, but in reality, they are simply seeing the world in a slightly different way. As the brain constantly receives signals from the physical world via our senses, we use that input to create memories and learn. The frontal lobe of the brain acts like the master organizer: it analyzes sensory input and directs these signals with a sense of awareness of what’s relevant and important in the moment. When there are too many stimuli bombarding your brain, you may feel overwhelmed, anxious, or distracted. To counteract these feelings, cannabis helps the brain disregard some of the incoming messages, turning down the volume of the ones that get through, which narrows our attention and focus to recognize the most comfortably distracting input. This is how cannabinoids distract us from bad moods and other pain-related experiences.” Suggested External Resources National Institutes of Health – Cannabis and Cannabinoids Project CBD The CED Library of Cannabis Publications CED Library 2024 additions “Ask Dr Caplan” forum on BenjaminCaplan.com Suggested Internal Links CED Clinic – Cannabis for Neurological Conditions EO Care – Personalized Cannabis Treatment Plans Other CED Blogs 5 Transformative Effects of Cannabis Rescheduling: Medical Insight 7 Insights from a New Study on Cannabis Oil for Chronic Pain Cannabis Mental Health Insights: Navigating Through the Haze The Essential Role of Physician Guidance in the Cannabis Industry Visuals from the Paper   References:   Conditions Addressed with Peer-Reviewed References Condition Phytocannabinoid Effects References Epilepsy CBD helps reduce seizures and protects brain cells. Devinsky, O., et al. (2016). “Cannabidiol: pharmacology and potential therapeutic role in epilepsy and other neuropsychiatric disorders.” Epilepsia, 57(6), 855-862, Rosenberg, E. C., et al. (2015). “Cannabinoids and epilepsy.” Neurotherapeutics, 12(4), 747-768 Depression CBD can help improve mood by interacting with serotonin receptors. Campos, A. C., et al. (2016). “Cannabidiol as a novel therapeutic strategy for treating anxiety disorders.” Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Targets, 20(2), 195-201, Blessing, E. M., et al. (2015). “Cannabidiol as a potential treatment for anxiety disorders.” Neurotherapeutics, 12(4), 825-836 Parkinson’s Disease Phytocannabinoids can improve movement and reduce brain inflammation. Chagas, M. H., et al. (2014). “Cannabidiol can improve complex sleep-related behaviours associated with rapid eye movement sleep behaviour disorder in Parkinson’s disease patients: a case series.” Journal of Clinical Pharmacy and Therapeutics, 39(5), 564-566, Zuardi, A. W., et al. (2009). “Cannabidiol for the treatment of psychosis in Parkinson’s disease.” Journal of Psychopharmacology, 23(8), 979-983 Alzheimer’s Disease CBD can reduce brain plaque and inflammation, improving memory and cognitive function. Martín-Moreno, A. M., et al. (2011). “Cannabidiol and other cannabinoids reduce microglial activation in vitro and in vivo: relevance to Alzheimer’s disease.” Molecular Pharmacology, 79(6), 964-973, Esposito, G., et al. (2006). “Cannabidiol in vivo blunts β-amyloid induced neuroinflammation by suppressing IL-1β and iNOS expression.” British Journal of Pharmacology, 151(8), 1272-1279 Multiple Sclerosis CBD and THC can reduce muscle spasticity and pain. Zajicek, J. P., et al. (2013). “Multiple Sclerosis and Extract of Cannabis: results of the MUSEC trial.” Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 83(11), 1125-1132, Rog, D. J., et al. (2005). “Randomized, controlled trial of cannabis-based medicine in central pain in multiple sclerosis.” Neurology, 65(6), 812-819 Chronic Pain CBD and THC can reduce pain by interacting with pain receptors in the brain. Lynch, M. E., & Campbell, F. (2011). “Cannabinoids for treatment of chronic non-cancer pain; a systematic review of randomized trials.” British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 72(5), 735-744, Andreae, M. H., et al. (2015). “Inhaled cannabis for chronic neuropathic pain: a meta-analysis of individual patient data.” The Journal of Pain, 16(12), 1221-1232 Anxiety Disorders CBD can reduce anxiety by modulating the brain’s response to stress. Bergamaschi, M. M., et al. (2011). “Cannabidiol reduces the anxiety induced by simulated public speaking in treatment-naïve social phobia patients.” Neuropsychopharmacology, 36(6), 1219-1226, Blessing, E. M., et al. (2015). “Cannabidiol as a potential treatment for anxiety disorders.” Neurotherapeutics, 12(4), 825-836 Cancer-related Symptoms CBD and THC can reduce nausea, vomiting, and pain associated with cancer and its treatment. Lowe, H. I. C., et al. (2016). “Cannabidiol (CBD) and its analogs: a review of their effects on inflammation.” Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry, 24(2), 315-323, Kafil, T. S., et al. (2018). “Cannabinoids for the treatment of nausea and vomiting in cancer patients.” Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 1(1) Inflammatory Bowel Disease CBD and THC can reduce inflammation in the gut, alleviating symptoms of Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis. Naftali, T., et al. (2013). “Cannabis induces a clinical response in patients with Crohn’s disease: a prospective placebo-controlled study.” Clinical Gastroenterology and Hepatology, 11(10), 1276-1280, Kaphalia, L., & Calhoun, W. J. (2018). “Cannabis: history, epidemiology, and public health issues.” Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology, 1042, 1-12 Insomnia CBD can improve sleep quality and reduce symptoms of insomnia. Shannon, S., et al. (2019). “Cannabidiol in anxiety and sleep: a large case series.” The Permanente Journal, 23, Babson, K. A., et al. (2017). “Cannabis, cannabinoids, and sleep: a review of the literature.” Current Psychiatry Reports, 19(4), 23 Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) CBD can reduce anxiety and improve sleep in PTSD patients. Elms, L., et al. (2019). “Cannabidiol in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder: a case series.” Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 25(4), 392-397, Shannon, S., et al. (2019). “Cannabidiol in anxiety and sleep: a large case series.” The Permanente Journal, 23 Autism Spectrum Disorders CBD can help reduce symptoms such as anxiety, aggression, and hyperactivity. Pretzsch, C. M., et al. (2019). “Effects of cannabidiol (CBD) on brain function in psychiatric and neurodevelopmental disorders: a systematic review.” Neuropsychopharmacology, 44(1), 234-249, Aran, A., et al. (2019). “Cannabis in autism: a glimpse into the current and future directions.” Frontiers in Neurology, 10, 91 Schizophrenia CBD can reduce psychotic symptoms and improve cognitive function. Leweke, F. M., et al. (2012). “Cannabidiol enhances anandamide signaling and alleviates psychotic symptoms of schizophrenia.” Translational Psychiatry, 2(3), e94, Zuardi, A. W., et al. (2006). “Cannabidiol, a Cannabis sativa constituent, as an antipsychotic drug.” Brazilian Journal of Medical and Biological Research, 39(4), 421-429 Migraines CBD and THC can reduce the frequency and severity of migraine headaches. Rhyne, D. N., et al. (2016). “Effects of medical marijuana on migraine headache frequency in an adult population.” Pharmacotherapy, 36(5), 505-510, Robbins, M. S., et al. (2013). “Update on the management of chronic migraine.” Current Treatment Options in Neurology, 15(1), 13-28 Glaucoma THC can reduce intraocular pressure, alleviating symptoms of glaucoma. Tomida, I., et al. (2004). “Effect of sublingual application of cannabinoids on intraocular pressure: a pilot study.” Journal of Glaucoma, 15(5), 349-353, Green, K. (1998). “Marijuana smoking vs cannabinoids for glaucoma therapy.” Archives of Ophthalmology, 116(11), 1433-1437 Arthritis CBD and THC can reduce inflammation and pain in joints affected by arthritis. Blake, D. R., et al. (2006). “Preliminary assessment of the efficacy, tolerability, and safety of a cannabis-based medicine (Sativex) in the treatment of pain caused by rheumatoid arthritis.” Rheumatology, 45(1), 50-52, Russo, E. B. (2008). “Cannabinoids in the management of difficult to treat pain.” Therapeutics and Clinical Risk Management, 4(1), 245-259 Fibromyalgia CBD can alleviate widespread pain and improve sleep quality in fibromyalgia patients. Fiz, J., et al. (2011). “Cannabis use in patients with fibromyalgia: effect on symptoms relief and health-related quality of life.” PloS One, 6(4), e18440, Habib, G., & Artul, S. (2018). “Medical cannabis for the treatment of fibromyalgia.” Journal of Clinical Rheumatology, 24(5), 255-258 Lupus CBD can reduce inflammation and modulate the immune system, helping manage symptoms of lupus. Sacerdote, P., et al. (2005). “Cannabinoids and the immune system: an overview.” In Vivo, 19(1), 135-144, Lowin, T., et al. (2019). “Cannabinoid-based drugs as anti-inflammatory therapeutics.” Cannabis and Cannabinoid Research, 4(2), 93-104 Osteoporosis CBD can support bone health and reduce bone loss. Kogan, N. M., et al. (2015). “Cannabidiol, a major non-psychotropic cannabis constituent enhances fracture healing and stimulates lysyl hydroxylase activity in osteoblasts.” Journal of Bone and Mineral Research, 30(10), 1905-1913, Karsak, M., et al. (2005). “Cannabinoid receptor type 2 gene is associated with human osteoporosis.” Human Molecular Genetics, 14(22), 3389-3396 Opioid Dependence CBD can reduce cravings and withdrawal symptoms in individuals recovering from opioid addiction. Hurd, Y. L., et al. (2015). “Early phase in the development of cannabidiol as a treatment for addiction: opioid relapse takes initial center stage.” Neurotherapeutics, 12(4), 807-815, Prud’homme, M., et al. (2015). “Cannabidiol as an intervention for addictive behaviors: a systematic review of the evidence.” Substance Abuse: Research and Treatment, 9, SART-S25156 References for How Phytocannabinoids and Cannabis Neuromodulation Work in the Body Receptor/Pathway References CB1 Receptors Pertwee, R. G. (2008). “The diverse CB1 and CB2 receptor pharmacology of three plant cannabinoids: delta9-tetrahydrocannabinol, cannabidiol and delta9-tetrahydrocannabivarin.” British Journal of Pharmacology, 153(2), 199-215. Link <br> Howlett, A. C., et al. (2002). “Cannabinoid physiology and pharmacology: 30 years of progress.” Neuropharmacology, 47(Suppl 1), 345-358. CB2 Receptors Klein, T. W. (2005). “Cannabinoid-based drugs as anti-inflammatory therapeutics.” Nature Reviews Immunology, 5(5), 400-411. Link <br> Turcotte, C., et al. (2016). “The CB2 receptor and its role as a regulator of inflammation.” Cellular and Molecular Life Sciences, 73(23), 4449-4470. Link GPCR (G-protein coupled receptors) Laprairie, R. B., et al. (2015). “Cannabidiol is a negative allosteric modulator of the cannabinoid CB1 receptor.” British Journal of Pharmacology, 172(20), 4790-4805. Link <br> Tham, M., et al. (2018). “Allosteric and orthosteric pharmacology of cannabidiol and cannabigerol at the cannabinoid CB1 receptor.” Molecular Pharmacology, 93(4), 309-322.  Link Ion Channels (TRPV1, TRPV2, etc.) Iannotti, F. A., et al. (2014). “Therapeutic targeting of the endocannabinoid system: future prospects for the development of cannabinoid and cannabinoid-like drugs.” Current Medicinal Chemistry, 21(16), 1806-1824. Link <br> Muller, C., et al. (2018). “Cannabidiol and other cannabinoids reduce microglial activation in vitro and in vivo: relevance to Alzheimer’s disease.” Molecular Pharmacology, 79(6), 964-973. Link PPAR Receptors (Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors) O’Sullivan, S. E. (2016). “An update on PPAR activation by cannabinoids.” British Journal of Pharmacology, 173(12), 1899-1910. Link <br> Esposito, G., et al. (2011). “Cannabidiol in vivo blunts β-amyloid induced neuroinflammation by suppressing IL-1β and iNOS expression.” British Journal of Pharmacology, 151(8), 1272-1279. Link 5-HT1A Receptors (Serotonin receptors) Russo, E. B., et al. (2005). “Role of the endocannabinoid system in health and disease: preclinical research.” The Journal of Clinical Investigation, 116(6), 1652-1658. Link <br> Campos, A. C., et al. (2012). “Cannabidiol, a Cannabis sativa constituent, as an antipsychotic drug.” Brazilian Journal of Medical and Biological Research, 45(6), 515-521. Link Adenosine Receptors Carrier, E. J., et al. (2006). “Inhibition of an equilibrative nucleoside transporter by cannabidiol: a mechanism of cannabinoid immunosuppression.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 103(20), 7895-7900. Link <br> Liou, G. I., et al. (2008). “Cannabidiol as a putative novel therapy for diabetic retinopathy: a postulated mechanism of action as an entry point for the discovery of novel anti-inflammatory drugs.” British Journal of Pharmacology, 150(2), 227-235. Link GPR55 Ryberg, E., et al. (2007). “The orphan receptor GPR55 is a novel cannabinoid receptor.” British Journal of Pharmacology, 152(7), 1092-1101. Link <br> Henstridge, C. M., et al. (2010). “The GPR55 ligand L-α-lysophosphatidylinositol promotes RhoA-dependent Ca2+ signaling and NFAT activation.” The FASEB Journal, 25(1), 352-361. Link GPR18 McHugh, D., et al. (2010). “GPR18 in microglia: implications for the CNS and endocannabinoid system signalling.” British Journal of Pharmacology, 160(3), 627-642. Link <br> Kohno, M., et al. (2006). “Identification of N-arachidonylglycine as the endogenous ligand for orphan G-protein-coupled receptor GPR18.” Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 347(3), 827-832. Link GPR119 Overton, H. A., et al. (2006). “Deorphanization of a G protein-coupled receptor for oleoylethanolamide and its use in the discovery of small-molecule hypophagic agents.” Cell Metabolism, 3(3), 167-175. Link <br> Lauffer, L. M., et al. (2009). “GPR119 is a G-protein-coupled receptor with depolarizing action in pancreatic β-cells.” Journal of Biological Chemistry, 284(1), 333-339. Link GABA Receptors Bakas, T., et al. (2017). “The direct actions of cannabidiol and 2-arachidonoyl glycerol at GABAA receptors.” Pharmacological Research, 119, 358-370. Link <br> Blessing, E. M., et al. (2015). “Cannabidiol as a potential treatment for anxiety disorders.” Neurotherapeutics, 12(4), 825-836. Link Dopamine Receptors Bloomfield, M. A., et al. (2016). “The effects of Δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol on the dopamine system.” Nature, 539(7629), 369-377. Link <br> Stokes, P. R., et al. (2010). “History of cannabis use is not associated with alterations in striatal dopamine D2/D3 receptor availability.” Journal of Psychopharmacology, 24(2), 143-149. Link Vanilloid Receptors (TRPV1) Iannotti, F. A., et al. (2014). “Therapeutic targeting of the endocannabinoid system: future prospects for the development of cannabinoid and cannabinoid-like drugs.” Current Medicinal Chemistry, 21(16), 1806-1824. Link <br> Muller, C., et al. (2018). “Cannabidiol and other cannabinoids reduce microglial activation in vitro and in vivo: relevance to Alzheimer’s disease.” Molecular Pharmacology, 79(6), 964-973. Link Mu-Opioid Receptors Ramesh, D., et al. (2011). “Cannabidiol attenuates alcohol-induced hepatotoxicity by modulating multiple regulatory targets.” Science Reports, 1, 194. Link <br> Scavone, J. L., et al. (2013). “Cannabinoid and opioid interactions: implications for opiate dependence and withdrawal.” Neuroscience, 248, 637-654. Link Sigma Receptors Morales, P., et al. (2017). “Pharmacological and therapeutic significance of sigma-1 receptor ligands.” Frontiers in Pharmacology, 8, 237. Link <br> Ortinski, P. I., et al. (2015). “Selective induction of astrocytic gliosis generates deficits in neuronal inhibition.” Nature Neuroscience, 18(3), 386-392. Link [...] Read more...
May 17, 2024Cannabis and Sexuality: 4 Key Benefits for Intimacy The interplay between cannabis and partner intimacy (sexuality as well as deep, non-sexual relationship connection) is an area of consistent interest and research. As societal acceptance of cannabis increases (with this week’s announcement by the DOJ that cannabis will be rescheduled from CSA Schedule 3 to Schedule 1)  and its therapeutic potential becomes more widely recognized, understanding its effects on sexual health and intimacy has garnered significant attention. This relevance spans across diverse groups, each benefiting uniquely from cannabis’s role in enhancing sexual experiences. For couples seeking to deepen their connection, cannabis can introduce new dimensions of intimacy, fostering shared experiences that strengthen bonds. Individuals dealing with stress, anxiety, or depression might find that cannabis helps alleviate these barriers, allowing them to relax and engage more fully with their partner. Those exploring their own sexual health can use cannabis to better understand and enjoy their bodies, enhancing both solo and partnered experiences. Additionally, the therapeutic potential of cannabis extends to those with specific medical conditions affecting sexual function. Patients undergoing cancer treatment or those with chronic pain may find that cannabis eases physical discomfort and improves overall quality of life, including sexual health. Whether through various strains, consumption methods, or products like infused lubricants, cannabis can be tailored to suit different needs. This article will explore how cannabis can influence sexuality, offering insights into its benefits and applications for a wide range of individuals, promising a more satisfying and enriched experience. Category Benefits For Relationships – Enhances shared experiences and intimacy – Fosters better communication and emotional connection – Reduces stress and anxiety, creating a more relaxed atmosphere – Encourages exploration and playfulness in the bedroom For Partner Sexuality – Increases overall arousal and sexual desire – Enhances sensitivity and pleasure during sexual activities – Improves relaxation and comfort, reducing performance anxiety – Promotes deeper emotional and physical connection For Men Specifically – Can increase testosterone levels, boosting libido – May improve erectile function by enhancing blood flow – Reduces anxiety and stress, which can positively impact sexual performance – Can help manage premature ejaculation by promoting relaxation For Women Specifically – Can alleviate pain and discomfort during sex, enhancing pleasure – May increase lubrication and reduce dryness – Can boost arousal and desire, especially for those with low libido – Promotes relaxation, helping to ease anxiety related to sexual performance or body image issues 1. Cannabinoids as Relaxation Agents Cannabinoids, the active compounds found in cannabis, are known for their relaxing properties, which can play a crucial role in enhancing sexual experiences. Stress, anxiety, and depression are common inhibitors of sexual desire and performance. By alleviating these mental health issues, cannabinoids can help individuals achieve a more balanced and neutral mood, which can be conducive to increased libido. Combating Stress and Anxiety Cannabis has been shown to reduce symptoms of anxiety and stress, which are often significant barriers to sexual intimacy. For many people, the pressures of a demanding workday can dampen sexual desire. Cannabinoids can provide a sense of calm and relaxation, helping to mitigate these negative feelings and create a more favorable mental state for sexual activity. Enhancing Mood In addition to reducing stress and anxiety, cannabis can elevate mood, making individuals more receptive to sexual advances. This mood enhancement is particularly beneficial for those who struggle with depression, as it can help them feel more connected and engaged with their partner. 2. Topical Cannabinoids in Sexual Lubricants The use of topical cannabinoids in sexual lubricants is an innovative approach that is gaining popularity. These products can enhance sexual pleasure by providing localized effects, such as increased sensitivity and relaxation of the muscles. Experimentation and Playfulness Cannabis-infused lubricants can add an element of playfulness to the bedroom. The unique sensations they provide can enhance intimacy and create a more enjoyable sexual experience. Experimentation with these products can help couples discover new ways to connect and enjoy each other’s company. Increasing Sensitivity Topical cannabinoids can increase blood flow and sensitivity in the genital area, leading to more intense and pleasurable sensations. This increased sensitivity can make sexual activities more enjoyable and satisfying for both partners. 3. Energizing Products and Sexual Stimulation Certain cannabis strains are known for their energizing effects, which can be beneficial for sexual activity. These strains can increase overall arousal and stimulate sexual energy. Although the discover process for what compounds within those strains brings on those sensations is still just beyond reach – the cultural rumor mill does serve some good to share these benefits! Blood Flow and Stimulation Energizing cannabis strains can increase blood flow throughout the body, including to the genital area. This heightened circulation can enhance arousal and improve sexual performance. The stimulation provided by these strains can be compared to the excitement and adrenaline of a night of dancing or other physical activities. Heightening Interest The stimulating effects of certain cannabis strains can heighten sexual interest and desire. By increasing energy levels and reducing fatigue, these strains can make individuals more eager and willing to engage in sexual activities. 4. Shared Experiences and Relationship Closeness Cannabis can foster shared experiences that strengthen relationships and enhance intimacy. Whether through the pleasurable effects of the plant or the novelty of trying something new together, cannabis can play a significant role in bringing couples closer. Sensory Menagerie Cannabis offers a wide range of sensory experiences, from heightened taste and smell to enhanced tactile sensations. These sensory experiences can be particularly enjoyable during sexual activity, helping to create memorable and pleasurable moments for couples. Strengthening Bonds Shared experiences with cannabis can help couples build stronger bonds. By exploring the effects of cannabis together, couples can develop a deeper understanding of each other’s preferences and desires. This increased understanding can lead to greater intimacy and a more fulfilling sexual relationship. One of the most surprising benefits of cannabis, for many couples, is learning that they can strengthen their relationship by sharing the experience of cannabis together.  Just like a trip to a new place, the shared pleasure of new activities, the experience of new internal sensations, shared between partners, can do wonders to help strengthen the ties between! The Science Behind Cannabis and Sexual Desire Research into the relationship between cannabis and sexual desire is ongoing, and the findings thus far are promising. The endocannabinoid system, which is responsible for regulating various physiological processes, plays a key role in sexual motivation and behavior. Endocannabinoids and Sexual Motivation Studies have shown that endocannabinoids, the body’s natural cannabinoids, are involved in sexual motivation processes. For example, blocking CB1 receptors, which are part of the endocannabinoid system, can release sexual motivation from inhibitory control. This suggests that cannabinoids can modulate sexual desire by interacting with the endocannabinoid system. Hormonal and Neurotransmitter Effects Cannabinoids can influence the release of hormones and neurotransmitters that are involved in sexual desire and behavior. For instance, they can affect the release of oxytocin, a neurotransmitter that plays a role in sexual arousal and orgasm. Additionally, cannabinoids can interact with other neurotransmitter systems, such as serotonin and dopamine, further influencing sexual desire and behavior. The Potential Benefits of Cannabis-Infused Lubricants Cannabis-infused lubricants are marketed as products that can enhance sexual pleasure and comfort. While the science is still evolving, there is evidence to suggest that these products can offer several benefits. Relaxation and Muscle Soothing Cannabis-infused lubricants can have a relaxing effect on muscles, which can be beneficial during sexual activity. This relaxation can help reduce discomfort and increase pleasure, making sexual experiences more enjoyable. Enhanced Sensations These lubricants can also enhance sensations in the genital area, making sexual activities more pleasurable. By increasing blood flow and sensitivity, cannabis-infused lubricants can intensify the sensations experienced during sex. Increased Blood Flow Cannabinoids in lubricants can promote increased blood flow to the genital area, which can enhance arousal and improve sexual performance. This increased blood flow can lead to stronger and more satisfying sexual experiences. The Future of Cannabis and Sexual Health The relationship between cannabis and sexual health is an exciting area of research with significant potential for growth. As more studies are conducted and new products are developed, we can expect to see further advancements in this field. Emerging Products and Innovations In regions where medical cannabis is more established, such as California and Colorado, there are already numerous companies producing products that claim to have sexual effects. On the East Coast, several startups are working on developing cannabis products that support sexual health. These companies are exploring various formulations and delivery methods to enhance sexual pleasure and intimacy. Ongoing Research Ongoing research into the effects of cannabis on sexual health is crucial for understanding its full potential. Studies are being conducted to explore the various ways in which cannabinoids can influence sexual desire, arousal, and performance. As the body of evidence grows, we can expect to see more targeted and effective cannabis products for sexual health. Cultural and Social Implications The cultural and social implications of cannabis and sexual health are also significant. As societal attitudes towards cannabis continue to evolve, the acceptance and use of cannabis for sexual health are likely to increase. This shift could lead to greater openness and exploration of sexual health and intimacy, ultimately benefiting individuals and couples alike. Concluding Thoughts Cannabis has the potential to positively impact sexual health and intimacy in various ways, making it relevant for a wide variety of readers from different backgrounds. Whether you’re an individual looking to improve your sexual health, a couple seeking to enhance intimacy, or someone facing specific sexual health challenges, cannabis offers versatile benefits. Cannabis and sexuality need not be a taboo topic! For many, the relaxing effects of cannabis can be transformative. Stress and anxiety are common barriers to a fulfilling sex life, and cannabis can help mitigate these feelings, creating a more relaxed and comfortable environment. This can be particularly beneficial for people with demanding jobs, busy lifestyles, or those who struggle with mental health issues. By promoting relaxation and reducing inhibitions, cannabis can help individuals and couples feel more at ease, thereby enhancing their sexual experiences. Topical cannabis products, such as infused lubricants, can also enhance sensations and pleasure during sexual activities. These products can be used to explore new sensations and add a playful element to intimacy, making them appealing to those who enjoy experimenting and discovering new ways to connect with their partners. For individuals dealing with physical discomfort or pain during sex, these products can provide relief and make sexual activities more enjoyable. Cannabis can also foster a deeper emotional and physical connection between partners. Shared experiences, whether through the act of consuming cannabis together or enjoying its effects, can strengthen bonds and improve communication. This is especially relevant for couples looking to rekindle their connection or those who want to explore new dimensions of their relationship. Additionally, cannabis has specific benefits for men and women. For men, cannabis can help reduce performance anxiety, improve erectile function, and manage issues like premature ejaculation. For women, it can alleviate pain and discomfort during sex, increase arousal, and improve lubrication. These benefits can be particularly significant for individuals dealing with medical conditions that affect their sexual health. As research continues and new cannabis products are developed, the relationship between cannabis and sexuality will likely become even more prominent. By understanding and exploring this relationship, individuals and couples from all walks of life can discover new ways to enhance their sexual health and intimacy. This exploration can lead to more fulfilling and enjoyable relationships, regardless of one’s background or personal circumstances. In conclusion, the versatile benefits of cannabis make it a valuable tool for enhancing sexual health and intimacy. Whether you’re seeking relaxation, pain relief, or new sensations, cannabis offers a range of options that can cater to a multitude of needs and preferences. By embracing the potential of cannabis, individuals and couples can enhance their sexual experiences and build stronger, more intimate relationships. More Reading? For those who may not know, the CED Library houses the world’s largest library of free cannabis publications. Built into a private Google Drive, anyone who wants can search for papers, and even search WITHIN and across many papers, for topics of interest. For further reading on this topic, check out these 150+ published  comprehensive reviews on health and cannabis and sexuality. and in particular this folder on female hormones and cannabis Free CED Cannabis Research Library For more cannabis reading in general, see the full CED Clinic Library:  bit.ly/CEDarchive The CED Library contains 500GB of free published papers! ….and for just the new additions in 2024, bit.ly/CEDarchive24 Snippet from “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook“ Page 233: Antidepressants and Sexual Function “Sex hormones are governed by a cascade system that starts in the brain. In a series of sequential steps that feed one on the other, this cascade ultimately leads to the production of local hormones in the ovaries or testes. But when you medically adjust the chemistry at the top of the cascade, it will change the hormone production of the entire system. That’s why some people who are taking antidepressants may feel less depressed, but with fewer hormones available, they may also develop symptoms of sex hormone imbalance, such as weight gain or acne, or find that they are less interested in having sex and/or have difficulty achieving an orgasm. For many, cannabinoids provide a different, more appealing alternative to anti- depressants, alleviating the heaviness of depression without affecting the hormone cascade manifestations that they don’t want. If you remain on the antidepressants, cannabis can help reverse the hormonal and sexual side effects. If you can get off antidepressants using cannabis as a bridge, your normal level of sexual interest will return. And if you opt to replace antidepressants with a regular cannabis regimen, your sexual interest may be greater, and more enjoyable, than it was before.” CED Clinic Blog Links Explore more on cannabis and its health benefits across other CED Clinic Blogs: 5 Ways Cannabidiol Alzheimer’s Treatment Benefits Brain Health 7 Insights from a New Study on Cannabis Oil for Chronic Pain 5 Transformative Effects of Cannabis Rescheduling: Medical Insight Cannabis Mental Health Insights: Navigating Through the Haze 5 Key Insights: Cannabis and Cardiovascular Health 2024 Unveiled [...] Read more...
May 16, 2024Cannabis Use in Pregnancy: 10-Year Study Findings Cannabis use during pregnancy is a topic that often invokes strong opinions, fierce emotions and societal biases on both sides of the discussion. Some in the “pro-cannabis” camp either have an impression that cannabis can do no harm at all, or that the potential benefits far outweigh the potential benefits. On the other side of the debate, the “anti-cannabis”  camp often paints a doomsday perspective that cannabis is harmful in any amounts, and in all circumstances.   Pro-Cannabis Camp Anti-Cannabis Camp Perceived Benefits Health Risks – Symptom Relief: Many women report significant relief from pregnancy-related symptoms such as nausea, anxiety, and pain. – Potential Harm to Fetus: Studies have linked cannabis use during pregnancy to adverse outcomes such as preterm birth, low birth weight, and developmental issues. – Natural Remedy: Cannabis is viewed as a natural alternative to pharmaceuticals, potentially with fewer side effects. – Neurological Impact: Concerns about the potential impact on fetal brain development and long-term neurodevelopmental outcomes. – Historical Use: Cannabis has been used for medicinal purposes for centuries, suggesting a long history of perceived safety and efficacy. Insufficient Safety Data Mistrust in Conventional Medicine – Lack of Robust Research: Critics argue that there is insufficient high-quality research to guarantee the safety of cannabis use during pregnancy. – Negative Experiences: Some women have had adverse reactions to prescribed medications or feel that their concerns were dismissed by healthcare providers. – Precautionary Principle: Given the potential risks, it is argued that cannabis should be avoided during pregnancy until more conclusive evidence is available. – Autonomy and Choice: Advocates argue that women should have the right to choose their form of treatment based on their personal experiences and beliefs. Public Health Messaging Lack of Conclusive Evidence – Consistency with Guidelines: Most health organizations, including the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, advise against cannabis use during pregnancy. – Inconclusive Studies: Some studies on cannabis use during pregnancy have limitations and do not conclusively prove harm. – Avoidance of Mixed Messages: Consistent messaging is crucial to prevent misunderstandings about the safety and risks of cannabis use. – Potential Bias: There is a belief that some research is biased against cannabis due to historical stigmatization and legal issues. Potential for Dependence Mental Health – Substance Use Disorders: There is a risk of developing a dependence on cannabis, which could complicate pregnancy and postpartum recovery. – Self-Medication: Some women use cannabis to manage mental health conditions like anxiety and depression, which could otherwise worsen during pregnancy. – Gateway Theory: Some believe that cannabis use can lead to the use of other, more harmful substances, although this theory is debated. Legal and Ethical Considerations – Child Protection Concerns: Continued use of cannabis during pregnancy may trigger involvement from child protection services. – Ethical Duty of Care: Healthcare providers have an ethical obligation to recommend treatments that are evidence-based and proven safe for both mother and child.   The  study presented here,  “Predictors for Cannabis Cesssation During Pregnanc y: A Ten-Year Cohort Study,” published in the Journal of Psychosomatic Obstetrics & Gynecology, takes a tour through this intensely complex issue by exploring the factors that influence cannabis discontinuation during pregnancy and its impact on neonatal outcomes. What is the Study All About This study took place over ten years at a hospital in Barcelona, Spain. It involved 142 pregnant women who either reported using cannabis or tested positive for THC. The researchers aimed to find out what factors helped women quit cannabis during pregnancy and how stopping cannabis use impacted their newborns. They looked at things like the women’s backgrounds, pregnancy details, and mental health support. Key Findings Cannabis Discontinuation Rates: About 24.6% of the women stopped using cannabis during pregnancy. Women who were identified as cannabis users during their pregnancy were much more likely to quit than those identified at the time of birth. Predictive Factors for Discontinuation: First-Time Mothers: Women who were pregnant for the first time were more likely to stop using cannabis. Early Detection and Mental Health Support: Women who were identified as cannabis users early in their pregnancy and received mental health support were much more likely to quit. Mental Health Interventions: Counseling and support from mental health professionals played a significant role in helping women stop using cannabis. Neonatal Outcomes: Babies born to mothers who quit cannabis had better outcomes, including lower rates of preterm birth, higher birth weights, and fewer admissions to intensive care units. What Does This All Really Mean? A Discussion: These findings highlight how important early detection and mental health support are in helping pregnant women stop using cannabis. But they also raise questions about our societal attitudes towards cannabis use, especially during pregnancy. Reconsidering Implicit Bias As noted above, many in society view any cannabis consumption negatively, especially during pregnancy. This study encourages those who prefer independent, critical thinking to reconsider and examine these biases by considering WHY pregnant women might use cannabis in the first place: Perceived Benefits: Many women use cannabis to manage pregnancy-related symptoms like nausea, anxiety, and pain. They believe it helps and doesn’t harm the fetus, and sometimes see it as safer than traditional medications. Mistrust in Traditional Healthcare: Some women prefer cannabis over pharmaceuticals due to negative past experiences with the healthcare system or concerns about the safety of prescribed medications. Perceived Benefits Mistrust in Traditional Healthcare Symptom Relief: Cannabis helps manage nausea, anxiety, and pain related to pregnancy. Negative Past Experiences: Some women have had adverse reactions or ineffective outcomes from prescribed medications. Appetite Stimulation: Useful for those experiencing severe morning sickness or hyperemesis gravidarum. Concerns About Medication Safety: Fear of potential side effects or long-term impacts on the fetus. Sleep Aid: Improves sleep quality, especially for those dealing with insomnia or restless sleep. Perceived Lack of Understanding: Feeling that healthcare providers do not fully understand or acknowledge the benefits of cannabis. Mood Regulation: Helps stabilize mood and reduce feelings of stress and depression. Cultural or Historical Use: Preference for cannabis due to its historical medicinal use in some cultures. Alternative to Pharmaceuticals: Seen as a more natural remedy with potentially fewer side effects. Autonomy and Empowerment: Using cannabis as a way to take control of health and make autonomous treatment decisions. Lower Perceived Risk: Belief that cannabis poses less risk to the fetus compared to certain prescription drugs. Stigma and Judgment: Fear of judgment or stigma from healthcare providers for their choices. Pain Management: Alleviates chronic pain or discomfort related to pregnancy, such as back pain and joint pain. Lack of Personalized Care: Experiences of receiving generic or impersonal care in the traditional healthcare system. Reduction of Pregnancy-Induced Hypertension: Belief that cannabis can help manage high blood pressure caused by pregnancy. Skepticism of Pharmaceutical Industry: Distrust in the motives and practices of pharmaceutical companies. Holistic Approach: Fits into a broader lifestyle of using natural and plant-based treatments. Inadequate Pain Management: Traditional healthcare providers may inadequately address pain management needs. Control Over Dosage and Consumption: More control over dosage and form of consumption compared to standardized pharmaceuticals. Community and Peer Influence: Recommendations and positive experiences from friends or community members. What If ….     Cannabis Use Was Banned?  (Thought experiment) If cannabis use were forcibly prohibited, what would happen to these women? Let’s consider what the “alternative might be, and suggest a few potential outcomes: Increased Suffering: These women have chosen cannabis of their own free will. With the available information, seeing and hearing from the doctors that they see, and learning from the media and friend groups that they have. So… without cannabis, women who rely on it for symptom relief might experience more discomfort and distress, no? Forced Medication: If they are “really” ill, should these women be forced (either directly or indirectly) to take medications they don’t want to?   Does this not raise ethical concerns about their right to choose their own treatment? Risk of Stigma and Judgment: Pregnant women using cannabis face significant stigma and shaming already – wouldn’t we expect this to turn them away from cannabis? If they are shamed for consuming cannabis, as they are today – are we not worried that they will be discouraged from seeking prenatal care or disclosing their substance use?  Do we not want everyone to be open and honest with their healthcare providers?! The Role of Healthcare Providers Healthcare providers have a crucial role in addressing cannabis use during pregnancy. Instead of imposing blanket bans or judgments, they should: Provide Non-Judgmental Support: Have open, empathetic conversations with pregnant women about their cannabis use, understand their reasons, and provide evidence-based information about the risks. Promote Informed Decision-Making: Give women accurate information so they can make informed choices about their health and their baby’s health. Offer Alternatives: Suggest alternative treatments that might offer similar benefits without the potential risks associated with cannabis use during pregnancy. Healthcare Provider Actions Description Provide Non-Judgmental Support Have open, empathetic conversations with pregnant women about their cannabis use. Understand their reasons and provide evidence-based information about the risks. Promote Informed Decision-Making Give women accurate, comprehensive information so they can make informed choices about their health and their baby’s health. Offer Alternatives Suggest alternative treatments that might offer similar benefits without the potential risks associated with cannabis use during pregnancy. Create a Safe Environment for Discussion Ensure women feel comfortable discussing their cannabis use without fear of judgment or repercussions. Continuous Monitoring and Follow-Up Regularly check in with patients to monitor their health, cannabis use, and overall well-being throughout the pregnancy. Collaborate with Mental Health Professionals Work closely with mental health specialists to provide comprehensive care and support for women who use cannabis to manage anxiety, depression, or other mental health issues. Educate About Legal and Social Implications Inform women about the legal and social implications of cannabis use during pregnancy, including potential child protection issues. Provide Personalized Care Plans Develop individualized care plans that consider each woman’s unique circumstances, preferences, and medical history. Advocate for Research and Education Support and advocate for more research into the effects of cannabis use during pregnancy and better education for healthcare providers. Integrate Multidisciplinary Approaches Utilize a team approach, including obstetricians, mental health professionals, social workers, and other specialists to provide holistic care. Respect Patient Autonomy Respect women’s autonomy and their right to make informed choices about their healthcare, providing support rather than coercion. Stay Updated on Emerging Evidence Keep abreast of the latest research and guidelines regarding cannabis use in pregnancy to provide the most up-to-date advice. Facilitate Access to Support Groups Connect women with support groups or peer networks for those who use cannabis or are considering cessation during pregnancy. Utilize Motivational Interviewing Techniques Employ motivational interviewing techniques to help women explore their cannabis use and consider the benefits of cessation. Provide Resources for Education and Support Offer educational materials and resources that women can access to learn more about cannabis use and pregnancy. My Summary Thoughts The study “Predictors for Cannabis Cessation During Pregnancy: A 10-Year Cohort Study” provides important insights into the factors influencing cannabis discontinuation and its impact on neonatal outcomes. There may be real concerns with pregnant women consuming cannabis, and very real impact on the growing fetus.  Whether these are “meaningful” or truly shaping the fetus in lifelong ways (whether bad, or possibly even beneficial) is not yet clear to science.  We know that, in some cases, babies are born early, and in some cases babies are born with lower birthweights.  We don’t know whether this is “clinically significant,” that is, whether this makes a difference in the life of the baby, in a way which is permanently harmful. Science does not yet know this. This paper challenges us to reconsider our perspective and our biases and approach towards pregnant women who do use cannabis. By fostering a more understanding, compassionate, and supportive healthcare environment, we can better address the needs and concerns of these women, ensuring healthier outcomes for both mothers and their babies. Ultimately, the choice to care about oneself with medicines, especially during such a personal and vulnerable time as pregnancy, is a matter of basic human freedom and personal choices. Society and healthcare systems should respect and support this choice, providing the necessary resources and information to help women make the best decisions for themselves and their children. Would you want someone to force you to do something against your personal choice? Everyone deserves that same freedom. Snippet from “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook“ Page 111: “Don’t take if pregnant or breastfeeding. Cannabis can cross the placental safety barriers and enter the mother’s milk. Cannabis taken at smaller doses and/or at later stages of a pregnancy appears less likely to impact the fetus, but there are measurable effects in both circumstances that are still insufficiently understood. In time, it seems likely that some forms of can- nabis may be compatible with pregnancy and/or breastfeeding, but until we know that potential benefits clearly outweigh the risks, the purest plan is to avoid cannabis.” Visuals from the Paper [...] Read more...
May 15, 2024Exploring Cannabidiol Alzheimer’s Treatment: A New Hope Does Cannabidiol (CBD) for Alzheimer’s Treatment seem insane? Futuristic? CBD, the now-famous non-altering compound found in cannabis, is capturing attention worldwide for its potential therapeutic effects in the treatment and management of what can seem like an endless number of illnesses.  A recent paper, “Alzh eimer’s disease, aging, and cann abidiol treatment: a promis ing path to promote brain health and de lay aging” has turned the spotlight on the complex interplay between aging, Alzheimer’s disease (AD), and potential treatments like CBD that can influence brain health and delay the overall aging process, Alzheimer’s disease (AD) and age-related cognitive decline. Many recent studies suggest that CBD may play a powerful role in neuroprotection and the promotion of brain health. This post explores the nuanced relationship between CBD, Alzheimer’s disease, and the aging brain, highlighting five key impacts of CBD that could help delay the onset of cognitive impairments and improve quality of life for those affected. Does it Really Work? HOW? ….here are 5 specific mechanisms that this stuff works: 1. Inhibition of Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Production One of the primary drivers of Alzheimer’s disease and general brain aging is called oxidative stress. Oxidative stress occurs when there’s an imbalance between the production of damaging free radicals and the body’s ability to fend them off with antioxidants (this is why consuming foods high in antioxidants, such as fruits, vegetables, and whatever product happens to be the latest fad claiming they are “rich in antioxidants”).  CBD has demonstrated potent antioxidant effects that help neutralize harmful free radicals in the brain, and throughout the body. This action helps to maintain nerve health and healthy functionality, which is essential for slowing down the progression of neurodegenerative disorders like AD. 2. Inhibition of Fatty Acid Amide Hydrolase (FAAH) We are all born with an endocannabinoid system, the most widespread communication system in the body. CBD influences the endocannabinoid system by inhibiting (slowing down/blocking) an enzyme called fatty acid amide hydrolase (FAAH), which breaks down anandamide, one of the natural cannabinoids in our bodies. When the body is flush with higher anandamide levels, this enhances neuroprotection, decreases inflammation, and improve our body’s ability to handle stress. (Did you know: anadamide is the body’s “bliss” molecule? The happier we are, the more likely we are to be flush with anandamide. The more stressed, the less anadamide.  THC (yes, that THC)  is almost identical to anandamide.)  The presence of CBD, as with higher levels of anandamide,  works to boost the body’s  endocannabinoid system, which then has the ability to further benefit managing symptoms of stress, depression, pain, loneliness, and other aspects of aging and slowing the progression of neurodegenerative diseases. It’s a cycle of healthy, helpful body communication! 3. Activation of the Wnt/β-catenin Signaling Pathway CBD activates a signaling pathway called the “Wnt/β-catenin” pathway, vital for regulating nerve cell function and promoting neurogenesis (growth of nerves). This action is crucial for maintaining and forming new connections between nerves (called “synaptic connections” and helps to combat the synaptic deterioration that is commonly observed in Alzheimer’s disease. Boosting the Wnt/β-catenin signaling pathway can counteract the synaptic loss and neuronal dysfunction we see happening more and more as we age. 4. Modulation of Calcium Homeostasis Calcium is crucial for all nerve signaling in the body and it is also vital for the overall health of all cells, but when calcium is dysregulated, it can lead to neurodegenerative diseases. CBD helps to regulate intracellular calcium levels, preventing overload and petering-out that can lead to neuronal damage. By maintaining calcium homeostasis, CBD supports the survival and health of brain cells. By maintaining nerve health generally, it can help to prevent the degenerative changes that contribute to cognitive decline, when they build up over time. 5. Neuroinflammatory Reduction Chronic neuroinflammation is a hallmark feature of Alzheimer’s and is associated with the progression of cognitive decline. CBD’s powerful anti-inflammatory properties can significantly reduce the activation of microglia and the production of pro- inflammatory cytokines in the brain. By calming these overactive inflammatory processes, CBD helps preserve brain function and protect neurons. If you literally think of inflammation as fire – the foods we eat, the stress we endure, the environments we expose ourselves to, are heating up our bodies.  CBD, depending on how its taken, when, how often, and in what doses, can act as a damp cloth, a splash of water, or a fire-extinguisher. Understanding Alzheimer’s Disease: Causes and Mechanisms Alzheimer’s disease involves complex interactions of genetic, environmental, and physiological factors. Key genetic mutations in genes like APP, PSEN1, and PSEN2 are linked to Alzheimer’s that is passed from generation to generation, while factors such as age, the APOE4 allele, and lifestyle factors are associated with random, non-familiar Alzheimer’s. A deeper understanding of these factors is critical for developing targeted treatments like CBD.We must understand the mechanisms that underlie the development of the disease process just as we must also understand how cannabinoids work to help.  With many systems – we need many specific studies to better understand the details, but we also have to observe macro trends, to grasp what’s actually going on, even before we understand what’s happening under a microscope. 👉  (More visuals at the end of the blog) The Role of Cannabinoids in Health Beyond CBD, other cannabinoids like THC, CBN, CBG, and THCV offer a spectrum of health benefits, including anti-inflammatory and neuroprotective effects, each with subtle differences.  Understanding which compounds may impact which body systems (your mind, your liver, your metabolism, your muscles, etc) can be the key to taking control over your own health and happiness, when it comes to aging. Each cannabinoid interacts uniquely with the body’s endocannabinoid system, which then influences various other body processes across the cardiovascular, immune, musculoskeletal, nervous, endocrine, and respiratory systems. Just as nutrition and sleep have important for all of these systems and has far-reaching effects, so does the endocannabinoid system. Measurable Effects on Nerve and Brain Senescence Aging and neurodegenerative diseases like Alzheimer’s are characterized by several key changes in brain function: Cognitive Decline: Cellular aging contributes to reduced memory and cognitive abilities. Increased Neuroinflammation: Aging cells promote chronic brain inflammation, hastening neurodegeneration. Altered Gene Expression: Age-related changes in gene expression can impact neuronal communication and functionality. Accumulation of Protein Aggregates: Older neurons often struggle to clear harmful protein build-ups, leading to further cellular damage. Impaired Synaptic Plasticity: Aging disrupts synaptic connections, getting in the way of efficient communication between neurons.   Closing thoughts + a preview of my book on the topic!  Exploring the potential of CBD in the context of Alzheimer’s disease and brain aging not only offers hope for mitigating the symptoms associated with these conditions but also opens avenues for preventative strategies against cognitive decline. Through ongoing research and clinical studies, the nuanced benefits of CBD and other cannabinoids continue to unfold, promising a future where these natural compounds play a crucial role in promoting brain health and delaying the effects of aging. Chapter 9 of The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook, is titled “Neurodegenerative Diseases: Dementia, Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s.  I spent years pouring over the published literature and the thousands of patients I am privileged to see in clinic, and in this book, I translating the most impressive benefits and the science which best reflected the realities of what I see with the patients I see every day at CED Clinic.  If you enjoy this material and the way I simplify complex science, I hope you’ll consider grabbing a copy for yourself! Here’s a snippet on the second page of the chapter: Cannabis is thought to assist the flow of nutrition to the brain by improv- ing arterial blood flow by lowering inflammation and relaxing the smooth muscle tissue that lines all arteries. This is done by enhancing the release of a naturally occurring chemical, nitric oxide, along arterial walls (referenced). It can also enhance brain growth factors. Low doses of cannabis molecules initially suppress brain-derived neurotropic factors (BDNF), which are needed to provide nutrition to brain cells.(referenced). When BDNF is suppressed, the brain has a built-in feedback mechanism to increase production. However, when there is an excessive amount of cannabis available, it can handicap brain growth, as this feedback mechanism cannot keep up with the demand. Cannabis is thought to support the well-being of both the neural sheath and the nerves themselves. For every sequence of nerves, the stimulation of cannabinoid receptors where two nerves come together activates the originating nerve.(referenced). This activation enhances normal cell functions and encourages the nerve to thrive. When your brain is full of healthy nerve connections, it is able to correctly process sensory input, higher cognitive function, and often, deeper analytical skills. It can also foster a healthier response to the buildup of plaque or tangles of proteins in the brain that may be impeding the brain’s ability to function optimally. Ultimately through these mechanisms, cannabis can help orchestrate the reversal of some structural damage and provide an environment that is better able to nourish the cells so that they continue working.        Visuals for these processes   [...] Read more...
May 10, 2024Cannabis Oil for Chronic Pain Chronic pain—a relentless companion for millions worldwide—has a knack for dodging the best efforts of conventional treatment regimes, leaving countless individuals in a perpetual state of discomfort and annoyance. It’s as if pain has its own agenda, stubbornly refusing to leave the party no one invited it to. Enter a beacon of hope: a recent study has illuminated a rather unconventional hero—cannabis oil for chronic pain. This blog post does a deep exploration of the study, extracting not one, not two, but seven notable insights to pull from this pioneering research. So buckle up, as we embark on an enlightening journey through the world of cannabis oil, where science meets relief (and maybe a bit of the munchies). Study Overview This recent structured, prospective cohort study was meticulously designed to assess the long-term effectiveness and safety of cannabis oil extracts in managing chronic pain. The research was conducted in Israel, where adult patients who were officially licensed to use these extracts were meticulously followed over a period of six months. The primary aim was to meticulously track and document changes in pain intensity and overall quality of life, providing a comprehensive view of the therapeutic potential of cannabis oil. Researchers employed a detailed methodology, ensuring the collection of robust data at multiple points during the study, specifically before treatment initiation and then again at 1, 3, and 6 months post-treatment commencement. This allowed for a dynamic observation of the effects and changes over time, providing a rich dataset for analysis. Results Summary The findings from this comprehensive study were quite promising, demonstrating a statistically significant reduction in pain intensity. Patients reported a decrease in their average weekly pain score from a high of 7.9 at baseline to a more manageable 6.6 by the end of the six-month period. This significant reduction highlights the potential of cannabis oil as a viable treatment option for chronic pain management. In addition to the primary outcomes, the study also explored several secondary outcomes which included improvements in quality of life and various related symptoms. These areas also showed notable improvements, further underscoring the therapeutic benefits of the treatment. Particularly significant was the classification of 24% of the study participants as “responders.” These responders experienced a remarkable 30% or more reduction in their weekly pain, indicating a substantial positive response to the cannabis oil treatment. This subgroup analysis provides valuable insights into the potential for personalized medicine approaches in the management of chronic pain. tl;dr Results Summary The study’s findings present compelling evidence: Pain Intensity: The average pain score dropped significantly from a high 7.9 to 6.6. Quality of Life: Improvements were noted in overall patient well-being. Dosage Efficiency: Precise dosing led to consistent pain relief. Responder Rate: 24% of the patients saw over a 30% reduction in pain weekly. Symptom Relief: Enhanced sleep and reduced anxiety were commonly reported. Patient Satisfaction: High levels of satisfaction were noted regarding the treatment’s ease and efficacy. Continued Usage: A large proportion opted to continue the treatment post-study. Discussion on Effectiveness of Cannabis Oil for Chronic Pain The results of this study are consistent with findings from other observational studies, reinforcing the notion that cannabis oil can have a modest yet significant impact on chronic pain management. This particular study demonstrated that with controlled dosing and consistent administration, cannabis oil extracts could provide reliable relief, which is a notable advancement over previous studies that used varying dosages and methods of administration. Furthermore, the precision in dosing facilitated by the oil extracts in this cohort not only enhanced efficacy but also contributed to the reproducibility of the results across different patient groups. The study’s findings are backed by robust statistical analysis, with pain reduction metrics showing a clear trend of improvement over the six-month period. This consistency in results underscores the potential of cannabis oil as a standardized treatment option in pain management protocols. Safety Profile of Cannabis Oil While the study affirmed the therapeutic benefits of cannabis oil, it also provided a detailed examination of its safety profile. Adverse events, while common, were predominantly non-serious and included symptoms affecting the central nervous system such as dizziness and fatigue, as well as gastrointestinal disturbances like nausea and upset stomach. These findings are consistent with the known side effects of cannabis-based treatments, highlighting the need for ongoing monitoring and management of side effects in clinical settings. Serious adverse events were infrequent, occurring in a small fraction of the study population, but they emphasize the importance of vigilant clinical oversight and patient education regarding potential risks. The data suggests a need for healthcare providers to maintain a careful balance between therapeutic benefits and the potential for adverse effects, particularly in long-term use scenarios. Implications for Future Research and Practice This study contributes significantly to the existing literature by providing well-documented evidence supporting the use of cannabis oil extracts for pain management. It calls for further research to optimize dosing strategies and to explore the long-term effects and safety of chronic usage of cannabis oil. Additionally, the study highlights the importance of identifying patient subgroups that respond most favorably to this treatment, suggesting a potential for personalized medicine approaches in the future. Researchers are encouraged to conduct longitudinal studies to better understand the dynamics of cannabis oil treatment over extended periods, which could lead to more refined protocols that maximize benefits while minimizing risks. Wrap Up Summary: Cannabis & Pain The findings from this study underscore the potential of cannabis oil extracts as a compelling treatment option for chronic pain management. In a medical landscape that continually seeks more effective and less invasive pain relief solutions, cannabis oil emerges as a promising alternative. It offers significant pain relief and an improvement in the quality of life for many patients, aligning with the broader goals of medical care in chronic pain conditions. As research progresses, cannabis oil could potentially become a cornerstone treatment in pain management regimens, particularly for patients who have not found relief through conventional treatments. FREE – Read this study on cannabis oil for chronic pain, in full here For more interactive insights into effective pain management strategies, ask questions of this ChatGPT evidence-based chatbot about Understanding Chronic Pain Management Techniques or anything else on your mind!   Snippet from “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook“ Page 184: “In modern times, with modern medicines, the body’s preprogrammed, and often extreme, inflammatory reaction is not necessary for survival, as pain is no longer a useful signal to remind the brain of your physical limitations. In essence, pain isn’t required to prevent further injury. One of the functions of the endocannabinoid system is to tamp down the inflammatory response. Cannabis has a direct effect on inflammation of all types, from acute to chronic, localized to systemic.5 For example, pain caused by tissue or nerve damage responds well to cannabis’s strong anti-inflammatory action. Even as it works to lower inflammation in one region, there is a positive down- stream benefit that incrementally reduces systemic inflammation: the cannabis lotion you apply to an arthritic knee is going to combat the inflammation at your knee, and as it gradually enters your bloodstream, you may also notice that you feel fewer symptoms of stress. The converse is also true: for those who use cannabinoid therapies as a system-wide anti-inflammatory to treat autoimmune conditions, they also find that their acutely inflamed tissues, such as acne, may improve. What’s more, excessive swelling, which might sometimes shield damaged tissues from further insult, can also unnecessarily delay healing. In the presence of a strong anti-inflammatory medicine like cannabis, extraneous immune elements dissipate while more essential repair elements remain, and a more appropriate response can begin. Many of my patients who are athletes apply lotions to swollen or painful joints for rapid relief and can continue to play their sport with reduced pain. My senior patients with local pain often prefer an edible choice that brings lasting relief. Cannabis therapies can be tolerated by a wide range of people, including those with organ damage (whether due to aging or injury), kidney disease, liver disease, sensitive stomachs, or allergies or aversions to other analgesics.”  other FREE resources for cannabis and pain from me:  1. Children and Medical Cannabis: Understanding Therapeutic Potentials and Precautions 2. Cannabis and Chronic Pain: A Comprehensive Guide 3. Medical Cannabis in Palliative Care for Infectious Diseases 4. Cannabis routes of administration, detailed overview 5. Disease Progression and Medical Cannabis 6. Therapeutic Applications of Medical Cannabis in Chronic Genetic Diseases 7. Comparing pain treatments, cannabis and non-cannabis 8. Explaining types of pain and the therapeutic potential of cannabis 9. Comparing pain treatments (cannabis and non-cannabis) 10. Cannabis regimens for pain 11. Effect of Cannabis Terpenes When Inhaled 12. Options in cannabis for treating headaches 13. Comparing Pain Treatments [...] Read more...
May 2, 2024In a recent landmark announcement on Cannabis Rescheduling, President Biden expressed his administration’s commitment to support the rescheduling of cannabis from Schedule 1 to Schedule 3 of the Controlled Substances Act. This shift could potentially alter the landscape of cannabis regulation in the United States, impacting everything from medical research to business operations. Schedule 1 Substances: This category includes drugs that are deemed to have “no currently accepted medical use and a high potential for abuse:” 1. Heroin 2. Lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) 3. 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (Ecstasy) 4. Methaqualone 5. Peyote 6. Gamma-hydroxybutyric acid (GHB) 7. Bath Salts Schedule 3 Substances: These are drugs with a “moderate to low potential for physical and psychological dependence:” 1. Buprenorphine 2. Codeine and acetaminophen combinations 3. Ketamine 4. Anabolic steroids 5. Testosterone 6. Dronabinol 7. Benzphetamine The goal of this blog is to explore the implications of this potential rescheduling. I’m going to pull apart how such a change could affect different aspects of society, including medical practices, business landscapes, legal frameworks, and public perception. I’m going to sift through both the benefits and concerns, and share an overview of what rescheduling cannabis might mean for different sectors and the broader cultural context. The coming earthquake at the intersection of healthcare and policy I find the topic of cannabis rescheduling particularly fascinating. The momentous shifting of cannabis from Schedule 1 to Schedule 3 in the controlled substances list is not just a simple regulatory change; it’s an epic societal shift with broad implications across our entire culture. Economics, Law, Medicine, Social Life, Parenting, even Schooling will feel the rift of this earthquake, in time. Here, I’m hoping to help readers explore what these changes might mean in a nuanced way, understanding both the opportunities and the challenges that could come.  Naturally, nothing like this has ever happened in the modern world, and nothing can truly prepare us.  Medical Perspective on Cannabis Rescheduling The medical community stands on the brink of a new era with the rescheduling of cannabis. Here’s how: BENEFITS ➕ Increased Research Opportunities: The move to Schedule 3 would open the doors to more comprehensive research, allowing scientists to explore the therapeutic potentials and side effects of cannabis more freely. ➕ Improved Patient Access: This change could simplify the prescription process, making cannabis more accessible for patients suffering from chronic pain, epilepsy, and other conditions. ➕ Professional Acceptance: As cannabis loses some of its stigma, more healthcare providers may feel comfortable recommending it as a treatment option. ➕ Insurance Coverage: With official recognition, insurance companies might start covering cannabis treatments, which would be a HUGE step forward in patient care. ➕ Regulated Quality Control: Standardized quality control can ensure patient safety, providing consistent, reliable medical cannabis products. Perhaps less of a one state does things …. However, this shift isn’t without its potential pitfalls: CHALLENGES ➕ Regulatory Complexity: Healthcare providers may need to navigate a new set of guidelines which could complicate treatment protocols. ➕ Potential for Misuse: There’s a risk that easier access could lead to misuse or dependency, a concern that medical professionals need to manage carefully. ➕ Cost Implications: The cost for medical cannabis might rise due to the regulatory changes and additional taxes. ➕ Limited Understanding: As a relatively new treatment paradigm, there will be quite a learning curve associated with its use in mainstream medicine. Few doctors are trained with any knowledge of the ECS, and even fewer follow patients to have developed any expertise. ➕ Pharmaceutical Resistance: Traditional pharmaceutical companies will likely push back against the widespread use of cannabis, seeing it as a competitor. They have invested billions in pharmaceutical medicines, hundreds of millions in lobbying efforts, and far less in research & development of cannabinoids. Cannabis Rescheduling, The Business Perspective .…For entrepreneurs and businesses, cannabis rescheduling could be a game-changer: BENEFITS ➕ Market Expansion: Easier federal regulations could pave the way for businesses to expand into new markets. ➕ Banking and Finance: With a lower schedule classification, banks might be more willing to provide services to cannabis-related businesses, easing a significant barrier that has hindered the industry’s growth. ➕ Reduced Legal Risk: A lower risk of federal intervention could stabilize the business environment for cannabis. ➕ Increased Investment: More investors might be drawn to the industry as it sheds some of its legal ambiguity. ➕ Improved Public Perception: As cannabis becomes more mainstream, public perception is likely to shift, potentially increasing customer base. Yet, challenges remain here too: ➕ Regulatory Adjustments: Companies might face new compliance and reporting requirements. ➕ Increased Competition: As the market becomes more accessible, competition will likely intensify. ➕ Taxation: Higher taxes could be implemented as part of the regulatory framework. ➕ Cost of Compliance: Meeting new health and safety standards could drive up costs. ➕ Shift in Consumer Base: Some consumers attracted to the “rebel” nature of cannabis might be put off by its mainstreaming. Overall Sense of What to Expect The potential rescheduling of cannabis from Schedule 1 to Schedule 3 is a complex tapestry of opportunity and challenge. Each sector—from medical to business—will experience its unique set of impacts, and it’s hard to imagine them being either all good or all bad. As we all watch these changes unfold over the next few years (it will take politicians and the US bureaucracies several years to get it all done!), it’s important to approach them with a balanced mindset, appreciating that there will be discussions, arguments, talking heads, and potato heads, on both sides.   I will be the first to proudly announce that what I can see of the challenges that lie ahead suggests that we are all woefully unprepared. One specific challenge arises in Medicine, and particularly those medical practices that attract anyone who is either ill or paying attention to modern life -and likely both. As patients begin to ask questions and seek guidance on cannabis from clinicians who may have little to no knowledge about its medical use, they are going to face a very awkward reality. For instance, a patient suffering from chronic pain might inquire about cannabis as an alternative to the traditional pain medications his/her specialist might typically recommend. If cannabis is rescheduled to schedule 3, such inquiries are likely to increase. However, many healthcare providers currently lack the necessary training and certainly lack the experience-based knowledge (which comes from experience counseling and learning from patients over a career) to advise their patients properly about cannabis products, adjustments over time, and expectations, which could lead to misinformed or inadequate patient care, and some unhappy patients, which will likely make its way around to making some very unhappy providers. It is for this reason that CED Clinic has dedicated efforts over the last decade to build resources to educate both patients and healthcare providers alike. Understanding the complexities and potential of cannabis is essential for making informed medical decisions, and everyone wants (deserves!) those. Moreover, resources such as “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook” play a pivotal role in bridging this Grand Canyon-sized knowledge gap. My handbook serves as a comprehensive, though hopefully simple tool, offering evidence-based guidance that can help navigate both patients and the medical community through the evolving landscape of cannabis treatments. Other tools that I’ve shared over the years include the world’s largest library of free cannabis education, the CED Library, the AI chatbots I’ve been building more recently, the Green Table Talk Podcast I’m in the process of building in order to share patient insights into the every day life of cannabis realities, EO Care, the digital platform that is scaling medical cannabis guidance with curated products, GreenAXS. Capital, a medium-sized post-revenue startup cannabis investment fund, for which I serve as Subject Matter Expert, and a diverse lot of other less public ongoing efforts to help partner and support all types of businesses and institutional efforts to spread knowledge. By arming healthcare providers with an unbiased understanding of the available evidence-based information, we can ensure that the transition towards the rescheduling of cannabis is smooth and beneficial. This will not only enhance the therapeutic outcomes for patients but also solidify the role of informed, scientific guidance in the integration of cannabis into mainstream medical practices. As we move forward, the collective effort of education and adaptation will be key to harnessing the full potential of cannabis rescheduling, turning challenges into opportunities for growth and improvement across various sectors. Learn More: The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook Audiobook Free Cannabis Education CED Clinic    Snippet from “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook“ Page xviii Introduction: “I’m also an advocate, working to raise awareness, share my knowledge, and bring new, effective products to market. As you’ll learn, there’s more to cannabis than THC and CBD: there’s a cornucopia of other molecules in the cannabis plant that should be made more readily available. (While it’s easy to get many of the most basic products, some of the more medicinally beneficial properties remain hard to find in the marketplace, so I will teach you how to make what you need at home: more on that later, too.) Lastly, I’ve had the privilege of collaborating with Howard Kessler, who almost single-handedly created the credit card industry we know today. Howard’s passion matches my own for helping people address the normal ailments of aging that are neglected by modern medicine. Our vision is a complete restructuring of the national approach to medical cannabis. He’s coordinating private/public partnerships for cannabis-based therapies between senior care businesses and the US government toward creating broad, national acceptance. There aren’t many people who could do that, and to have the privilege of playing an educational role in that discussion is a tremendous honor for me to complete my mission. All of this is to say that you’ve come to the right place. While I’m very famil- iar with a wide range of cannabis resources, be assured that you’ve chosen the most authoritative voice in the field. No other website, book, or podcast will match the range and scientific knowledge found in this book. Dispensary agents might have personal experience with cannabis but no formal medical education. Pharmacists are just beginning to become well versed in the literature, but as of this writing there are only nine states that enable pharmacists to serve as educators and dispensers of product: Arkansas, Connecticut, Minnesota, New York, Pennsylvania, Louisiana, Utah, New Hampshire, and Maryland. Instead, you will benefit from my formal medical training, my extensive research, and my clinical experience treating thousands of patients with cannabis, so that you can address your specific needs.” [...] Read more...
April 26, 2024Introduction The complexities and intersection of cannabis use and its impact on mental health, let’s call that “Cannabis Mental Health,” particularly during the formative adolescent years, is more important than most of us can imagine. Adolescents as well as adults are seeing cannabis everywhere, have access to it like never before, and it is doing real good in unprecedented ways.  Just recently, the WHO announced just how central mental health should be in modern wellness, reporting that it is among the most under-addressed illnesses in modern times. Through this lens, we must consider the nuanced findings of recent research that highlights the opportunity for cannabis, and compares it against traditional outlets and vices. The interplay between substance use and mental health issues like depression presents both a challenge and an opportunity for deeper understanding.   Here is the new paper, “Testing longitudinal relationships between binge drinking, marijuana use, and depressive symptoms and moderation by sex” by  Andra L. Wilkinson, M.S.P.H.a,b, Carolyn Tucker Halpern, Ph.D.a,b, Amy H. Herring, Sc.D.a,c, Meghan Shanahan, Ph.D.b,d, Susan Ennett, Ph.D.e, Jon Hussey, Ph.D.a,b, and Kathleen Mullan Harris, Ph.D.a,f  ___ The short-list ( tl;dr, how this relates to medical cannabis) Insights on the Benefits of Medical Cannabis from this review 1. Sexual Dimorphism in the Association Between Binge Drinking and Depressive Symptoms Comment: The finding that the association between binge drinking and depressive symptoms is more pronounced in females highlights the need for sex-specific approaches in both research and treatment. This could influence how medical cannabis is utilized and studied, particularly in how it might serve as an alternative or adjunct therapy in managing depressive symptoms where traditional substances like alcohol have detrimental effects. 2. Adolescents May Self-Medicate Depressive Symptoms with Marijuana Use Comment: The support for the Self-Medication Model across both genders underscores the potential therapeutic benefits of cannabis, particularly in its ability to alleviate depressive symptoms. This raises important considerations for its regulated use in psychiatric settings, emphasizing the need for controlled studies to better understand its benefits and risks. 3. Concurrent Association of Marijuana Use and Binge Drinking with Depressive Symptoms Comment: The notable concurrent association, especially among females, suggests that interventions might need to address both substance use and mental health simultaneously. For medical cannabis, this could mean a focused investigation into its role as a safer alternative to substances that contribute negatively to mental health. 4. Importance of Moderation in Pathways by Sex and Race/Ethnicity Comment: The study’s emphasis on examining variations by sex and race/ethnicity points to a more nuanced understanding of how medical cannabis could be tailored to meet diverse patient needs. This calls for inclusive research designs that consider these factors to optimize therapeutic outcomes. 5. Greater Applicability of the Stress Model for Females Comment: This finding enhances our understanding of gender differences in substance use impact, suggesting that medical cannabis interventions could be specifically designed to mitigate stress-induced depressive symptoms in females. 6. Depression Predicting Marijuana Use in African American Adolescents Comment: The specific evidence from African American adolescents highlights the critical need for targeted research into how cannabis affects different demographics. It suggests that medical cannabis might be particularly beneficial in these communities if integrated responsibly and with cultural competence. 7. Non-Support for Self-Medication with Binge Drinking Comment: The lack of support for binge drinking as a form of self-medication reaffirms the potential role of safer alternatives like medical cannabis. This finding could help shift public and medical perspectives towards more beneficial and less harmful therapeutic options. 8. Utilization of Nationally Representative Longitudinal Data Comment: The use of robust, representative data strengthens the reliability of findings regarding cannabis and its effects, providing a solid foundation for advocating for medical cannabis research and its integration into clinical practice. 9. Screening Recommendations Based on Study Findings Comment: The recommendation for dual screening of depression and substance use could lead to earlier and more comprehensive treatment approaches. Including medical cannabis as part of this screening could help identify potential candidates for whom cannabis might offer therapeutic benefits. 10. Emphasis on Tailored Interventions and Continued Research Comment: The study’s call for tailored interventions reflects a growing recognition of the complex interplay between substance use and mental health. It underscores the necessity of continued research into how medical cannabis can be effectively and safely integrated into treatment protocols. _____ Understanding the Dual Models A new landmark study by Wilkinson et al. (2016) provides a robust framework for examining this interplay through two theoretical models: the Self-Medication Model and the Stress Model. These models help elucidate the directionalities of the relationship between cannabis use and depressive symptoms, particularly how these interactions are moderated by sex. The Self-Medication Model According to the Self-Medication Model, individuals may turn to substances like marijuana as a way to lessen their depressive symptoms. It’s a concept that sees individuals attempting to manage their emotional pain with the tools available to them, albeit not always the healthiest options. The recent study strengthens this model by demonstrating a notable increase in marijuana usage as depressive symptoms escalate from adolescence into young adulthood. This pattern wasn’t just isolated to one gender; it appeared across the board, suggesting that the inclination to self-medicate is a common human response regardless of gender. This finding encourages us to consider how medical cannabis might be harnessed responsibly to provide relief without the downsides of unregulated substance use. The Stress Model On the flip side, the Stress Model offers a stark contrast, proposing that substance use doesn’t soothe but rather sparks or worsens depressive symptoms. This connection was especially strong among females in the study, shedding light on how substance use might amplify emotional distress more so in women than in men. This suggests a gender-specific vulnerability to the negative impacts of unmoderated substance use. Recognizing these differences is crucial for developing targeted treatments that not only address the root causes of substance use but also provide protective measures against its potential to aggravate existing mental health issues. The implications for medical cannabis are profound, highlighting the need for gender-sensitive research and approaches in its application for mental health treatment. Examining the Evidence The study draws on data from the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent to Adult Health, analyzing the trajectory of substance use and depressive symptoms over time. The findings suggest that increases in marijuana use are consistently associated with an increase in depressive symptoms, especially among females. This supports the Stress Model, positing that substance use can indeed be a precursor to, or a catalyst for, depressive episodes. Highlighting Disparities and Future Directions While the study confirms some aspects of both theoretical models, it also highlights significant sex differences in how these processes operate. For instance, females showed stronger concurrent associations between substance use frequency and depressive symptoms, suggesting a gender-specific preventive approach could be beneficial. Integrating Broader Findings The insights from this study are echoed across the broader landscape of adolescent mental health research. It has been well-documented that a significant portion of the youth population—nearly one in five adolescents—experiences major depressive episodes during their formative years. This statistic alone highlights the prevalence and the severity of mental health challenges among teenagers. More telling, however, is the fact that those who experience these depressive episodes are significantly more likely to engage in marijuana use, with reports suggesting that they are twice as likely to use marijuana compared to their peers who do not suffer from depression . This correlation between depression and increased substance use underpins the complex interplay of mental health issues and substance use behaviors, often referred to as comorbidity. The relationship suggests that many young individuals might be attempting to manage their symptoms via substances that are accessible but potentially harmful. This comorbidity not only complicates treatment approaches but also worsens the long-term prognosis for these adolescents if not properly addressed. Recognizing this, the Affordable Care Act (ACA) includes important provisions for preventive mental health care that could be crucial for addressing these challenges . The ACA advocates for comprehensive screening and preventive services, which are aimed at early identification and intervention for mental health issues in young populations. By integrating these services into regular health care practices, it is possible to identify at-risk youths early and provide them with the necessary support and treatment before their symptoms escalate into more severe conditions or lead to substance dependency. Thus, the need for integrated screening and preventive services is more pressing than ever. Effective implementation of these measures could significantly alter the trajectory of mental health care for adolescents, providing a framework that supports early intervention and comprehensive care strategies. This approach not only aligns with the ACA’s health care objectives but also sets a standard for future health care policies aimed at mitigating the impact of mental health issues and substance use among the younger populations. The Role of Digital Health Platforms In the context of the complex interplay between cannabis use and mental health, digital health platforms such as EO Care are emerging as critical tools in the healthcare landscape. These platforms harness the power of technology to provide scalable, data-driven solutions that can be customized to individual needs. By integrating clinical data, patient-reported outcomes, and research insights, platforms like EO Care facilitate a more nuanced approach to health management. This enables healthcare providers to deliver more precise and informed care, enhancing patient engagement and adherence to treatment plans. Digital health platforms are particularly valuable in areas like cannabis medicine, where the need for education and accurate patient monitoring is critical due to the varying effects of cannabis on different individuals . Conclusion Our journey through the intertwined areas of cannabis use and mental health uncovers a terrain filled with both hurdles and possibilities. The insights we’ve gained underscore the importance of bespoke healthcare interventions tailored to meet the unique needs of each patient. As we refine our comprehension of these complex relationships, the necessity for nuanced, research-backed approaches in both clinical and investigative spheres becomes apparent. The future of cannabis-related healthcare lies in the ability to adapt and respond to individual circumstances, paving the way for more effective and personalized treatment modalities in mental health care. Snippet from “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook“ Page 119: “While we might think about our feelings, moods, and emotions as intangible and impermanent states of mind, addressing concerns surrounding them turns out to be a solvable and tangible endeavor. Our emotional life, including the highs and the lows, is governed by cascades of chemistry that communicate messages from one brain region to the next. Like flowing water that carves deep channels in the ground, over time these chemical signals create strong, committed patterns of thought and emotion. For instance, your emotional response to crisis may always look like increased attention and anxiety, or, if you’re battling daily stressors, toward the end of the day, you may regularly embrace the opportunity for calmness and a desire to retreat into a place of security. When your mental health is strong, you can operate through the world at your peak, and you’re more resilient when facing daily stumbling blocks. But when your day-to-day life is hindered by an inability to control your thoughts or emotions, I know that it can be debilitating. However, you don’t have to suffer—or take medications with intolerable side effects. I’ve found that while cannabis works best when paired with other medications, it can also work well as a singular tool for address- ing a wide variety of mental health issues. I’ve seen people with crippling PTSD, incapacitating anxiety, intense depression, and frustrating ADHD effectively address these issues and resume their lives. For some, the change is rapid and dramatic.” Further Reading For more on cannabis and mental health, check out this discussion from last year.  For more on heart health: Here and here Check out More on this topic at CaplanCannabis.com Kessler R, McGonagle K, Zhao S, et al. Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of DSM-III-R psychiatric disorders in the United States. Arch Gen Psychiatry1. 1994; 51:8–19. Link. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Results from the 2013 National Survey on Drug Use and Health: Mental Health Findings. Published 2014. Link. United States Department of Health and Human Services. Preventive services covered under the Affordable Care Act. Published 2012. Link. Hilty, D. M., Ferrer, D. C., Parish, M. B., Johnston, B., Callahan, E. J., & Yellowlees, P. M. (2013). The effectiveness of telemental health: a 2013 review. Telemedicine and e-Health, 19(6), 444-454. This source provides insights into the effectiveness of digital health platforms in delivering mental health services, which can be extrapolated to understand the potential of platforms like EO Care in the realm of cannabis-related mental health treatment. 5. Firth, J., Torous, J., Nicholas, J., Carney, R., Pratap, A., Rosenbaum, S., & Sarris, J. (2017). The efficacy of smartphone-based mental health interventions for depressive symptoms: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. World Psychiatry, 16(3), 287-298. This meta-analysis offers evidence on the efficacy of digital health interventions on depressive symptoms, supporting the argument for integrating such technologies into mental health and substance use treatment plans. 6. Ashford, R. D., Brown, A. M., & Curtis, B. (2018). Technology-based interventions for substance use and comorbid disorders: An examination of the emerging literature. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 26(4), 204-215. This review discusses the current state of technology-based interventions for substance use disorders and their co-occurring conditions, relevant to the discussion on cannabis use and mental health. 7. Campbell, A. N. C., Nunes, E. V., Matthews, A. G., Stitzer, M., Miele, G. M., Polsky, D., … & Turrigiano, E. (2014). Internet-delivered treatment for substance abuse: a multisite randomized controlled trial. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 171(6), 683-690. This randomized controlled trial provides evidence on the effectiveness of internet-delivered treatments for substance abuse, which can bolster the case for digital platforms like EO Care in providing similar services for cannabis-related treatments. 8. López-Pérez, B., Wilson, E. L., Dellinger, K., & Gulliford, L. (2020). The costs and benefits of healthcare information technology: An updated systematic review. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 22(9), e23844. This systematic review updates on the costs and benefits of healthcare information technology, which is crucial for understanding the economic and clinical viability of digital health platforms in the context discussed. [...] Read more...
April 25, 2024Medical Cannabis Ethics and Industry Integrity This post comes in follow up of this previous post here In the rapidly expanding field of medical cannabis, the significance of medical cannabis ethics and the quality of patient care cannot be overstated. However, organizations like Medwell and DocMJ have displayed a troubling trend of prioritizing profits at the expense of patient-centered care. This approach not only tarnishes the reputations of such companies but also casts a shadow over the legitimacy of the medical cannabis industry as a whole. The recent settlement involving Physician Compassionate Care, operating as DocMJ, where they agreed to pay over $736,000 to resolve allegations of sending spam text messages to consumers, is a case in point. This incident under the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA) reflects broader ethical concerns. It illustrates a model of operation where the focus is on maximizing client intake through aggressive marketing tactics rather than providing genuine medical advice and follow-up care. This case is particularly significant because it not only reflects non-compliance with federal regulations but also indicates a disregard for the personal and sensitive nature of patient communications in healthcare. Effective and ethical medical cannabis care should involve personalized consultations, tailored treatment plans, and privacy-respecting communication—qualities that are evidently lacking in these high-volume, low-engagement business models. Moreover, treating medical marijuana recommendations as quick transactions undermines the critical role of comprehensive patient evaluations. Such evaluations are essential to ensure that cannabis treatment is appropriate, safe, and beneficial in the context of a patient’s overall health status and other treatments. This conveyor-belt approach to medical recommendations can lead to inadequate patient education on the use of cannabis, potential drug interactions, and management of side effects, which are crucial components of safe cannabis therapy. The impact of these practices extends beyond individual patient experiences. They erode trust in the medical cannabis industry, which is still fighting stigmas and striving for acceptance within broader medical and patient communities. As more states legalize medical cannabis and more patients seek cannabis-based treatments, it is imperative that the industry is seen as credible and trustworthy. For the medical cannabis sector to maintain its integrity and continue to grow in a positive direction, it is vital for all involved to adhere to high standards of medical cannabis ethics and ethical business practices. Patients should be treated with respect and care, receiving not just a prescription but a thorough understanding of their treatment. This ensures not only compliance with legal standards but also fosters a positive perception of cannabis as a legitimate medical option. As the industry evolves, it becomes increasingly important to spotlight and challenge the practices of companies that diminish its credibility. By demanding higher standards and choosing providers wisely, patients and advocates can help shape an industry that truly prioritizes health and care over profit. Quality of Care at Stake At CED Clinic, we often encounter patients who have previously engaged with services like those offered by Medwell and DocMJ. These patients frequently report a stark lack of follow-up or genuine care from these providers. Medwell, for instance, is known among some circles more for its rapid issuance of medical marijuana cards than for its patient care. This ‘card flipping’ approach neglects the essential standards of medical cannabis ethics, including understanding a patient’s complete health profile and ensuring their treatment aligns with their specific medical needs. The practice of spamming potential patients with text messages further underscores the impersonal and transactional nature of these businesses. It’s hard to imagine a reputable medical institution adopting such invasive marketing tactics. Would you trust your health to a provider whose main communication method is akin to that of a relentless sales campaign? The Hidden Costs of Discounted Medical Marijuana Cards: Quality Care vs. Quick Deals The appeal of low-cost medical marijuana cards can be tempting, especially to those seeking relief on a budget. However, as with many things in life, cheaper options often come with hidden costs. This is particularly true in the realm of medical cannabis, where the complexity and delicacy of treatments necessitate a high level of care and expertise. Fast Food vs. Fine Dining: A Health and Quality Comparison Just as fast food offers a quick, inexpensive meal at the cost of nutritional value and dining experience, discounted medical marijuana cards typically offer a rapid approval process at the expense of thorough medical oversight. Fast food, while convenient and economical, often leads to long-term health consequences and lacks the culinary satisfaction of a meal prepared with care and expertise. Similarly, the quick and impersonal service provided by some low-cost cannabis card services can result in inadequate patient education, improper dosage recommendations, and a lack of follow-up care, which are vital for safe and effective cannabis treatment. The experience of consulting with a dedicated, knowledgeable professional who takes the time to understand and address individual health needs is akin to dining at a fine restaurant. The attention to detail, the ambiance, and the quality of service enhance the overall experience and contribute positively to one’s well-being. This level of care and interaction is often missing when services are stripped to their bare minimum in the name of cost-saving. The Benefits of Fair Compensation for Healthcare Professionals Investing in quality healthcare services by paying clinicians a fair wage yields significant benefits. It motivates professionals to deepen their expertise, stay updated with the latest research, and develop better care protocols. In the medical cannabis field, where ongoing research and patient feedback are crucial to optimizing treatment plans, the value of informed and engaged healthcare providers cannot be underestimated. Fair compensation also fosters a sense of value and respect within the profession, which is essential for attracting skilled practitioners to the field of medical cannabis. When clinicians are paid well, they are more likely to invest time in patient education, engage in community outreach, and contribute to the advancement of the field through research and innovation. Moreover, well-compensated professionals are generally more motivated to provide personalized care and follow-up, ensuring that patients receive comprehensive support throughout their treatment journey. This not only improves patient outcomes but also enhances patient satisfaction and trust in medical cannabis as a legitimate therapeutic option. Prioritizing Quality over Cost in Cannabis Medicine Ultimately, the choice between a discounted medical marijuana card and a more costly, comprehensive care option should consider more than just the immediate financial outlay. The long-term health benefits, the quality of medical advice, and the ongoing support system are crucial factors that can significantly influence treatment efficacy and patient safety. Patients and healthcare systems alike would benefit from viewing medical cannabis care as an investment in health rather than an expense to be minimized. By choosing providers who offer detailed consultations, continuous education, and robust follow-up, patients can ensure they receive the best possible care—maximizing the therapeutic potential of cannabis while minimizing risks. In conclusion, while the allure of cheap medical marijuana cards is understandable, the real cost of such services often extends beyond the initial savings, affecting both patient health and the overall quality of care. Investing in high-quality medical cannabis care, therefore, not only supports individual health outcomes but also contributes to the legitimacy and growth of the entire field. A Call for Higher Standards This situation serves as a reminder of the need for higher standards within the medical marijuana industry. Companies involved in this sector must not only comply with all regulatory requirements but should also strive to uphold the dignity and integrity of medical practice. Patients seeking medical cannabis deserve the same level of professional care and consideration that is expected in any other medical context. CED Clinic: A Beacon of Excellence in Cannabis Medicine As the medical cannabis industry expands, the importance of supporting institutions that uphold high standards of quality, ethics, and patient-centric care becomes ever more crucial. CED Clinic exemplifies such dedication, continuously pushing the boundaries of cannabis medicine through meticulous patient care, extensive educational efforts, and a deep commitment to enhancing patient well-being. Personalized Care and Lasting Relationships At CED Clinic, we believe that effective medical treatment goes beyond the initial consultation. We invest time in each patient, ensuring they receive as much attention as necessary to address their unique health concerns. This approach allows us to develop personal relationships with every patient, fostering a trusting and supportive environment that is conducive to healing. Our healthcare providers are consistent figures in our patients’ medical journeys. Some of these professional relationships span years, and in some cases, decades. This continuity of care is not just about maintaining a standard of treatment; it’s about deepening the understanding of each patient’s evolving needs and experiences. By following our patients over time, we learn about their challenges and victories, gathering insights that help refine our care strategies and improve outcomes. Building on Therapeutic Relationships CED Clinic is built on the foundation of therapeutic relationships, which are not only central to our philosophy but are also supported by evidence as being critical to ideal healing outcomes. These relationships create a safe space for patients to discuss their concerns and experiences openly, ensuring that treatments are adapted to real-world effects and patient feedback. Our commitment to these principles is reflected in every interaction within our clinics. From detailed initial assessments to ongoing management and follow-up, each step in our process is designed to strengthen the doctor-patient relationship, enhance trust, and promote a holistic approach to health. Education as a Pillar of Care Comprehensive education is another cornerstone of our practice at CED Clinic. We strive to empower our patients with the knowledge they need to make informed decisions about their treatment options. Our educational efforts extend beyond the individual, reaching out to the community to increase awareness about the benefits and complexities of cannabis as a medical treatment. This not only aids in demystifying cannabis use but also helps elevate the discourse surrounding cannabis medicine, promoting a more informed and accepting public perspective. As the landscape of medical cannabis continues to evolve, CED Clinic remains steadfast in its mission to provide top-notch cannabis care grounded in ethical practices and patient-centered approaches. We continue to advocate for and embody the kind of healthcare that not only treats but truly cares and connects with each patient. Through ongoing dedication to these values, CED Clinic stands as a leader in the field, advocating for a future where medical cannabis is recognized as a vital and viable part of healthcare. Navigating Your Choices in Medical Marijuana Care Choosing a medical marijuana provider is a decision that should be approached with care and consideration. It’s not merely about obtaining legal access to cannabis; it’s about forming a partnership with a healthcare provider who truly values your well-being and is committed to the long-term management of your health. Seek Providers Committed to Comprehensive Care When selecting a medical cannabis provider, look for clinics that prioritize holistic, evidence-based care. These providers take the time to understand not just your symptoms, but your overall lifestyle, health history, and treatment goals. They should offer comprehensive assessments that go beyond the surface, ensuring that the cannabis treatment plan is not only effective but also safe given your unique health circumstances. Follow-Up: A Key Component of Effective Treatment Continuity of care is crucial. Your provider should have a robust system in place for following up on your treatment. This means regular check-ins to assess the efficacy of the cannabis regimen, adjustments based on your feedback, and ongoing support to address any side effects or concerns that may arise. Providers who invest in follow-up care demonstrate their commitment to your health outcomes and are more likely to deliver personalized care that adapts to your evolving needs. Holistic and Patient-Centered Approaches Ideal cannabis medicine providers integrate holistic approaches that consider the full spectrum of physical, emotional, and lifestyle factors affecting your health. They should work collaboratively with you to explore all available treatment options, including complementary therapies that can enhance the effectiveness of cannabis. This patient-centered approach ensures that care plans are not only targeted but also aligned with your personal health goals and preferences. Prioritize Quality and Ethical Practices It’s essential to choose a provider who views your health as more than just a transaction. Ethical practices in medical cannabis care are indicative of a provider’s dedication to the field and to their patients. Research potential providers, read reviews, and perhaps most importantly, schedule a consultation to discuss their approach to care. This initial interaction can provide significant insight into how they value patient relationships and whether they prioritize quality care. Making Informed Decisions Finally, remember that the quality of service you receive can significantly impact your treatment outcomes. Providers who are knowledgeable, transparent about the benefits and risks of cannabis, and attentive to your needs will contribute positively to your treatment experience. These providers will not only guide you through the initial phases of cannabis treatment but will be your partners in long-term health management. Choosing the right medical marijuana provider is crucial for ensuring that you receive the best possible care. By prioritizing quality, comprehensive care, and ethical practices, you can make an informed decision that aligns with your health needs and ensures a supportive, effective treatment journey. References Barnes, M. P. (2018). “The importance of high-quality care in medicinal cannabis.” Journal of Clinical Pharmacy and Therapeutics, 43(6), 848-850. This article discusses the critical need for high-quality care in the prescription and management of medicinal cannabis, emphasizing the complexities and nuances in patient care that require detailed attention from healthcare providers. Haug, N. A., Kieschnick, D., Sottile, J. E., Babson, K. A., Vandrey, R., & Bonn-Miller, M. O. (2017). “Training and Practices of Cannabis Dispensary Staff.” Cannabis and Cannabinoid Research, 2(1), 298-305. This study highlights the variability in training and knowledge among cannabis dispensary staff, suggesting a gap in the quality of patient education and guidance, which can significantly affect patient outcomes. Ziemianski, D., Capler, R., Tekanoff, R., Lacasse, A., Luconi, F., Ware, M. A. (2016). “Cannabis in medicine: a national educational needs assessment among Canadian physicians.” BMC Medical Education, 16, 107. This research outlines the educational gaps among physicians regarding medical cannabis, stressing the importance of comprehensive healthcare provider education to ensure high-quality patient care. Blair, S., & Hall, B. (2016). “An investigation of patient motivations for their use of medical cannabis and barriers to healthcare in medical cannabis patients.” Complementary Therapies in Medicine, 26, 108-111. The paper explores patient motivations for using medical cannabis and identifies significant barriers to high-quality care, including inconsistent consultation practices and limited follow-up. Corroon, J., Mischley, L. K., & Sexton, M. (2017). “Cannabis as a substitute for prescription drugs – a cross-sectional study.” The Journal of Pain Research, 10, 989-998. This cross-sectional study provides insight into how patients substitute cannabis for prescription drugs and the need for quality control and professional guidance to manage such substitutions safely and effectively. [...] Read more...
April 25, 2024In the medical marijuana industry, until the field of medical practice is formally established and practiced over time, ethics play a crucial role. These ethics cover the responsibility of providers to maintain the highest standards of care, transparency, and respect for patient rights. Ethical considerations shape the practices and policies that guide how patients are treated and how treatment plans are made. As such, medical marijuana ethics influence both the trust patients place in their providers and the overall integrity and acceptance of cannabis as a therapeutic option. The importance of ethical practices and the value of quality patient care cannot be overstated. I believe the entire trajectory of the future of medical cannabis, as a specialty, is at play. It can be done well, and so will encourage progress and improvements, or it can be done really wrong. Organizations like Canna Care Docs, Medwell, Veriheal, EZMedCard, and DocMJ, have displayed a troubling trend of prioritizing profits at the expense of patient-centered care. This approach not only tarnishes the reputations of such companies but also casts a shadow over the legitimacy of the medical cannabis industry as a whole. The recent settlement involving Physician Compassionate Care, operating as DocMJ, (MedWell was recently acquired by DocMJ) where they agreed to pay over $736,000 to resolve allegations of sending spam text messages to consumers, is a case in point. This incident under the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA) reflects broader ethical concerns. It illustrates a model of operation where the focus is on maximizing client intake through aggressive marketing tactics rather than providing genuine medical advice and follow-up care. This case is particularly significant because it not only reflects non-compliance with federal regulations but also indicates a disregard for the personal and sensitive nature of patient communications in healthcare. Effective and ethical medical marijuana care should involve personalized consultations, tailored treatment plans, and privacy-respecting communication—qualities that are evidently lacking in these high-volume, low-engagement business models. Moreover, treating medical marijuana recommendations as quick transactions undermines the critical role of comprehensive patient evaluations. Such evaluations are essential to ensure that cannabis treatment is appropriate, safe, and beneficial in the context of a patient’s overall health status and other treatments. This conveyor-belt approach to medical recommendations can lead to inadequate patient education on the use of cannabis, potential drug interactions, and management of side effects, which are crucial components of safe cannabis therapy. The impact of these practices extends beyond individual patient experiences. They erode trust in the medical marijuana industry, which is still fighting stigmas and striving for acceptance within broader medical and patient communities. As more states legalize medical cannabis and more patients seek cannabis-based treatments, it is imperative that the industry is seen as credible and trustworthy. For the medical marijuana sector to maintain its integrity and continue to grow in a positive direction, it is vital for all involved to adhere to high standards of medical care and ethical business practices. Patients should be treated with respect and care, receiving not just a prescription but a thorough understanding of their treatment. This ensures not only compliance with legal standards but also fosters a positive perception of cannabis as a legitimate medical option. As the industry evolves, it becomes increasingly important to spotlight and challenge the practices of companies that diminish its credibility. By demanding higher standards and choosing providers wisely, patients and advocates can help shape an industry that truly prioritizes health and care over profit. Quality of Care at Stake  At CED Clinic, we regularly care for new patients who have previously engaged with services like those offered by Medwell and DocMJ. These patients frequently report a stark lack of follow-up or genuine care from these providers. Medwell, for instance, is known among some circles more for its rapid issuance of medical marijuana cards than for its patient care. This ‘card flipping’ approach neglects the essential standards of medical practice, including understanding a patient’s complete health profile and ensuring their treatment aligns with their specific medical needs. The habit of bombarding potential patients with text messages really highlights how impersonal and transactional these businesses can be. It’s tough to picture a respected medical institution using such intrusive marketing strategies. How can you trust your health to a provider that reaches out like a pushy salesperson?   Will share an evidence-based expanded version of this post, next!     [...] Read more...
March 25, 2024Cannabis and Cardiovascular Health 2024: Understanding The Limitations of  “Association of Cannabis Use With Cardiovascular Outcomes Among US Adults” by Jeffers et al., published in JAHA  and Pathways for Future Research In a landscape where the intersection of cannabis use and health outcomes is increasingly scrutinized, the study “Association of Cannabis Use With Cardiovascular Outcomes Among US Adults” by Jeffers et al., published in JAHA, ignites a complex debate and introduces fresh perspectives on this contentious subject. As a family physician deeply embedded in the exploration of cannabis and its health implications, I read this study as both intriguing and problematic, offering critical insights while simultaneously raising some questions about its findings. Its publication marked a media frenzy, and at a crucial moment in the history of cannabis legalization (which rumors seem to suggest may be coming, in some form, quite soon), spotlighting the need for a deeper, more nuanced understanding of cannabis’s role in health and disease. However, this paper unleashes a series of potential flaws and meaningful limitations that merit a closer, second look. Through this lens, the paper not only contributes to the ongoing dialogue within both the scientific and wider communities but also underscores the indispensable need for further investigation to unravel the complexities of cannabis use and its true impact on cardiovascular health. Understanding the Impact of Confounding Variables in Cannabis and Cardiovascular Outcome Studies The Issue of Confounding Variables Definition: Factors associated with both cannabis use (exposure) and cardiovascular events (outcome), potentially distorting their observed relationship. Impact: Can lead to incorrect conclusions about causality between cannabis use and cardiovascular health. Potential Confounders in This Study Unmeasured Confounders: Socioeconomic status, dietary habits, genetic predispositions, and other lifestyle factors possibly overlooked. Medication Use: Lack of account for medications affecting cardiovascular health (e.g., hypertension, diabetes medications). Duration and Timing of Cannabis Use: Study possibly missed capturing varying durations or timing of cannabis use, affecting cardiovascular event risks. Underlying Health Conditions: Possible failure to control for pre-existing heart conditions or inflammatory disorders beyond assessed risk factors. Importance of Addressing Confounders Ensuring that observed associations are genuinely due to the exposure of interest, not external factors. Failure to address confounders introduces bias, compromising study conclusions. Suggests further exploration and sensitivity analyses to enhance study validity and reliability. What does this all mean? Here are some Simple Analogies To Highlight The Main Concepts and Challenges: Dietary Supplements and Health Outcomes: Similar limitations due to potential confounding factors, recall bias, and lack of longitudinal data. Explained: Studies on dietary supplements often face the challenge of distinguishing the effects of the supplements from those of overall diet, lifestyle, and unreported health practices, with participants possibly forgetting or misstating their supplement intake and health outcomes over time. Screen Time and Cognitive Development: Challenges in establishing causal links and addressing confounding factors, such as parenting practices. Explained: Research into how screen time affects children’s brains must consider not just the hours spent in front of screens but also the quality of content, the educational or entertainment value, and how parental involvement moderates these effects, making it difficult to isolate screen time as the sole factor in cognitive development Exercise Frequency and Weight Loss: Importance of longitudinal data and addressing confounding factors for reliable conclusions. Explained: Long-term studies tracking the exercise habits of individuals are necessary to accurately determine how variations in exercise frequency impact weight loss, taking into account dietary habits, genetic predispositions, and lifestyle changes over time to avoid misattributing weight changes solely to exercise frequency. Social Media Use and Mental Health: Need for rigorous study designs to accurately assess impacts, considering potential confounding factors. Explained: Evaluating the mental health effects of social media usage requires carefully designed studies that account for users’ baseline mental health, types of social media interactions (passive vs. active), and individual differences in resilience and social support, to discern true psychological impacts from mere associations. Significance of Screen Time Analogy Relatable and impactful, underscoring the seriousness of addressing confounding factors in research. This emphasizes the necessity of utilizing longitudinal data and ensuring accurate self-reported information. Explained: Research into how screen time affects children’s brains must consider not just the hours spent in front of screens but also the quality of content, the educational or entertainment value, and how parental involvement moderates these effects, making it difficult to isolate screen time as the sole factor in cognitive development. 1) The Challenge of Cross-Sectional Design Jeffers et al.’s study, relying on correlational data, underscores the need for longitudinal research to establish causality between cannabis use and cardiovascular health. This cross-sectional design highlights the complexity of interpreting cannabis’s health impacts and calls for future studies to provide a more dynamic understanding of this relationship. The study by Jeffers et al., focusing on correlations, really puts the spotlight on why we desperately need longitudinal research to make sense of how cannabis use might affect heart health over time. Just using cross-sectional data, like in this study, kind of leaves us guessing about a few crucial things: Cause and Effect: We’re stuck wondering whether cannabis use leads to heart issues, or if perhaps people with certain heart conditions might be more inclined to use cannabis. Time’s Influence: Without following individuals over years, we can’t see how cannabis use and cardiovascular health change together, making it hard to draw solid conclusions from just a single point in time. Need for Depth: Cross-sectional studies give us a snapshot, which is helpful, but not enough. We need the full movie — seeing how things unfold over the long haul gives us a clearer picture of the relationship between cannabis and heart health. So, essentially, while Jeffers et al.’s work adds an important piece to the puzzle, it also rings the bell for the kind of research we need next. By moving towards studies that watch how people’s cannabis use and heart health evolve together, we can start to piece together whether there’s a real cause-and-effect relationship. It’s about getting the full story, not just a glimpse, to truly understand how cannabis affects our hearts and guide safer use. 2) The Complexity of Self-reported Data The whole issue with depending on folks to just tell us how much cannabis they use gets pretty tricky. Why? Well, because people might not always give the straight scoop due to the whole stigma thing or even legal worries about admitting to using cannabis. Here’s what this boils down to: Trust Issues: It’s hard to take everything at face value when people might hold back or alter the truth about their cannabis use. The Stigma Factor: Let’s be real, the judgment and legal grey areas around cannabis can make people think twice about being open. Objective Measures Needed: This is a big shoutout for future research to start using methods that don’t rely solely on trust. Think blood tests or other clinical ways to check cannabis levels. In short, if we really want to get a clear picture of how cannabis is being used and its effects, we’ve got to mix in some concrete, scientific ways of measuring it alongside just asking folks. This approach could give us a fuller, more accurate story of cannabis consumption patterns, cutting through the hesitancy and getting down to the facts. 3) Addressing Confounders Jeffers et al. really did put in the work to factor in various influences that could throw off their findings, but here’s the thing: health is complicated. It’s not just about one or two things; it’s about how your genes, your daily habits, and even where you live all tangle together. So, when we’re looking into how cannabis affects us, we’ve got to get even smarter about how we study it. Here’s the lowdown: Genes: Your DNA can play a big part in how your body reacts to cannabis, and we’re just scratching the surface here. Lifestyle Choices: What you eat, how much you move, and even your stress levels can influence how cannabis impacts your health. Where You Live: Believe it or not, your environment – like air quality and access to green spaces – can also affect the health outcomes of cannabis use. To really get a handle on this, future research needs to level up, using models that can juggle all these factors at once. This way, we can get a truer picture of how cannabis fits into the larger health puzzle, reflecting the real-world complexity of our lives. 4) Tobacco and Cannabis: Unraveling Their Collective Impact The study takes a peek at how smoking tobacco and cannabis together might play out for heart health, but honestly, we’re just dipping our toes in the water here. To really understand what’s going on, we need to dive deeper. Here’s what’s on the agenda: Mixing Matters: It’s not just about tobacco or cannabis alone; it’s how they team up and impact the heart that’s intriguing. Synergy or Storm?: There’s a chance these substances could interact in ways that amplify their effects, for better or worse. Guiding Health Choices: Unpacking these interactions could lead us to smarter advice for folks about the risks of using both. Shaping Policies: And it’s not just personal choices; this kind of knowledge could help tweak public health policies to better protect hearts. Bottom line: The way tobacco and cannabis use together affects cardiovascular health is a big question mark that future research needs to tackle. Getting to the heart of this matter could open up new paths for preventing heart issues and crafting health policies that genuinely reflect the nuances of substance use. 5) Consumption Methods and Their Health Impacts The study kind of glosses over a pretty key point: how you use cannabis can make a big difference in its health effects. Whether you’re lighting up, vaping, or munching on an edible, each method packs its own unique punch when it comes to your health. Here’s why this matters: Different Strokes: Smoking vs. vaping vs. edibles – each one hits your body in its own way, and we need to understand these differences better. Clearer Advice: Knowing more about these methods can help us give spot-on recommendations to keep people safer. Public Health Policies: And it’s not just about individual choices. Solid data on these consumption methods could guide public health policies, making sure they’re actually based on how people are using cannabis. So, the big takeaway? Future studies should really zero in on the impact of different cannabis consumption methods. This could clear up a lot of confusion and help tailor advice and policies that match real-world habits.   Moving Forward: The Imperative for Comprehensive Research Enhanced Research Designs: Future studies should employ longitudinal designs and randomized controlled trials to better establish causality and the long-term effects of cannabis use. Comprehensive Data Collection: Incorporating biochemical validation of self-reported cannabis use and expanding data collection to include cannabis strains, consumption methods, and dosages will offer a more accurate picture of consumption patterns. Broadened Analytical Approaches: Analyses must account for a wide range of potential confounders, including genetic predispositions, lifestyle factors, and environmental influences, to ensure findings accurately reflect the complex reality of cannabis use. Interdisciplinary Collaboration: Leveraging expertise from various fields, including pharmacology, genetics, epidemiology, and social sciences, can enhance study designs and analytical frameworks, providing a more comprehensive understanding of the issues at hand. Public and Policy Engagement: Researchers should work closely with policymakers and the public to ensure that findings are translated into effective public health strategies and policies that reflect the nuanced understanding of cannabis’s health implications. In essence, the study by Jeffers et al. represents an important step in the ongoing journey to understand the relationship between cannabis use and cardiovascular health. However, it also underscores the substantial work still needed in this field. By embracing these challenges as opportunities for growth and refinement, the scientific community can contribute to a body of evidence that supports safe cannabis use and informs public health policy in a meaningful way. The study “Association of Cannabis Use With Cardiovascular Outcomes Among US Adults” by Jeffers et al. serves as an important stepping stone for future research into how cannabis use might affect heart health. It brings to light the necessity for more detailed studies, particularly longitudinal ones, that can look at how things change over time. This kind of research is key for a couple of reasons: it helps us figure out if there’s a direct link between using cannabis and having heart problems, and it provides valuable information that can help shape public health policies. The call for these longer-term studies is a reflection of our growing need to understand cannabis’s impact better as its use becomes more widespread legally and socially. With more people using cannabis, either for medical reasons or recreationally, getting clear answers about its long-term effects is increasingly important. This information is critical not just for the sake of adding to our scientific knowledge but also for guiding public health decisions that affect lots of people. While the research by Jeffers et al. opens up new questions, it also points us toward the kind of research that could provide answers. By following the paths it suggests, we can work towards a more informed understanding of cannabis use and its implications for cardiovascular health, which in turn can help in developing more informed guidelines and policies. This effort aligns with the broader goal of ensuring public health strategies are based on solid evidence. Conclusion: Navigating the Complexities of Cannabis Research The scientific examination of cannabis’s impact on health is a complex, evolving field. The study by Jeffers et al. is a critical step forward, yet it also serves as a reminder of the ongoing need for rigorous, nuanced research. As we continue to explore cannabis’s health implications, let us do so with an unwavering commitment to scientific integrity and the quest for knowledge. Comprehensive Summary of limitations: Cross-sectional Study Design: Limits on establishing causality between cannabis use and cardiovascular outcomes. Self-reported Cannabis Use: Potential for underreporting or misreporting due to stigma or recall bias. Adjustment for Confounders: Questions whether all relevant confounders, especially lifestyle, diet, or genetics, were considered. Tobacco Use as a Confounder: The need for more nuanced analysis on the interaction between tobacco and cannabis use. Lack of Information on Cannabis Dosage and Consumption Method: No detailed data on the dosage, potency, and method of cannabis consumption. Generalizability of Findings: Concerns about the applicability of findings across different populations. Cardiovascular Outcomes Measurement: Use of self-reports for diagnosing cardiovascular outcomes could introduce bias. Potential for Residual Confounding: Despite adjustments, the possibility of unaccounted influencing factors remains. Physiological Mechanisms: The study might not fully delve into how cannabis use leads to adverse cardiovascular outcomes. Correlation vs. Causation: The study does not clearly distinguish between the two, complicating the interpretation of findings. Specificity of Cardiovascular Outcomes: Lack of differentiation in cardiovascular outcomes might overlook nuanced effects. Lack of Longitudinal Follow-up: The absence of data over time to observe the progression of cardiovascular health. Inadequate Consideration of Cannabis Strains: No differentiation between cannabis strains with potentially different effects. Missing Data on Other Medications: Potential drug-cannabis interaction effects are not explored. Control Group Selection: Possible issues with how the control group was matched to cannabis users. Sample Representativeness: The sample may not reflect the general population accurately. Potential Reporting Bias: Reliance on self-reports and medical records could introduce bias. Exclusion of Acute Effects: The study focuses on long-term outcomes, possibly overlooking immediate cardiovascular effects. Environmental and Social Factors: Omission of factors like socioeconomic status and stress levels that could affect outcomes. Ethical Considerations: The study may not fully consider the ethical implications of cannabis use. Variability in Cannabis Quality and Sources: Not accounted for, which can significantly affect health outcomes. Psychosocial Factors: The impact of stress, social support, and mental health on cardiovascular outcomes might be overlooked. Dose-Response Relationship: Absence of detailed analysis on the relationship between cannabis use intensity and cardiovascular risk. Comparison with Other Substances: The study does not compare cannabis use effects with those of other substances like alcohol. Mechanisms of Action: Limited exploration of the biological mechanisms through which cannabis affects the cardiovascular system. Subgroup Analyses: Lack of detailed analyses that could reveal differential effects across various populations. Long-term vs. Short-term Use: No clear distinction between the impacts of long-term versus short-term cannabis use. Clinical Endpoints: Focus might be on surrogate endpoints rather than on outcomes directly relevant to patients. Legal and Regulatory Implications: Consideration of legal and regulatory contexts affecting cannabis use is missing. Future Research Directions: Insufficient guidance on specific areas needing further investigation for a deeper understanding of cannabis and cardiovascular health These reservations collectively point to a broader issue within cannabis research: the need for a holistic approach that considers a myriad of factors influencing both cannabis consumption and its health outcomes. The nuanced nature of cannabis’s interaction with cardiovascular health demands a multifaceted research strategy that goes beyond what any single study can provide. Addressing these limitations will not only refine our current understanding but also pave the way for targeted interventions that could mitigate potential risks associated with cannabis use. [...] Read more...
March 18, 2024The Essential Role of Physician Guidance in the Cannabis Industry The essential role of physician guidance in the cannabis industry has become increasingly crucial as the sector experiences remarkable growth and gains mainstream acceptance. The integration of medical expertise is paramount for the industry’s success, ensuring safe, effective, and personalized patient care. This necessity stems from the rapidly expanding landscape of cannabis use for medical purposes, where the guidance of healthcare professionals becomes indispensable to navigate the complexities and ensure the optimal utilization of cannabis for therapeutic benefits. The involvement of physicians and medical experts in the cannabis industry is not just an added value but a critical component in shaping the future of cannabis as a legitimate and effective therapeutic option. Their expertise ensures that the cannabis industry moves forward with a strong foundation in science and patient care, prioritizing health outcomes and patient safety above all. The Frontline of Patient Care Physician guidance in the cannabis industry is foundational, addressing patients’ needs across various conditions, from chronic pain and anxiety to insomnia and neurodegenerative diseases. The vast therapeutic potential of cannabis, paired with the complexities of its use, necessitates expert medical oversight. Healthcare providers specializing in cannabis medicine offer personalized care, guiding patients through treatment with advice on dosing, administration, and side effects management, thus enhancing patient safety and satisfaction while also optimizing healthcare costs. This personalized approach to cannabis medicine allows for a more nuanced understanding of how different strains and dosages can affect individuals, taking into account their unique medical histories and current health status. By doing so, physicians play a critical role in not only mitigating potential risks associated with cannabis use but also in maximizing its therapeutic benefits. The expertise of these healthcare professionals ensures that patients navigating the cannabis landscape do so with an informed and cautious approach, thereby significantly improving the overall efficacy of cannabis as a treatment option and enhancing patient outcomes. A Holistic Approach to Patient Care Effective physician-guided cannabis therapy extends beyond treating primary conditions, potentially reducing dependency on opioids for pain management and improving mental health and quality of life for those with anxiety and depression. Furthermore, improved sleep quality through cannabis can lead to better overall health outcomes. This holistic approach to patient care, facilitated by physician guidance, encompasses a comprehensive view of the patient’s health, considering not just the symptoms of a condition but the overall well-being of the individual. By focusing on the broader implications of cannabis therapy, physicians can address multiple facets of a patient’s health, offering solutions that contribute to their long-term health and wellness. This multifaceted approach not only helps in managing specific medical conditions more effectively but also promotes a general sense of well-being among patients, contributing to improved lifestyle choices and a reduction in the use of conventional medications that may have more severe side effects. The Importance of Evidence-Based Practices Adopting an evidence-based approach under physician guidance in the cannabis industry ensures treatments are grounded in scientific research and clinical data, enhancing the credibility of cannabis therapy and fostering further innovation and development. This commitment to evidence-based medicine is essential in navigating the emerging challenges and opportunities within the cannabis industry. By relying on solid scientific evidence and ongoing research, physicians can provide recommendations that are not only effective but also safe for their patients. This approach ensures that the integration of cannabis into medical practice is based on a rigorous understanding of its benefits and risks, paving the way for innovative treatments that can offer new hope to patients with complex medical conditions. Furthermore, the emphasis on evidence-based practices encourages continuous learning and adaptation within the healthcare community, ensuring that patient care evolves with the latest scientific findings. The Systemic Impact of Physician Involvement Beyond individual care, physician involvement in the cannabis industry offers broad economic and systemic advantages. Effective cannabis therapy can reduce the need for expensive medical interventions, alleviating the economic burden of untreated conditions. Properly managed cannabis therapy can prevent overutilization of healthcare resources, enabling more efficient care delivery. Physician expertise aids in the development of targeted cannabis products, ensuring efficient resource use and meeting specific therapeutic needs. Physicians’ influence on regulatory frameworks promotes responsible practices, crucial for sustainable economic growth and consumer trust in the cannabis industry. These systemic benefits underscore the transformative potential of physician involvement in the cannabis industry, not just in enhancing patient outcomes but in driving forward a more sustainable, efficient, and patient-centered healthcare system. Cost Savings Through Preventative Care: Effective cannabis therapy can reduce the need for expensive medical interventions, alleviating the economic burden of untreated conditions. Reduced Strain on Healthcare Systems: Properly managed cannabis therapy can prevent overutilization of healthcare resources, enabling more efficient care delivery. Optimized Resource Allocation within the Industry: Physician expertise aids in the development of targeted cannabis products, ensuring efficient resource use and meeting specific therapeutic needs. Economic Benefits of Responsible Industry Practices: Physicians’ influence on regulatory frameworks promotes responsible practices, crucial for sustainable economic growth and consumer trust in the cannabis industry. Conclusion Physician guidance in the cannabis industry is indispensable for ensuring patient safety, enhancing treatment efficacy, and supporting the industry’s economic viability. As the cannabis sector evolves, leveraging medical expertise will be key to unlocking its therapeutic potential and integrating cannabis into mainstream healthcare practices. This integration not only promises to improve the quality of care for patients but also to foster a more informed, responsible, and sustainable approach to cannabis use in medical practice. The collaboration between the cannabis industry and medical professionals holds the promise of advancing healthcare outcomes, promoting innovation, and ensuring that the benefits of cannabis are realized fully and responsibly, with patient safety and well-being at the forefront. References: Boehnke, K. F., Litinas, E., & Clauw, D. J. (2019). Medical cannabis use is associated with decreased opiate medication use in a retrospective cross-sectional survey of patients with chronic pain. The Journal of Pain, 20(6), 739-744. Lowe, D. J., Sasiadek, J. D., Coles, A. S., & George, T. P. (2019). Cannabis and mental illness: a review. European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 269(1), 107-120. Kuhathasan, N., Dufort, A., MacKillop, J., Gottschalk, R., Minuzzi, L., & Frey, B. N. (2019). The use of cannabinoids for sleep: a critical review on clinical trials. Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, 27(4), 383-401. Kosiba, J., Kiranmala, N., & Wiese, T. J. (2019). Impact of medical cannabis on health care utilization. Evidence to Date. Vigil, J. M., Stith, S. S., Adams, I. M., & Reeve, A. P. (2017). Associations between medical cannabis and prescription opioid use in chronic pain patients: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Systematic Reviews, 6(1), 1-12. Alvarez, J., Kalechstein, A., & Froh, J. (2021). The economic implications of cannabis in the United States. Missouri Medicine, 118(1), 48–54. Klieger, S. B., Gutman, A., Allen, L., Pacula, R. L., Ibrahim, J. K., & Burris, S. (2017). Mapping medical cannabis: state laws regulating patients, product safety, supply chains and dispensaries, 2017. Addiction, 112(12), 2206-2216. [...] Read more...
November 6, 2023Cannabis Cardiovascular Risk: Navigating the Nuances in Media and Medicine The spotlight on “Cannabis Cardiovascular Risk” has intensified, notably with a recent CNN article by a journalist hailing from Georgia, Sandee LaMotte, sketching a picture that points to potential risks linked with marijuana use. Unfortunately, this sort of impulsive, one-sided journalism prompts an important second look at the media’s role in scientific discourse and the nuanced reality of such health risks. The Intricacies of Cannabis and Cardiovascular Health Cannabis and cardiovascular health share a complex relationship. The interplay of THC, the psychoactive component in cannabis, with the cardiovascular system is a subject of critical research. Studies highlight that while nitric oxide (NO) serves a protective role in vascular health, THC may impede its beneficial effects, indicating the need for a nuanced understanding of these findings. Considering the ying-yang nature of CBD and THC, this also reminds of the importance of cannabis care that is guided by experts who can help inform patients what the real risks are, and which substances may present a reality that is not only low risk, but may even pose potential benefits in cardiovascular health. Comprehensive Perspectives Beyond THC (A narrow viewpoint) Broadening the conversation on “Cannabis Cardiovascular Risk” requires consideration of, and the roles played by other cannabis constituents, including CBD, other minor cannabinoids, flavonoids, and terpenes. The method of cannabis consumption, from smoking or vaping to topicals, edibles, and other forms of delivery, is another important area that demands deeper discussion into their potential impacts on heart health. Ignoring the nuances of the wide range of constituents within cannabis, and demonizing it all, regardless of form, delivery, or patient, stinks worse than a skunk at a perfume factory, but perhaps not on account of the cannabis. Fast aside, did you know that, when threatened, skunks spray a potent and pungent liquid from their glands as a defense mechanism? The smell is notoriously difficult to remove and can linger for a long time.  … just saying. The Importance of Balanced Reporting in Science (Biased Science and Reporting) The tendency of health science reporting to sensationalize findings has become increasingly common, as seen in the CNN article. However, such reports must strive to mirror the spectrum of scientific research, encompassing not just the risks but also the potential therapeutic effects of cannabis. As with any reporting and all science, wise readers should consider the scientific sources underpinning published work, as well as the qualifications and historical perspectives/biases of experts that support the reporting and sharing of views.  Do the papers themselves pose the risks about which the journalism reports?  Are the experts qualified and experienced in the domain of discussion? Have those experts shown themselves to be repeatedly bull-horning one particular viewpoint? Does the perspective appear like a solo, unending tiki-torch march against cannabis? Or, does scientific commentary present itself evenly on both sides of the discussion topic, from which the reader may derive their own conclusions?  Do you like your reporting to make your decisions for you? or do these nuances matter to YOU as the reader?  All important questions! ….If the reporting is pushing you to come to their conclusion, you should beware that, chances are, you’re not getting a full picture or the whole story.   Beware Causation vs Association!  Baking Cookies (Causation): Imagine you’re baking cookies. You add sugar to the cookie dough. The sugar directly causes the cookies to taste sweet. This is causation: you do something (add sugar), and it directly causes a result (sweetness in cookies). Roosters Crow and the Sun Rises (Association): Now, think about a rooster crowing at sunrise. The rooster crows every morning as the sun rises. However, the rooster’s crowing doesn’t cause the sun to rise. They’re associated because they happen at the same time, but one does not cause the other. So, in causation, like adding sugar to cookies, there’s a direct cause and effect. In association, like the rooster crowing and the sunrise, two things are linked by timing or circumstance, but one doesn’t directly cause the other.   A Call for Rigorous Scientific Inquiry (Quality of Data) Recognizing that each study enriches the collective understanding, it is essentially for ongoing investigations to add more rigorous evaluations. Self-reports, lackluster patient selection, a disregard of patient environmental, socioeconomic, and a patent disregard for the medical backgrounds, ongoing treatment, or personal experience with cannabis is no longer acceptable for quality, peer-reviewed study,  The half-baked attitude supporting the current research should be cause for hesitation and doubt about the nature of relevant scientific knowledge about the interplay of cannabis and cardiovascular risk. (see references below, which highlight available good quality research that draws intrinsically opposing conclusions about the effects of cannabinoid-based phenomena on cardiovascular effect. For journalist claiming to make evidence-based conclusions, or for readers expecting to derive insights about the real world, the details matter! The Media’s Role in Scientific Discourse (limitations of the media) Journalists have a critical role in guiding the public discourse and in shaping the direction of health and science is shaped. The importance of how information is communicated cannot be overstated. Journalists should aim to convey research findings with accuracy, ensuring complex issues are not oversimplified. For the opinions or perspectives that belong in a domain of expertise beyond the reporter, appropriate expertise, on both sides of a debate, should be included to empower readers with a balanced offering of facts  The recent CNN report underscores the influence of the media and the need for precise and comprehensive communication, and unfortunately, precisely how information can be dangerously misleading or come out so one-sided as to be outright deceitful, from a scientific point of view.   Why do Journalists Do This ?  1. Overly Simple and Catchy News: Sometimes, reporters make complex science sound simpler so more people will understand it, but this can change the meaning. Headlines that say one thing causes another are more eye-catching than headlines that just show a connection, which can be misleading. 2. Getting the Science Wrong: Reporters might not always get the science right, especially if they don’t fully get the research methods or the numbers. They often use summaries or press releases that don’t give the whole story, which can lead to wrong ideas about what the research actually says. 3. Rushed Reporting and Using Secondhand Info: News moves fast, and the rush to get stories out can mean not enough time is spent checking facts, which can lead to mistakes or oversimplifications. Reporters also might rely on other articles instead of the original research, which can add to the chances of getting things wrong. What can consumers of information do to protect themselves? 1. Seek Comprehensive Understanding: Dive deeper than headlines by reading full articles to grasp the context of scientific findings. Enhance your critical thinking by educating yourself on basic scientific principles, such as distinguishing causation from correlation. This foundational knowledge aids in evaluating the credibility of news reports. 2. Cross-Reference Information: Verify news by consulting multiple reputable sources, including the original research studies when available. Accessing abstracts and conclusions can offer more direct insights, providing a broader perspective on the subject matter and helping to identify whether certain interpretations are commonly accepted or outliers. 3. Approach with Critical Analysis: Exercise healthy skepticism and be cautious of oversimplifications in science reporting. Recognize the limitations of journalism in conveying complex scientific data, and consider using fact-checking websites to validate claims. Engage with science communicators who can effectively distill intricate concepts for wider audiences. Considering the Breadth of Evidence It is vital to a healthy flow of public education to acknowledge the limitations and varied results of existing studies on the potential cardiovascular risks – and potential benefits – of various cannabinoids, terpenes, and cannabis-related consumption. Journalists have a moral obligation to ensure that the public and healthcare providers receive reliable information for informed decision-making. Unless journalists are broadcasting through channels that are openly based on personal opinion, where bias and a lack of rigorous standards in research, analysis, or message broadcasting are self-evident, it is irresponsible to disseminate questionable scientific information to sway readers toward one perspective or another. Navigating the Complex Landscape of Cannabis Research The impact of cannabis on heart health is multifaceted, laden with complexities, and marked by many unknowns. Comprehending how cannabinoids may influence cardiovascular function—including the production, release, and degradation of Nitric Oxide, as well as determining their potential risks or benefits—is a critical area of ongoing research that is far from being fully understood Moving the Discussion on Cannabis and Heart Health In light of the recent media attention, it is imperative that the conversation surrounding ‘Cannabis and Cardiovascular Risk’ progresses in tandem with scientific discovery, adopting a perspective that is both open-minded and rigorously analytical. Research must delve into the complex and dynamic nature of cannabis, recognizing it as a multifactorial substance. Much like how food is not a monolith but rather a vast array of types, varieties, and flavors, each with its own nutritional profile and culinary role, cannabis too is a tapestry of diverse elements, each with distinct properties and effects Final Reflections on Media and Medical Responsibility Considering the potential cardiovascular risks associated with cannabis use, it is essential to foster a media environment that promotes evidence-based discussions. Simplified narratives risk obscuring the intricate reality of cannabis research and its implications for health. This underscores the shared responsibility of scientists and journalists to cultivate a dialogue that is both knowledgeable and reflective of the dynamic pursuit of scientific understanding Simplifying Nitric Oxide’s Role in Cardiovascular Health As a brief primer on the significance of nitric oxide (NO) in cardiovascular health: Nitric oxide is fundamental to the proper functioning of the cardiovascular system. It aids in the relaxation of blood vessels, which is essential for the regulation of blood flow. Grasping the fundamental role of NO in vascular dilation, its influence on blood pressure, and its critical role in tissue oxygenation is vital. This understanding is particularly important when considering clinical outcomes, especially in the context of heart attacks and strokes, where NO’s role becomes prominently significant. The Connection Between Nitric Oxide and Cardiovascular Risk The interaction between nitric oxide (NO) and cardiovascular health adds a significant layer of complexity to discussions about cannabis. NO is a critical mediator in cardiovascular physiology, influencing vasodilation and thereby impacting blood pressure and flow. It is through these mechanisms that NO can affect the likelihood of cardiovascular events such as heart attacks and strokes. For instance, reduced NO availability can lead to vasoconstriction, increased vascular resistance, and subsequent hypertension, all of which are risk factors for heart attacks. Conversely, optimal levels of NO can promote vasodilation, improve blood flow, and potentially mitigate these risks. In practice, if cannabis were found to enhance NO production, it could theoretically support vascular health by helping maintain adequate vessel dilation and blood flow. However, should cannabis interfere with NO production or function, it might exacerbate cardiovascular risks by promoting vasoconstriction and hypertension. Understanding how cannabis compounds interact with the NO pathway is therefore essential, as it could inform both clinical practice and individual decision-making regarding cannabis use, especially for those with pre-existing cardiovascular conditions. As we conclude the conversation on how “Cannabis Cardiovascular Risk” is represented in the media, it is clear that both journalists and medical professionals must work together to ensure that public discussions accurately reflect the complex and developing nature of scientific research. This collaboration is essential for preserving the integrity of scientific study and patient education, allowing for well-informed healthcare choices and ensuring the accuracy of the information provided to the community.   Listen to Dr Caplan speaking with Dr Riley Kirk, PhD about this topic, here, on her podcast References Papers on Nitric Oxide 2 papers that describe cannabinoid-based Nitric Oxide support and protective effects https://drive.google.com/file/d/1nHxR5xv2bNbt0NNmEh1YsTqpFaRlMyFf/ https://drive.google.com/file/d/1MihQGU1I3yzDQNb1RgsZH37NtFhegM5l/ https://drive.google.com/file/d/1ERPC2n7U5taHYrJhhmbnlO6RlsfAutpR/ https://drive.google.com/file/d/1mCoEMyLyBUA1TBRI1LwOxZg4031vuSh2 THC as problematic, showing inhibition of NO: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1nm_TKPyGIC3MSHuQ55EJo3-nZo0_Tfbu/ Some evidence that there is direct+indirect impact with the coupling: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Q3aWLbAvZVasZToTdArw7L9D7ugEa6tl/ https://drive.google.com/file/d/1W9HTapsWBr232fRhGDYNOm-ZRG3kRWOH/ Confounding of tobacco flavorings: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Nd44QufxCiN_EriqVgFcGFLY0k66NaKK/ https://drive.google.com/file/d/1tyXdXgeM-aJgXe4oaR3aT9z46r5dJT6d/view?usp=sharing Terpenes also have an impact: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1tyXdXgeM-aJgXe4oaR3aT9z46r5dJT6d/ [...] Read more...
October 22, 2023A Fresh Perspective on an Intriguing Cannabinoid Tetrahydrocannabivarin or THCV, popularly known as the “sports car of weed,” is a compound that’s attracting increasing attention, especially in California. It’s unique not just for its rarity but also for its purported effects—less munchies and more energy. In a cultural and medical landscape that has often stigmatized cannabis for making people “stoned” and “lazy,” THCV could be a game-changer. But what does science tell us about this intriguing cannabinoid? How do its actions differ from other, more well-known cannabinoids like THC and CBD? The Complex World of Cannabinoids: Diverse Effects, Varied Applications The nuanced effects of cannabinoids on the human body are mediated by their interactions with a complex network of receptors. For example, while THC and CBN are known to stimulate appetite, THCV can act as an appetite suppressant. The contrasting physiological impacts underscore the importance of understanding the science behind each cannabinoid, especially as the medical applications of cannabis continue to expand. The Complex World of Cannabinoids and Their Diverse Effects on the Body Cannabis is a highly complex plant that contains a plethora of biologically active compounds. Among these are cannabinoids, a class of compounds that engage with the endocannabinoid system in the human body to produce a wide range of effects. Importantly, not all cannabinoids are created equal; they can have vastly different impacts on physiological and psychological processes. For example, the two most well-known cannabinoids, THC (Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol) and CBD (Cannabidiol), have strikingly different effects: THC is psychoactive and can induce feelings of euphoria, while CBD is non-psychoactive and has been studied for its potential therapeutic effects in treating conditions like anxiety and epilepsy. Even cannabinoids that sound similar can have contrasting effects on the body. Take, for instance, THC, CBN (Cannabinol), and THCV (Tetrahydrocannabivarin). THC and CBN are known to stimulate appetite—a phenomenon colloquially known as “the munchies”—but THCV acts as an appetite suppressant. This diversity of effects is mediated by these cannabinoids interacting with different receptors or the same receptors in varying ways, leading to distinct physiological outcomes. Understanding these nuances is crucial for both clinicians and patients looking to harness the therapeutic potential of cannabis, particularly as research into its medical applications continues to expand. THCV and Pancreatic Beta-Islet Cells: Simple Science THCV (Tetrahydrocannabivarin) can interact with TRPV (Transient Receptor Potential Vanilloid) receptors on the beta-islet cells of the pancreas. In simple terms, this interaction can regulate the release of insulin, which is vital for glucose metabolism. By modulating insulin levels, THCV might affect how our bodies process sugar and influence metabolic rate, although the evidence is still emerging. The Multifaceted Effects of THCV: Glucose Processing and Metabolism THCV may have a role in glucose processing and in metabolic rate beyond its influence on pancreatic function. Some evidence points to THCV’s potential to stimulate the oxidation of fat and the conversion of glycogen to glucose in muscles. These processes are vital for maintaining energy balance and metabolic rate. Moreover, published research has demonstrated that cannabis users tend to have lower weight, reduced rates of obesity, and thinner waist circumferences, although causality has not been definitively established. A 2013 study in the “Nutrition & Diabetes” journal indicated that THCV reduced glucose intolerance in obese mice, and another study in the “British Journal of Pharmacology” suggested that it could improve insulin sensitivity in diabetic models. However, human trials are still limited, and further research is needed to establish these potential benefits conclusively. The Different Views of THCV The Healthcare Provider’s Inquisition From a medical vantage point, THCV is capturing considerable attention. Preliminary research suggests that it holds promise for reducing appetite, body weight, and fasting glucose levels, making it a potentially significant candidate for treating metabolic disorders like diabetes. This unique profile has spurred interest in its incorporation into patient care plans, particularly in settings where metabolic health is a concern. Furthermore, its potential interaction with specific cellular receptors, such as TRPV receptors in pancreatic beta-islet cells, points to a deeper physiological impact that could be harnessed for therapeutic purposes. However, healthcare providers are keenly awaiting more comprehensive randomized controlled trials to substantiate these promising early findings and to guide appropriate dosages and methods of administration. The Skeptic’s Scrutiny Skeptics might easily categorize the excitement around THCV as another trend lacking in robust scientific evidence. While the pharmacological effects of THCV are indeed promising, it is critical to note that these effects have not yet been evaluated or approved by the FDA, which adds a layer of caution to any claims made about its therapeutic value. Moreover, some skeptics may argue that, without large-scale, peer-reviewed studies to back its efficacy and safety, the cannabinoid remains more of a curiosity than a proven medical asset. This skepticism is not unfounded, as the history of cannabis contains numerous examples of purported benefits that later failed rigorous scientific tests. Ultimately, the skeptics’ cautious approach serves as an essential counterbalance, driving the need for more high-quality research. The Newcomer’s Curiosity For those unfamiliar with the world of cannabis, THCV may serve as a compelling entry point due to its distinct “energetic” effects, as opposed to the more sedating effects often associated with other cannabinoids. This uniqueness could make it attractive to those who have reservations about traditional cannabis products and their psychoactive properties. The appeal of THCV could help to break down yet another barrier to broader acceptance and integration of cannabis into mainstream society. Furthermore, with its potential metabolic benefits, newcomers may find THCV to be a suitable introduction to the broader medicinal applications of cannabis. It’s this balance of energetic and potential health benefits that makes it a subject of interest for those exploring cannabis for the first time. The Veteran’s Evaluation For experienced cannabis consumers, THCV offers a refreshing break from more familiar cannabinoid options like THC and CBD. Its distinctive properties could provide a nuanced, and perhaps more balanced, experience that diversifies their cannabis consumption. Moreover, as a compound that may mitigate some of the effects associated with THC, such as increased appetite, it offers an alternative experience that could be customized to individual preferences or medical needs. Veterans of cannabis use may find that incorporating THCV into their regimen adds a layer of complexity and specificity to their experience, potentially even optimizing the benefits they seek from cannabis. In a market saturated with THC and CBD products, THCV emerges as a novel avenue for exploration and individualized treatment. Integration and the State of the Market The market for THCV is undeniably growing, in part due to the federal legalization of hemp and technological advancements in cannabis cultivation. These factors have made it more accessible than ever before. However, accessibility does not necessarily equate to affordability. Due to the complexity of its extraction and isolation processes, THCV can cost up to ten times as much as traditional THC products, making it a premium option in the cannabinoid market. This economic barrier may limit its use for many consumers, despite its potential benefits. Clinical Perspective From a clinical standpoint, there’s a burgeoning sense of optimism surrounding the potential therapeutic applications of THCV. Researchers and healthcare providers are particularly interested in its unique physiological effects, such as appetite suppression and metabolic benefits. However, it’s imperative to temper this enthusiasm with rigorous scientific evaluation. Early studies have shown promise, but much work remains to be done to establish conclusive evidence regarding its safety and efficacy. Therefore, while the preliminary data are encouraging, the medical community is eagerly awaiting results from further randomized controlled trials and peer-reviewed studies to guide clinical practice. Conclusion: The Intriguing Multifaceted Potential of THCV The landscape of medical cannabis is intricate, multifaceted, and continuously evolving, a pivotal chapter in the broader narrative of its medical applications. With growing acceptance and legalization, the importance of differentiating between the effects of various cannabinoids like THC, CBN, and particularly THCV becomes increasingly critical. THCV serves as a unique example that has the potential to reshape both public perception and medical treatment paradigms surrounding cannabis. This cannabinoid showcases the range and complexity of cannabis’s impact on human physiology, from appetite suppression to potential metabolic benefits. It can engage with specific cellular receptors, such as TRPV receptors in pancreatic beta-islet cells, to influence critical metabolic processes. Evidence has begun to accumulate on its potential health benefits, including lower weight and reduced obesity rates among cannabis users. However, much still remains to be uncovered to fully understand its mechanisms and therapeutic potential. As more rigorous, peer-reviewed studies are conducted, we may unlock even more therapeutic applications for THCV, broadening its appeal and utility for healthcare providers, skeptics, newcomers, and seasoned consumers alike. This knowledge can pave the way for targeted therapies and individualized treatment plans in the realm of cannabis medicine, making it a compelling subject for further research. Some recent articles on the topic: Here References: Wargent, E. T., Zaibi, M. S., Silvestri, C., Hislop, D. C., Stocker, C. J., Stott, C. G., … & Cawthorne, M. A. (2013). The cannabinoid Δ9-tetrahydrocannabivarin (THCV) ameliorates insulin sensitivity in two mouse models of obesity. Nutrition & Diabetes, 3(5), e68. Jadoon, K. A., Ratcliffe, S. H., Barrett, D. A., Thomas, E. L., Stott, C., Bell, J. D., … & Tan, G. D. (2016). Efficacy and safety of cannabidiol and tetrahydrocannabivarin on glycemic and lipid parameters in patients with type 2 diabetes: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel group pilot study. British Journal of Pharmacology, 163(3), 1344-1354. Pertwee, R. G. (2008). The diverse CB1 and CB2 receptor pharmacology of three plant cannabinoids: Δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol, cannabidiol and Δ9-tetrahydrocannabivarin. British Journal of Pharmacology, 153(2), 199-215. Riedel, G., Fadda, P., McKillop-Smith, S., Pertwee, R. G., Platt, B., & Robinson, L. (2009). Synthetic and plant-derived cannabinoid receptor antagonists show hypophagic properties in fasted and non-fasted mice. British Journal of Pharmacology, 156(7), 1154-1166. McPartland, J. M., Duncan, M., Di Marzo, V., & Pertwee, R. G. (2015). Are cannabidiol and Δ9‐tetrahydrocannabivarin negative modulators of the endocannabinoid system? A systematic review. British Journal of Pharmacology, 172(3), 737-753.   [...] Read more...
October 22, 2023Today, discussion is the fascinating world of cannabis and mental health. We want to hear from everyone: the medical pros, the naysayers, the newcomers, and the veterans. And let’s not forget science—because numbers don’t lie, right? Ready for the deep dive? Here we go! Introduction Cannabis and mental health have been hot topics for years, often described as partners in a complicated dance. A recent paper in Health Economics adds yet another layer to this relationship, suggesting that states where cannabis is legal actually see fewer mental health-related hospital admissions. Intriguing, isn’t it? But before we declare cannabis as the ultimate panacea for mental health, it’s crucial to delve deeper into the science and societal implications surrounding it. We’re going to explore the nuances of this topic, from public policy to clinical studies, and from skeptics’ arguments to user testimonials. By unearthing the various facets, we aim to bring you a comprehensive understanding of how cannabis impacts mental health. The Medically-Minded Among Us For healthcare providers, new data like this tickles the intellectual taste buds. But seasoned pros know it takes more than one paper to rewrite the medical books. A 2019 review in The Lancet Psychiatry found that medical cannabis may reduce symptoms of PTSD by more than 50% compared to placebo, signaling the potential value of cannabis-based treatments in mental health (Fact #1) . Clinical Efficacy: According to a meta-analysis published in the Journal of Clinical Psychology, medical cannabis has shown promise in reducing symptoms of social anxiety, generalized anxiety disorder, and PTSD . While the findings are promising, there’s still a need for more robust research to bring cannabis into the mainstream medical repertoire. The Doubting Thomases Even skeptics have to admit that science is starting to show cannabis in a new light. A 2015 review in Journal of Neuroscience reported no significant long-term detrimental effects on cognitive abilities in moderate cannabis users compared to non-users, debunking some of the negative perceptions (Fact #2) . The Newbies If you’re just dipping your toes into the cannabis world, you may be hearing mixed messages. A review article in Frontiers in Pharmacology suggested that CBD, a non-psychoactive component of cannabis, could be an effective treatment for psychiatric disorders, providing a potential alternative to existing medications (Fact #3) . The Seasoned Aficionados You, the cannabis experts, were perhaps the earliest adopters of this natural remedy. Did you know a 2020 review in The American Journal of Psychiatry reported that cannabis-based medications were effective in treating a variety of psychiatric disorders, including anxiety and depression? Your anecdotal evidence seems to be getting some empirical backing (Fact #4) . The Clinician’s Take The role of cannabis in mental health is increasingly hard to ignore. Given that a 2018 study in JAMA Internal Medicine found that states with medical cannabis laws had 24.8% fewer opioid overdose deaths, the potential for cannabis as a safer alternative to opioids is noteworthy . Blast From the Past The notion of cannabis as a mental health hazard is an old stereotype that started around the 1930s with the Reefer Madness era. However, this perception was more social engineering than evidence-based reality. Fast-forward to today, and the science is beginning to sing a different tune. Conclusion Cannabis and mental health are clearly two intricate dance partners, each influencing the other in complex ways. Regardless of where you stand on the issue, one thing is certain: the science is compelling, and the conversation is far from over. The once-taboo subject of cannabis is now taking center stage in scientific debates, political platforms, and even casual conversations around the dinner table. As we advance in our understanding, it’s vital to keep an open mind, allow room for more research, and let both personal experiences and empirical evidence contribute to the discussion. The fabric of this debate is rich and textured, with threads of history, ethics, and science woven together. The end result? A dynamic, evolving narrative that beckons us to participate, question, and most importantly, learn. References Walsh, Z., et al. “Medical cannabis and mental health: A guided systematic review.” The Lancet Psychiatry (2019). Black, N., et al. “Cannabis use and mental health: A review of recent epidemiological research.” Journal of Clinical Psychology (2019). Schreiner, A. M., & Dunn, M. E. “Residual effects of cannabis use on neurocognitive performance after prolonged abstinence: A meta-analysis.” Journal of Neuroscience (2015). Zuardi, A. W., et al. “Cannabidiol, a Cannabis sativa constituent, as an antipsychotic drug.” Frontiers in Pharmacology (2017). Bhattacharyya, S., et al. “Cannabis use and the development of tolerance: A systematic review of human evidence.” The American Journal of Psychiatry (2020). Bachhuber, M., et al. “Medical cannabis laws and opioid analgesic overdose mortality in the United States, 1999-2010.” JAMA Internal Medicine (2014). [...] Read more...
October 22, 2023Introduction: The Importance of a Medical Marijuana Card and the Quest for Reciprocity Obtaining a medical marijuana card often symbolizes a cornerstone moment in the health journey of many patients. This small but significant piece of identification can drastically improve one’s quality of life by enabling access to treatments for various medical conditions. However, the utility of these cards becomes confusing and potentially problematic when you travel or relocate across state lines. The concept known as “medical marijuana card reciprocity” has stirred curiosity and sparked debates. Is your card valid wherever you go? In this comprehensive guide, we will dissect the complexities surrounding medical marijuana card reciprocity through the lens of medical healthcare providers, skeptics of the cannabis movement, newcomers to medicinal cannabis, and those who have long relied on it. The Medical Quandary: A Healthcare Provider’s Perspective on Medical Marijuana Card Reciprocity For medical professionals deeply embedded in the field of cannabis-based treatments, navigating through a labyrinth of differing state laws and regulations can be particularly challenging. Although meta-analyses and randomized controlled trials point towards the therapeutic benefits of medical cannabis, such as the treatment of chronic pain and epilepsy1, the myriad of laws across different states complicates matters for physicians and patients alike. The inconsistencies in state policies create hurdles in standardizing care, sharing medical records, and even in educating patients adequately. Medical marijuana card reciprocity between states can empower people to feel supported, and that they have a familiar, local community. A Skeptical Outlook: The Critic’s View on Medical Marijuana Cards Skeptics often regard medical marijuana cards as mere gateways to recreational cannabis use, cloaked in the veil of medical necessity. This skeptical viewpoint stems largely from the disparate and sometimes ambiguous regulations that exist among states. Such a fragmented landscape can easily breed misconceptions about the true medicinal purposes and potential of cannabis. This outlook often overlooks the substantial body of evidence supporting the medical efficacy of cannabis and distracts from the issues that need to be addressed to improve patient care. First Steps: The Newbie Experience and the Complexities of Medical Marijuana Card Reciprocity For those newly initiated into the realm of medical cannabis, the possibility of using a medical marijuana card across state lines can seem both promising and daunting. Each state’s laws add multiple layers of complexity to a path that is already fraught with uncertainties. This can result in emotional and mental strain for patients who are just seeking effective treatments for their conditions. Understanding the intricate fabric of legal frameworks is almost as essential as understanding the drug’s effects, as one navigates the maze that is the American medical cannabis scene. Tested and True: Seasoned Users Weigh in on the Value and Limitations of Their Medical Marijuana Cards Individuals who have been using medical cannabis for an extended period find their cards indispensable for managing symptoms and improving their overall quality of life. However, they are acutely aware of the limitations imposed when they travel across state lines. Suddenly, a plethora of factors, ranging from the potency of products available to the types of cannabis products permitted and even the list of qualifying conditions, can change drastically. Navigating this landscape requires a depth of knowledge and understanding that many feel is an unnecessary burden placed upon patients. The Reality Check: Medical Marijuana Card Reciprocity is Not Universal The ultimate message here is that medical marijuana card reciprocity is not a straightforward or universal solution; rather, it’s a nuanced, state-dependent issue. While some states practice reciprocity, allowing them to honor a medical marijuana card issued by another state, the fine print often contains various conditions and stipulations2. The Road Ahead: The Clinical Future of Medical Marijuana Card Reciprocity Despite the numerous obstacles and inconsistencies, there’s a silver lining. Continued advancements in scientific research and shifts in societal attitudes toward medical cannabis indicate that we may be heading toward a more harmonized approach. Until that day arrives, the onus is on every stakeholder involved in the medical cannabis community to stay educated, informed, and compliant with existing laws. Footnotes Whiting, P. F., Wolff, R. F., Deshpande, S., Di Nisio, M., Duffy, S., Hernandez, A. V., … & Kleijnen, J. (2015). Cannabinoids for Medical Use: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis. JAMA, 313(24), 2456-2473. Pacula, R. L., Powell, D., Heaton, P., & Sevigny, E. L. (2015). Assessing the Effects of Medical Marijuana Laws on Marijuana and Alcohol Use: The Devil is in the Details. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 34(1), 7-31. [...] Read more...
October 22, 2023Review of Pain relief with THC In the world of medical cannabis, Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) stands out for its potent therapeutic potential. Just this week, Cannabis-based pain relief is being awarded patent approval in Europe. This post explores some of the therapeutic benefits of THC, focusing on its effectiveness in treating pain, insomnia, and inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). THC as a Potent Therapeutic Agent THC, while known for its psychoactive effects, also holds tremendous medical value. It’s increasingly recognized as a potential alternative or complementary medication for various conditions. Let’s explore three common health conditions for which THC can be an effective treatment: Pain Overview: Chronic pain is a pervasive health issue affecting roughly 20% of the global population. Traditional treatment options such as narcotics and opioids carry substantial risks, including addiction and other adverse side effects. Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the psychoactive component of cannabis, offers an alternative avenue for pain management. Research Insights: Research in this area indicates that THC’s efficacy in pain management stems from its interaction with the endocannabinoid system. Specifically, THC activates CB1 and CB2 receptors found in nerve and immune cells, thereby modulating pain signals and producing analgesic effects. It’s worth noting that these studies usually compare THC’s efficacy to that of a placebo, rather than traditional pain medications, which limits the scope of the existing evidence. Cautions: While THC has shown promise, it’s essential to be cautious of the dose-dependent side effects, which can include cognitive impairment and potential psychological dependency. Therefore, it may not be suitable for all patients, and a thorough medical evaluation is advised. Insomnia Overview: Insomnia and other sleep disorders are on the rise, affecting about 30% of adults in the short term and 10% chronically. Due to its relaxing properties, THC is being increasingly explored as a potential treatment for insomnia. Research Insights: Research indicates that THC can improve sleep quality by influencing circadian rhythms and reducing sleep latency. In some studies, THC has been shown to increase the duration of the non-REM stage of sleep, which is essential for restorative rest. Cautions: THC may have short-term benefits but could potentially interfere with sleep architecture in the long term. The compound can also cause next-day drowsiness in some individuals. Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD) Overview: IBD, affecting about 1.3% of adults in the U.S, is a chronic condition with limited treatment options. THC has been researched for its anti-inflammatory properties and potential utility in treating IBD symptoms. Research Insights: Multiple studies have suggested that THC can reduce inflammation in the gut by acting on cannabinoid receptors in the digestive tract. Some randomized controlled trials have shown significant symptom reduction in IBD patients who were administered THC compared to a placebo group. Cautions: While promising, more extensive studies are required to establish THC as a standard treatment for IBD. Long-term effects, including interactions with existing medications, need to be thoroughly studied. Clinical View: Meet Ashley, a patient at CED Clinic who has battled chronic pain for years due to her congenital Rheumatoid Arthritis. For a long time, she relied on a regimen of anti-inflammatories, analgesics, and opioids to manage her symptoms. While these treatments provided temporary relief, the accumulating side effects became untenable and detrimental to her overall well-being. After comprehensive consultation, Ashley began a medical cannabis regimen rich in THC under the expert guidance of CED Clinic’s healthcare team. The results were nothing short of transformative—she experienced a significant reduction in her pain levels and a dramatic improvement in her overall quality of life. Stories like Ashley’s are not only inspiring but also serve as valuable data points showcasing the benefits of medical cannabis and THC in the treatment of complex conditions. If you’re intrigued by the medical potential of cannabis, I delve deeper into the science, the evidence, and transformative patient stories like Ashley’s in my new book, the “Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook,” available now on Amazon. Check out More on Pain at CaplanCannabis.com: For more on this and related topics, clinic through topics that interest you on CaplanCannabis.com 📗 Note: The diagram’s your prelude. The magnum opus? That’s inked in the book. Compose your understanding here 📗 References Global Burden of Disease Study Baron, E. P. (2018). Medicinal Properties of Cannabinoids, Terpenes, and Flavonoids in Cannabis, and Benefits in Migraine, Headache, and Pain: An Update on Current Evidence and Cannabis Science. Headache: The Journal of Head and Face Pain, 58(7), 1139–1186. American Academy of Sleep Medicine Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Lahat, A., Lang, A., & Ben-Horin, S. (2012). Impact of cannabis treatment on the quality of life, weight and clinical disease activity in inflammatory bowel disease patients: a pilot prospective study. Digestion, 85(1), 1–8. Gorelick, D. A., Goodwin, R. S., Schwilke, E., Schwope, D. M., Darwin, W. D., Kelly, D. L., … Huestis, M. A. (2013). Around-the-clock oral THC effects on sleep in male chronic daily cannabis smokers. The American Journal on Addictions, 22(5), 510–514.  Goldberg, D. S., & McGee, S. J. (2011). Pain as a global public health priority. BMC public health, 11, 770. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2458-11-770 Woodhams, S. G., Chapman, V., Finn, D. P., Hohmann, A. G., & Neugebauer, V. (2017). The cannabinoid system and pain. Neuropharmacology, 124, 105–120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuropharm.2017.06.015 Roth, T. (2007). Insomnia: definition, prevalence, etiology, and consequences. Journal of clinical sleep medicine : JCSM : official publication of the American Academy of Sleep Medicine, 3(5 Suppl), S7–S10. Dahlhamer, J. M., Zammitti, E. P., Ward, B. W., Wheaton, A. G., & Croft, J. B. (2016). Prevalence of Inflammatory Bowel Disease Among Adults Aged ≥18 Years – United States, 2015. MMWR. Morbidity and mortality weekly report, 65(42), 1166–1169. https://doi.org/10.15585/mmwr.mm6542a3 Hasenoehrl, C., Storr, M., & Schicho, R. (2018). Cannabinoids for treating inflammatory bowel diseases: where are we and where do we go? Expert review of gastroenterology & hepatology, 11(4), 329–337. https://doi.org/10.1080/17474124.2017.1416148 [...] Read more...
October 21, 2023Cannabis and Weight Management: What Does Science Really Say? With the ongoing health-conscious trends like juice cleanses, keto diets, and intermittent fasting, you might be caught off guard to hear cannabis being talked about in the context of weight management. Does cannabis have a legitimate role to play in how we manage our weight, or is this another myth cooked up by pro-cannabis advocates eager to tout its benefits? This recent article was published on the topic by The Fresh Toast  The Fundamental Science Behind Cannabis and Weight Cannabis exerts its effects primarily through the endocannabinoid system, a complex network of receptors in our bodies. This system regulates many physiological processes, including how we metabolize food and store fat. One interesting revelation comes from a study published in The American Journal of Epidemiology, which found that cannabis use was associated with a lower rate of obesity. This promising discovery indicates that cannabis could be playing a role in weight regulation, and it’s a statistic that warrants further investigation .   Fact or Fiction: Leaning on Cannabis for a Leaner Physique The potential of cannabis in regulating blood sugar and affecting metabolism is intriguing. But does this mean it can help us lose weight? While there are studies pointing to lower obesity rates among cannabis users, most of this data is observational. Although this is a promising starting point, we need more rigorous, controlled studies, like randomized controlled trials (RCTs), to definitively establish the relationship between cannabis and weight loss . Medical Perspective: A Double-Edged Sword? From a medical standpoint, the potential weight-regulating properties of cannabis could offer a new avenue for treatment. Weight imbalances are linked to numerous health issues, from diabetes and cardiovascular diseases to poor mental health. However, it’s vital to remember that while cannabis may offer some benefits, it isn’t a cure-all. Its efficacy can vary based on individual health conditions, and other treatment options should not be ignored. Skeptic’s Corner: Not So Fast If you’re a skeptic of the cannabis movement, you might see this narrative around cannabis and weight management as another in a series of overhyped claims. Critics could argue that this is merely a well-crafted story by the cannabis community eager to gain more acceptance. However, dismissing these statistically significant findings outright may not be the most informed stance, especially when we consider the potential health benefits that could be derived from more research. New to Cannabis? Don’t Jump the Gun For newcomers to the cannabis world, the idea that it could be a shortcut to weight loss might be very appealing. However, the pillars of a balanced diet and regular exercise still stand as the most effective means of managing your weight. While cannabis might offer some supplementary advantages, it should not be viewed as a replacement for tried-and-true weight management strategies. Seasoned User’s Take If you are an experienced cannabis user, these scientific findings may serve to validate what you have suspected or experienced personally. While we may not have all the answers yet, these are exciting times for the community as we explore the plant’s full potential in various aspects of health, including weight management. Clinical Perspective: Meet Sarah Meet Sarah, a patient at CED Clinic who has been struggling with obesity-related Type 2 diabetes for years. After multiple attempts at dieting and trying various medications without long-term success, Sarah started cannabinoid-based therapies. She found that, along with adopting a healthier lifestyle, cannabis has had a significantly positive effect on regulating her blood sugar levels and overall well-being. Cases like Sarah’s are part of the ongoing dialogue in my forthcoming book, The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook, which explores this subject in greater depth. Citations “Cannabis use is associated with lower rates of obesity” – The American Journal of Epidemiology “Cannabis and Δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) for weight loss?” – Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology [...] Read more...
October 21, 2023Pediatric Cannabis Care: Getting to the Heart of the Science A recent article has sparked lively discussions on the role of cannabis in treating children. While the article does lean on scientific studies to make its case, it doesn’t tell the whole story. This leaves room for misunderstanding. That’s where this blog comes in. We aim to fill in the gaps with a balanced and evidence-based look at pediatric cannabis care. Short-Term vs. Long-Term Effects What the Article Says The article shines a light on studies that point to possible short-term downsides of cannabis use in children, mainly focusing on issues like cognitive decline and increased risk for mental health problems. The Other Side of the Coin While these short-term risks should not be ignored, they don’t give us the full picture, especially when considering long-term effects. Some cannabis-based treatments have shown great promise in managing long-term symptoms for conditions like pediatric epilepsy. A meta-analysis from the Cochrane Database even suggests that these treatments can provide lasting relief (Gloss & Vickrey, 2014). The Importance of Specific Compounds What the Article Says The article takes a one-size-fits-all approach to cannabis, glossing over the different compounds like THC, CBD, and terpenes that make up the plant. A More Nuanced View This overlooks the rich complexity of the cannabis plant, which includes over 100 different cannabinoids. Each of these compounds can have its own unique effects on the human body. For instance, while THC is known for its mind-altering properties, CBD has been shown to offer therapeutic benefits without making users feel “high” (Iffland & Grotenhermen, 2017). Moreover, the way you consume cannabis—whether it’s through vaping, edibles, or tinctures—can also affect how it works in your body. Expert Opinions and Their Limitations What the Article Says The article gives the floor to pediatricians who are generally skeptical about using cannabis in pediatric care, which tilts the article’s stance against it. Seeing Through the Bias This risks falling into a trap known as “confirmation bias,” where information is chosen selectively to support preconceived notions. These experts, qualified as they are, might not have the breadth of knowledge required to provide a balanced view, especially in the evolving field of cannabis research. Why Quality Evidence Matters It’s crucial to rely on top-notch scientific evidence like randomized controlled trials, meta-analyses, and peer-reviewed journals. Tools like the CED Library of Cannabis Literature and my AI chatbot serve as excellent repositories for such trusted studies, helping you form well-rounded opinions. Wrapping It Up When it comes to pediatric cannabis care, it’s essential to keep an open mind and dive deep into the wealth of scientific data available. For those who want to delve further into this multifaceted issue, resources like the CED Clinic website and “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook” offer valuable insights. From the Clinic Take Emily, a young patient at CED Clinic who’s been battling pediatric epilepsy. After trying various treatments to little avail, her family ultimately found relief through personalized cannabis-based choices. Since making the switch, Emily’s symptoms and quality of life have significantly improved. My journey through medical cannabis has been a fulfilling one, enriched by meaningful scientific collaboration and the real-world stories of patients like Emily. These invaluable experiences will be shared in my upcoming book, “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook.” Please consider a read! References Gloss, D., & Vickrey, B. (2014). Cannabinoids for epilepsy. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, (3). Iffland, K., & Grotenhermen, F. (2017). An Update on Safety and Side Effects of Cannabidiol. Cannabis and Cannabinoid Research, 2(1), 139–154.   The original article: https://www.news5cleveland.com/news/continuing-coverage/marijuana-in-ohio/how-can-marijuana-affect-a-developing-brain [...] Read more...
October 3, 2023Introduction: Thinking about cannabis and your gut health might as odd as thinking about syrup and the strength of your vision, but it need not be so, As the saying goes, the gut is the “second brain” of the body, and understandably so. From digestion to immune function, the gut plays a pivotal role. What you may find surprising is the emerging role of cannabis in the gut health narrative. From skeptical views to scientific studies, this blog aims to shed light on the evolving dialogue surrounding cannabis and gut health. If you are looking for explanations, definitions, and charts that explain the significance of gut health and many aspects of health and wellness that play into a healthy microbiome, please check out this page on CaplanCannabis.com:  https://caplancannabis.com/cannabis-and-the-gut-microbiome-a-comprehensive-guide The Many Facets of Cannabis & Gut Health Firstly, it’s essential to recognize the existing skepticism around cannabis. Critics often question its medical applications and sometimes categorize it as a mere recreational tool. However, this perspective tends to ignore the growing body of evidence-based research that has begun to illuminate cannabis’ potential benefits, particularly when it comes to gut health. For instance, studies suggest that cannabinoids like CBD can act as bacteriostatic agents, which inhibit bacterial growth, providing potential relief in conditions like Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD) (Nagarkatti et al., 2009). Then comes the newcomer, full of curiosity and a bit hesitant. You’ve heard about prebiotics in oatmeal and probiotics in yogurt, but cannabis? Interestingly, cannabis compounds like CBD and THC have shown promise in modulating the gut microbiome, potentially leading to anti-inflammatory effects (Alhouayek & Muccioli, 2012). Whether you’re just looking to ease digestive discomfort or manage a chronic condition, the possibilities are intriguing. For those seasoned in using cannabis for medicinal purposes, understanding its role in gut health can be an enlightening experience. Perhaps you’ve already felt some gut-related benefits, an experience that aligns with the evidence suggesting cannabis’ role as a bactericidal antibiotic (Appendino et al., 2008). This could represent a new frontier in battling antibiotic-resistant bacterial strains. As a healthcare provider, one cannot overlook the nuanced and multifaceted nature of cannabis in medical care. While there’s promise, there’s also a call for more robust, large-scale studies to better understand both the benefits and potential drawbacks, including how cannabis interacts with the microbiome to affect conditions like IBS and IBD. Clinical Perspective: With compassion at the core of medical practice, it’s vital to recognize the potential cannabis holds, not only as a complementary treatment but perhaps even as a cornerstone in gut health management. The growing body of evidence offers optimism about the versatile utility of cannabis—from bacteriostatic to bactericidal properties. It’s a call to integrate this burgeoning knowledge into practice cautiously and judiciously. Who are the people who tend to have gut microbiome issues? Individuals with specific dietary patterns or lifestyle choices often face disruptions in their gut microbiome. For example, a diet rich in processed foods, sugars, and saturated fats but low in fiber can significantly alter gut bacteria, making the individual more susceptible to inflammation and gastrointestinal issues. Similarly, those with excessive alcohol consumption or high-stress lifestyles often report an imbalance in their gut flora. Vegans and vegetarians might face certain deficiencies in gut microbiome diversity due to the absence of animal-based probiotics. Prescription medications, especially antibiotics, can also wreak havoc on the microbiome, wiping out both bad and beneficial bacteria. It’s a complex landscape, where one’s diet, lifestyle, and even mental well-being can significantly influence gut health. Additional Evidence & Citations: Nagarkatti, P., Pandey, R., Rieder, S. A., Hegde, V. L., & Nagarkatti, M. (2009). Cannabinoids as novel anti-inflammatory drugs. Future medicinal chemistry, 1(7), 1333–1349. Alhouayek, M., & Muccioli, G. G. (2012). The endocannabinoid system in inflammatory bowel diseases: from pathophysiology to therapeutic opportunity. Trends in molecular medicine, 18(10), 615–625. Conclusion: Cannabis and gut health—an intricate relationship, indeed. Whether you’re skeptical, new to cannabis, a healthcare provider, or an experienced user, the conversation around cannabis is getting more nuanced and evidence-based by the day. As we understand this fascinating plant better, we can hope to harness its full potential for the betterment of gut health. 📗 Note: This page is your first coffee of the day; the book’s your whole artisan coffee shop. Get brewing here 📗 [...] Read more...
Cannabis News
August 22, 2024Cannabis News​Post Content Read More   [...] Read more...
October 26, 2023Cannabis News​ Cybin Inc. (NYSE American: CYBN) (NEO: CYBN)  announced that the United States Patent and Trademark Office has issued two patent grants that offer protection for its deuterated N, N-dimethyltryptamine (“DMT“) program. “Following Cybin’s recent acquisition of Small Pharma Inc., our development programs are protected by 32 granted patents and over 170 pending applications, establishing our leadership position in developing novel tryptamine-based therapeutics in a key market. This multi-layered and robust IP protection includes composition of matter, medical use, synthesis and drug product protection, providing us with the latitude to advance our deuterated programs with confidence,” said Doug Drysdale, Cybin’s Chief Executive Officer. The granted patents cover Cybin’s deuterated DMT program and are as follows: United States patent no. 11,771,681, which provides a composition of matter protection for certain deuterated analogs of DMT; and United States patent no. 11,773,062, which provides protection for medical use and the novel, efficient, and scalable synthesis of certain analogs of DMT. Cybin said its proprietary novel deuterated DMT compounds, CYB004 and SPL028, are each currently in Phase I clinical trials. CYB004 and SPL028 target an extended DMT psychedelic experience while retaining a short-duration drug profile that could provide optimized dose formulations for different administration routes and distinct therapeutic benefits for patients. The company said that preliminary findings from the studies demonstrate that IV CYB004 and SPL028 elicit a psychedelic experience of less than 1 hour and are well-tolerated. Topline data readouts from both studies are expected in Q4 2023. According to the National Library of Medicine, “Deuteration refers to the selective replacement of protium hydrogen isotope atoms in small-molecule drugs with deuterium hydrogen isotope atoms. Deuteration of a drug is most likely to affect pharmacokinetic properties, such as metabolism, rather than its pharmacodynamic effects. For this reason, the metabolism of certain drugs may be favorably influenced when deuterium is substituted for protium, resulting in improved safety, tolerability, or efficacy.” In September, Cybin said it had successfully obtained a U.S. patent for the compounds it uses in pre-clinical deuterated tryptamine research. The patent, No. 11,746,088, is valid until 2041.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 26, 2023Cannabis News​ The state agencies have not ruled out in-person compliance checks on delinquent businesses. More than 100 marijuana license holders in New Mexico were delinquent on their state taxes, leading to an enforcement push, the state Department of Taxation and Revenue announced Wednesday. In a news release, the agency noted that 80 marijuana business permit holders paid their tax bills once the department reached them over the summer, but more than 100 are still outstanding. “Cannabis is a relatively new industry with many new players who may be struggling to get their businesses up and running,” Taxation and Revenue Secretary Stephanie Schardin Clarke said in a statement. “We are here to assist taxpayers to voluntarily comply with the tax law, but cannabis retailers must also make a good faith effort to comply.” The agency said it can offer “managed audits, a voluntary program to help taxpayers resolve tax debts, and payment plans” to any companies that may be struggling with their tax bills. New Mexico marijuana companies must be in good standing in order to renew their state permits, a process overseen by the state Regulation and Licensing Department. The Taxation and Revenue release noted that it works closely with its sister agency “to compare active cannabis license holders with other data sources to ensure compliance.” The agencies could opt for “in person compliance checks” if the delinquent marijuana business licensees still refuse to pay their taxes after the initial notifications, according to the release. To date, the state has collected more than $47 million in cannabis taxes. The new tax enforcement push comes after the New Mexico Cannabis Control Division – a wing of the Regulation and Licensing Department – pledged stricter oversight earlier this year and began conducting hundreds of business site inspections.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 26, 2023Cannabis News​ The U.S. House of Representatives officially has a new speaker: Rep. Mike Johnson (R-LA). A review of his marijuana-related votes reveals a new leader who has consistently opposed reform, including on incremental issues like cannabis banking and making it easier to conduct scientific research on the plant. It took the Republican majority about three weeks to elect a speaker after multiple GOP conference nominees failed to amass the required votes to ascend to the position. Johnson was nominated just hours after House Majority Whip Tom Emmer (R-MN), who has backed cannabis banking and other reforms, was selected and then dropped out on Tuesday following pushback from former President Donald Trump and his allies. Then, on Wednesday, the lesser-known Johnson secured 220 votes on the House floor to become the next speaker. The congressman entered Congress in 2017, though sizing up his record is more difficult in light of his atypically high absence during roll call votes. But for the votes that he did cast on cannabis issues, there is a clear pattern: he’s again even modest, bipartisan reform proposals. Importantly, Johnson, who serves as vice chair of the Republican conference, voted against bills to safeguard banks that work with state-licensed marijuana businesses in 2019 and 2021. That could come into play sooner than later, as Senate leadership works to advance the Secure and Fair Enforcement Regulation (SAFER) Banking Act that cleared committee last month to the floor before potentially transmitting it to the House. Under former Speaker Kevin McCarthy (R-CA), leadership wasn’t an especially significant concern for advocates and stakeholders, even under the GOP-controlled chamber. McCarthy had voted in favor of marijuana banking reform, so it was expected that he would not stand in the way of its advancement. How Johnson might approach the issue is less certain. “In the words of John Boehner, there is a tradition of speakers who evolve on the issue of cannabis,” Rep. Earl Blumenauer (D-OR), co-chair of the Congressional Cannabis Caucus, said in a statement following the speaker vote on Wednesday. “While I do not know if this is going to happen anytime soon with Speaker Johnson, his commitment to an open process and the growing support we have for SAFE Banking and the Veterans Equal Access Act makes me optimistic that progress can be made this Congress.” While Johnson did cosponsor a coronavirus relief bill in 2020 that included the text of the SAFE Banking Act, he was among the chorus of Republican members who blasted Democrats for attaching the cannabis language to the broader legislation. “The bill mentions the word ‘jobs’ only 52 times—but listen, it mentions ‘cannabis’ 68 times,” he said in 2020. “I’m not being flippant here, but we’re wondering if the staff that wrote this might have been high when they put the pen to paper.” He was fairly hung-up on the concern on social media, too, posting about it multiple times from his official and campaign accounts, even suggesting that the lawmakers and staffers who wrote the legislation “were high” at the time. Johnson also criticized House Democrats in December 2020 for scheduling a vote on a marijuana legalization bill amid the pandemic. Despite his criticism, however, he declined to show up to cast a vote on the proposal. He also did not vote on the legislation when it passed the House a second time last year. The newly elected speaker voted against a spending bill amendment to protect all state cannabis program from federal intervention in 2019, and then he did not show up to vote on the measure in 2020. Johnson voted against a bill to streamline cannabis research last year, which was later signed into law by President Joe Biden, and he did not participate in a vote on an amendment to prevent security clearance denials for people over past marijuana use alone. Also in 2019 and 2021, the congressman voted against amendments to ease restrictions on carrying out studies on Schedule I substances like marijuana and psychedelics or to express support for legalizing them. He further voted in favor of a 2021 anti-reform measure to remove protections for universities that research cannabis. Here’s a breakdown of Johnson’s voting record on cannabis legislation:  Y = yes vote; N = no vote; NV = not voting Certain advocates have tried to temper concerns about the impact of having a speaker opposed to marijuana reform helm the chamber, pointing out that legislation like cannabis banking could advance as part of broader vehicles and expressing doubts that leadership would proactively seek to undercut such proposals. But for advocates, the fact that the House opted for a consistent opponent of marijuana, as opposed to the multiple candidates who’ve previously voted in favor of cannabis banking or research measures, comes as a disappointment coupled with open questions about the path forward. Top Federal Health Agency Releases Highly Redacted Marijuana Scheduling Recommendation Letter To DEA Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​Last week, Kevin Sabet, former drug policy adviser in the Executive Office of the President, published a letter from multiple former Drug Enforcement Administration and Office of National Drug Control Policy leaders… The post Moving Marijuana to Schedule III Would Aid Access to Legal Care appeared first on Cannabis Business Executive – Cannabis and Marijuana industry news. Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ The New York Office of Cannabis Management (OCM) published a two-page report entitled “Cannabis and Fentanyl: Facts and Unknowns” to demystify the facts and myths of the two substances, specifically that of fentanyl contaminating cannabis. “The goal of this fact sheet is to provide evidence where it is available, to share information about what is currently known and unknown, and to provide safety tips to help alleviate some of these misconceptions, often spread through misinformed media coverage and anecdotal reporting,” the report stated. The report includes multiple key findings. First, that misinformation connected to “cannabis ‘contaminated’ with fentanyl are widespread.” In response to this, and the reason the report was created in the first place, is to disprove and combat that misinformation, stating that “Anecdotal reports of fentanyl ‘contaminated’ cannabis continue to be found to be false, as of the date of this publication.” The OCM also added that due to the stigma that opioid consumers experience in health care settings, they develop mistrust that leads to inaccurate self-reporting, as well as choosing not to admit opioid use. To take action and protect the public, the OCM found that promoting overdose prevention with “evidence-based interventions” also reduces stigma. The OCM stated that there are not yet any reliable methods of testing fentanyl on cannabis flower. While fentanyl test strips are used frequently to test if fentanyl is on other substances, they are only designed for substances that are water soluble. Most commonly, those strips are used with powders or pills to detect fentanyl. While it hasn’t been found in cannabis, it can be found in substances such as “heroin, cocaine, methamphetamine, MDMA, and pressed pills.” Described in a text block called “What We Know,” the OCM stated that to date, no one has died because of cannabis contaminated with fentanyl. “Warnings related to fentanyl ‘contamination’ in cannabis have increased as states continue to legalize cannabis,” the OCM wrote. “At this time, there have been zero verified incidents of fentanyl ‘contamination’ in cannabis. There is no guarantee that any unregulated cannabis product is free from contaminants or harmful ingredients.” The OCM warns that there are many unknowns about the possibility of fentanyl “contaminated” cannabis. “Cannabis products made available in the unregulated market may contain unknown or undisclosed contaminants and have inaccurate labeling. Reliable testing protocols for the presence of fentanyl on cannabis flower remain unknown,” the OCM wrote. However, the past has shown that cannabis has been found with unregulated substances in the past, such as K-2, otherwise known as spice, that is advertised as a cannabis product. The agency concludes the report by recommending buying legal cannabis products to ensure that your product is tested in a lab and does not contain any harmful contaminants. Rumors of fentanyl in cannabis have been perpetuated through law enforcement and also expanded into the arguments of legislators and political leaders. In December 2021, a Vermont-based police department told the media about an incident with a patient who consumed cannabis that tested positive for fentanyl, claiming that they revived the individual with CPR and multiple doses of Narcan. However, they later released a statement walking back the claims about a positive fentanyl test. “The seized marijuana in both incidents was submitted to a forensic laboratory where testing was conducted,” said the department. “ was notified no fentanyl was found in the marijuana in either case.” High Times spoke with Peter Grinspoon, M.D., a medical cannabis specialist from Massachusetts General Hospital and also Harvard Medical School instructor, about the dangers of such claims. “It creates fear,” Dr. Grinspoon said in 2021. “Whenever there’s information about drugs—particularly cannabis—which is incredible, it makes it much harder for public health officials to get information that is credible out there. It’s like The Boy Who Cried Wolf—so it’s like the D.A.R.E. program. They said that cannabis does this, this, this and this, and teenagers didn’t believe it because it was against their lived experience. It sort of disqualified their other messages about drugs which are actually more dangerous—like heroin or alcohol. It just discredits the ‘official’ sources of information.”  However, that misinformation continues to be spread. In August 2023, Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis attended Never Back Down Super PAC in Iowa, where he stated that he would not legalize cannabis if he was elected president. “Yeah, I would not legalize,” said DeSantis. “I think what’s happened is this stuff is very potent now. I think it’s a real, real problem and I think it’s a lot different than stuff that people were using 30 or 40 years ago. And I think when kids get on that, I think it causes a lot of problems. And then, of course, you know, they can throw fentanyl in any of this stuff now.” In August, 517,500 fentanyl pills (about 115 pounds) disguised as “M30” oxycodone were seized by the San Bernardino Sheriff’s Office within the span of just one week. In 2021, San Bernardino County saw 354 people die because of fentanyl overdose. A report from the National Center for Health Statistics shows that in 2021, more than 106,000 people died of overdose deaths, and 70,601 of those people died because of overdoses related to synthetic opioids other than methadone (which includes fentanyl). The 32,537 remaining deaths were attributed to stimulants such as cocaine and psychostimulants with potential for abuse, such as methamphetamine.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ Sen. Bernie Sanders is once again keeping drug makers in check, suggesting that people living with cancer are being preyed on by greedy interests. On Monday, Sanders demanded a Department of Health-led investigation into a proposal to grant a company with an exclusive patent license for cancer treatment and methods, produced with public resources and a potential conflict of interest. The sexually transmitted infection Human papillomavirus (HPV) can lead to six types of cancer and most cervical cancer, the National Cancer Institute (NCI) reports. It can be dormant for years or cause genital warts or worse. Last month, National Institutes of Health (NIH) proposed granting Kingston, New Jersey-based Scarlet TCR a patent for a T-cell therapy for HPV, which has undergone a Phase I trial and has a Phase II trial scheduled to conclude in 2025. There’s no cure for HPV, but drug developers are examining T-cell therapies to combat HPV and the cancers it leads to, including Scarlet TCR. Sometimes they’re gene-engineered. (CBD is also being explored for its potential to inhibit cervical cancer cells.)  There’s a problem though. The patent proposal and the company’s ties to an ex-government employee and other inconsistencies were revealed in an Oct. 18 report by The American Prospect. The NIH quietly applied to be granted “an exclusive patent for a cancer drug, potentially worth hundreds of millions or even billions of dollars, to an obscure company staffed by one of its former employees,” The American Prospect reports. Sanders, chairman of the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions (HELP) Committee, demanded a probe of the patent proposal in an Oct. 23 letter to Christi Grimm, who is inspector general of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. The HELP committee also announced Sander’s open letter on Oct. 23. Sanders suggested the NIH is allowing a company to take advantage of a life-saving cancer drug. “I am growing increasingly alarmed that not only has the NIH abdicated its authority to ensure that the new drugs it helps develop are reasonably priced, it may actually be exceeding its authority to grant monopoly licenses to pharmaceutical companies that charge the American people, by far, the highest prices in the world for prescription drugs,” Sanders wrote. “One particularly egregious example has recently been brought to my attention that I believe demands your immediate attention.” Sanders argued that the NIH should be doing more to lower the cost of drug therapy. “There does not appear to be anything reasonable and necessary about granting a monopoly for a treatment that was invented, manufactured and tested by the NIH, is already in late stage trials and could potentially enrich a former NIH employee who was one of the major government researchers of this treatment,” Sanders wrote. “Based on current law and the best interest of U.S. taxpayers who paid for this cancer therapy, it would seem to make more sense for the NIH to offer non-exclusive licenses so that multiple manufacturers can produce this important cancer therapy at reasonable and affordable prices. The apparent abuse of the system by the NIH with respect to the exclusive patent license for this cancer therapy is so egregious that it has been characterized as a ‘how-to-become-a-billionaire program run by the NIH.’” “If accurate,” Sanders wrote, “that would be absolutely unacceptable. The NIH should be doing everything within its authority to lower the outrageously high price of prescription drugs. It should not be granting a monopoly on a promising taxpayer-funded therapy that could cost hundreds of thousands of dollars for cancer patients in a way that appears to exceed its statutory authority.” The American Prospect story pointed out that the NIH offering an exclusive license for a cancer treatment to a company with no website or SEC filings staffed by a former NIH employee There is historical precedence on life-saving drugs or therapies that didn’t need a patent: On Jan. 23, 1923, Sir Frederick G. Banting, James B. Collip, and Charles Best, discoverers of insulin, were awarded U.S. patents on insulin and the methods used. They all sold these patents to the University of Toronto for $1 each. Banting said, “Insulin does not belong to me, it belongs to the world.”  While things have changed and the price of insulin skyrocketed, new efforts are being made by the drug’s top three makers to make insulin affordable once again. When the polio vaccine was found to be 90% effective, its discoverer wasn’t in it for the money. On April 12, 1955, Edward R. Murrow asked Jonas Salk who owned the patent to the polio vaccine. “Well, the people, I would say,” Salk responded. “There is no patent. Could you patent the sun?” In today’s pharmaceutical world, some of those values are lost.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ NY pushes back on fentanyl-laced marijuana claims; NH cannabis bill unveiled; Denver’s $500M in revenue; Study: what’s behind marijuana flavors? Subscribe to receive Marijuana Moment’s newsletter in your inbox every weekday morning. It’s the best way to make sure you know which cannabis stories are shaping the day. Email address: Your support makes Marijuana Moment possible… Your good deed for the day: donate to an independent publisher like Marijuana Moment and ensure that as many voters as possible have access to the most in-depth cannabis reporting out there. Support our work at https://www.patreon.com/marijuanamoment / TOP THINGS TO KNOW The Pennsylvania House Health Subcommittee on Health Care has scheduled a hearing on marijuana legalization for next week—a sign the issue may finally advance under the chamber’s new Democratic majority. The chair, who plans to file a bill after a series of hearings, is considering a system of state-run dispensaries. A New Hampshire commission charged with proposing a bill to legalize marijuana sales through state-run stores unveiled a draft measure and began going through the details—a little more than a month before its final product is due to lawmakers. The New York Office of Cannabis Management published a fact sheet to push back on “misinformation” about marijuana being laced with fentanyl. “There have been zero verified incidents of fentanyl ‘contamination’ in cannabis.” Denver, Colorado officials reported that the city has now generated more than $500 million in marijuana revenue since 2010. The half-billion-dollars in cannabis money supports affordable housing, education, opioid intervention and other services. A new study published by the American Chemical Society found that contrary to conventional cannabis wisdom, terpenes are “not the driving force behind the unique aromatic differences” between marijuana strains. Instead, separate compounds called flavorants play a major role. The marijuana legalization measure on Ohio’s November 7 ballot does not contain provisions to automatically expunge prior convictions, with the campaign behind it saying they had to be careful not to violate single subject rules for initiatives. / FEDERAL The Drug Enforcement Administration published an updated special surveillance list of chemicals, products, materials and equipment used in the manufacture of controlled substances. The National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke issued a $5 million grant to develop a cannabis-based pain medication for oral cancer patients. Sens. Jacky Rosen (D-NV) and Catherine Cortez Masto (D-NV) discussed their support for marijuana banking legislation. Rep. Morgan Griffith (R-VA) inserted remarks into the Congressional Record honoring the life of a recently deceased Virginia farmer and Montgomery County supervisor who he said played a role in federally legalizing hemp. Rep. Jamaal Bowman (D-NY) tweeted, “America incarcerates more people than anywhere else in the world. I was proud to join members of the community to call for the decriminalization of marijuana in NY and across the country to end the targeting of marginalized communities and stop our prison industrial complex.” / STATES Washington, D.C. Mayor Muriel Bowser (D) proposed legislation that she says will address loitering around open-air drug markets.” The Arkansas Legislative Council’s Medical Marijuana Oversight Subcommittee discussed out-of-state investors’ control of the state’s medical cannabis industry. Oregon lawmakers and other officials will visit Portugal next week to study the country’s drug decriminalization policy. A Nebraska senator is encouraging people to sign petitions to put medical cannabis initiatives on the 2024 ballot. An Ohio senator authored an op-ed arguing against the marijuana legalization initiative on the November 7 ballot. Georgia regulators conducted the first inspection of an independent pharmacy that wants to sell medical cannabis. The Illinois Adult Use Cannabis Health Advisory Committee oversaw an annual report finding that since legalization went into effect there has been a rise in marijuana-involved deadly car crashes and accidental ingestion by children, but no increase in youth use and a decrease in opioid and benzodiazepine-related fatalities. A Massachusetts regulator discussed a trip he took to visit marijuana social consumption sites in California. Missouri regulators are releasing more marijuana products from an administrative hold and recall. California regulators will accept requests from certain cannabis growers to change their license type until November 6. —Marijuana Moment is tracking more than 1,000 cannabis, psychedelics and drug policy bills in state legislatures and Congress this year. Patreon supporters pledging at least $25/month get access to our interactive maps, charts and hearing calendar so they don’t miss any developments.Learn more about our marijuana bill tracker and become a supporter on Patreon to get access.— / LOCAL The River Bend, Missouri head of zoning resigned after a new report shed light on connections between the developer of a proposed marijuana-friendly entertainment district and every member of the Board of Trustees. Edcouch, Texas’s assistant city manager was arrested for marijuana. / INTERNATIONAL The UK minister for crime and policing accepted a recommendation to allow the e-prescribing of cannabis-based medicines and other drugs. Philippine House of Representatives leadership commended the nation’s Drug Enforcement Agency for a decreasing fatality rate in anti-drug operations. / SCIENCE & HEALTH A review concluded that “limited evidence suggests that abnormalities in the in may render cannabis a potential treatment for weight restoration and associated symptoms.” A study found that “administration of CBD resulted in a significant improvement in the biochemical, antioxidant status, morphological, and molecular measures in DMBA-induced leukemia in adult male rats.” / BUSINESS Agrify Corporation received a notification that it is not in compliance with Nasdaq’s rule requiring companies to timely file periodic financial reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Aurora Cannabis Inc and WILLOW BIOSCIENCES, INC. settled patent litigation. Ayr Wellness workers in Las Vegas, Nevada workers voted to join the United Food and Commercial Workers Local 711. 4Front Ventures Corp. announced that it intends to enter into a restricted stock unit agreement with ALT Debt II, LP. An off-duty Alaska Airlines pilot accused of attempting to shut down the engines on a plane midflight told police that he had taken psilocybin mushrooms about 48 hours prior to the incident. Make sure to subscribe to get Marijuana Moment’s daily dispatch in your inbox. Email address: Photo courtesy of Chris Wallis // Side Pocket Images. Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ Four men are facing a slough of criminal charges after federal authorities said they robbed a series of trucks in the Philadelphia area, including one carrying a shipment of dimes from the United States Federal Reserve. According to an article by the Associated Press, the Federal Bureau of Investigation recently unsealed an indictment against four Philadelphia men who allegedly broke into and robbed several trucks in the Philadelphia area before stealing just over $234,000 worth of freshly-minted dimes on April 13 of this year. The alleged thieves reportedly left dimes scattered all over the roadway from quickly trying to bag and transfer a portion of the cargo, which weighed more than six tons in total, from the truck to their getaway van according to the AP. Federal authorities said the four suspects they arrested for the theft of the dimes were also believed to have robbed several other trucks in the area around the same time. The Philadelphia Inquirer reported that several other cargo loads containing shrimp, frozen crab legs, meat, beer and liquor were suspected to have been stolen by the following suspects: 25-year-old Rakiem Savage, 31-year-old Ronald Byrd, 30-year-old Haneef Palmer and 32-year-old Malik Palmer who all reside in the Philadelphia area have been charged with a laundry list of felony crimes related to these incidents, according to a recently unsealed federal indictment. Charges filed  included robbery, theft of government money, conspiracy and more. The Philadelphia Inquirer said that the crimes all carried a similar mode of operation where the men would find trucks resting in parking lots or rest areas, forcibly remove drivers from their trucks and use bolt cutters to gain access to the cargo – which would then be removed and loaded onto a white box truck. The stolen goods were later put up for sale via various internet-based mediums. Authorities alleged that Savage stole 60 cases of Jose Cuervo from a truck in March. Following that incident, authorities alleged that six refrigerators were stolen just two weeks before the dime theft by Savage and the Palmers. During this incident, the suspects reportedly pulled the driver from his vehicle and made him lie under their white box truck while they unloaded and reloaded the stolen refrigerators. Additionally, after the April 13 dime theft, messages were sent from Byrd to several others via the internet explaining that Byrd had stolen shrimp for sale, the market rate for which was not immediately clear. Philadelphia police told the Inquirer they did not believe the accused thieves were aware of what was in the truck on April 13 when they stumbled upon just over $750,000 in dimes fresh from the Federal Reserve. Surveillance video showed six men in gray hoodies approach the truck, which police said had pulled over in a parking lot to rest while en route to Miami. The men broke open the truck’s cargo area with bolt cutters and began transferring the dimes to their box truck. Surveillance video also showed the men stealing recycling bins as they made their way out of the area, presumably to help unload the stolen coins. The AP article said that after the April 13 dime theft, thousands of dollars in conversions of dimes to cash were recorded in Coinstar machines in Maryland. Equally large deposits of dimes were also made to at least four Philadelphia bank branches, according to a federal indictment obtained by the Associated Press. However, the value exchanged at the coin machines was only a small percentage of the value of the total haul of dimes, meaning the vast majority of the dimes remained unaccounted for at the time this article was written. “If for some reason you have a lot of dimes at home,” Philadelphia police spokesperson Miguel Torres told the New York Times in April, “this is probably not the time to cash them in.” If convicted of all the charges they have been indicted on, the four suspects could collectively face decades behind bars, according to the article by the Philadelphia Inquirer. Legal representatives for all four men did not immediately respond to requests for comment by either the Associated Press or the Philadelphia Inquirer. All four men were reportedly still in FBI custody but were scheduled to appear before a judge on Monday.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ A Nevada commission will hear public comment this week on a proposal that would amend hiring standards for police officers to allow job candidates who were previously disqualified for certain marijuana-related offenses to be eligible for law enforcement positions. The change being considered by the state Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training (POST) at Thursday meeting would amend regulations around hiring that currently prevent a person from becoming a peace officer if they have been convicted of an offense involving the unlawful use, sale or possession of a controlled substance. The new language would state that the restriction doesn’t apply “to a person who has been convicted of an offense involving the unlawful use, sale, or possession of marijuana if the offense is not unlawful at the time the person submits an application for certification as a police officer.” A notice of intent says the change would expand the pool of eligible candidates for law enforcement positions and “aid agencies in the ability to fill much needed positions.” There would be no adverse effects from the change, it says, nor additional costs to regulators. Members of the public wishing to comment on the proposal can either appear in person at the October 26 meeting, held at 8 a.m. in Napa Room B of the Southpoint Hotel and Casino in Las Vegas. Approval of the change would not mean that officers could use cannabis once employed, but it would represent a significant policy change, especially given that the current rules are written in a way that explicitly emphasizes the no-tolerance policy for marijuana. “As with any psychoactive drug, POST strongly believes there is no room for marijuana usage in the policing profession,” the current administration manual says. “POST strongly encourages law enforcement agencies across the state to adopted policies prohibiting the on or off duty recreational or medical use of marijuana.” It even goes so far as to say that people who merely possess a state-issued medical cannabis patient card are “prohibited from attending POST courses, including the Basic Training Academy.” It’s unclear if the commission, which discussed the pending cannabis rules change at an earlier meeting in February, will maintain such language should the new proposed regulation be adopted. The POST Commission submitted the proposed rule change in May. After a Las Vegas police officer was fired for testing positive for THC metabolites in 2019, he sued the department, and a district judge ruled in 2021 that the zero-tolerance policy for cannabis was “untenable,” while agreeing with the plaintiff that state statute protects employees’ lawful use of marijuana outside of work. Nevada leaders have recently approved a number of adjustments to marijuana rules, adopting a package of laws in June that doubled the state’s limit on personal possession and expanded business license eligibility for people with prior felony convictions. Gov. Joe Lombardo (R) also signed legislation that month to create a new working group to study psychedelics and develop a plan to allow regulated access for therapeutic purposes. In May, the state Senate approved a resolution urging Congress to federally legalize marijuana, and the Nevada State Athletic Commission (NSAC) voted to send a proposed regulatory amendment to the governor that would formally protect athletes from being penalized over using or possessing marijuana in compliance with state law. Regulators this summer also began approving the state’s first conditional licenses for marijuana consumption lounges. New York Officials Debunk ‘Misinformation’ About Fentanyl-Laced Marijuana Photo courtesy of Mike Latimer. Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ Anthony Armour wants his job at the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) back. But after being fired for testing positive for THC that he attributes to federally legal CBD products, his legal fight for reinstatement is causing significant financial hardship—and now he’s turning to the public for help. Described by DEA as an “outstanding” special agent during his 16-year tenure, Armour was ultimately terminated by the agency in 2019 following a random drug screening that revealed traces of THC metabolites. He admitted to taking CBD for chronic pain as an opioid alternative—and he turned over the products he believed to be federally legal under the 2018 Farm Bill—but DEA upheld his firing even upon appeal. “I enjoyed what I did. I love what I did,” Armour told Marijuana Moment in a phone interview on Tuesday. “The whole thing—I’m really just disappointed in the route that they took.” The Farm Bill that legalized hemp and its derivatives like CBD containing up to 0.3 percent THC by dry weight has forced many federal agencies to reconcile their workplace drug policies. That includes DEA—but the departmental guidance only came after the former agent was terminated, which is noted in a briefing his attorneys filed with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit in May. It’s been a costly case years in the making. Armour, who said he continues to use CBD while unemployed because, while he doesn’t consider it a “miracle drug,” the non-intoxicating cannabinoid has resulted in a “significant improvement in my overall well-being with the medical issues that I’ve had.” It’s also allowed him to manage pain without resorting to addictive opioids, the illicit trafficking of which he spent much of his career working to combat. Faced with “out of this world” legal fees, ineligibility for unemployment benefits due to the “for cause” nature of his firing and difficulties securing work in his field, the former DEA agent said that he’s maxed out his credit cards to make ends meet, with his previously “perfect” credit scores dropping to the “poor” range. He started a GoFundMe campaign last week to raise money to help cover the costs of litigation and basic expenses. “I had a short stint of employment, but it was contract work so that didn’t last long. I’ve been trying to just get back on my feet,” he said. “Being in a position like this is, especially given the nature of my job, I’m not out there. I don’t have social media. I don’t use social media. So just telling my story, you’ve got to be vulnerable. And it was the last thing I want to do because that’s the kind of person I am.” Armour has emphasized that his problem isn’t with DEA as an institution. He recognizes that there are many who use cannabis who hold deep resentment with the agency given its historic role in enforcing criminalization—and while he hopes to return to work there, he agrees that the laws around cannabis need to fundamentally change. “I support legalization. I support common sense legislation,” he said. “And, obviously, the science backing legalization is there, and it’s just been ignored this entire time. Thankfully, we have people that are able to bring the issue to light and educate a lot of people.” He also wants people to know—particularly critics who might be skeptical about sympathizing with a former DEA special agent—that, from his perspective, “law enforcement, public service, is really no different from any other job.” “The rules that I have to follow,” he said, “and my job, obviously, as an agent was to enforce the Controlled Substances Act (CSA). Which I did, and I didn’t violate that.” Yet it was the CSA, and the use of an ostensibly legal product that contained more THC than he intended to consume, that cost Armour his job. It was an attempt to relieve chronic pain with a natural product that evidently crossed the threshold from permissible (albeit loosely regulated) hemp extract to Schedule I marijuana. DEA is actively reviewing the federal scheduling status of cannabis under a directive from President Joe Biden last year. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has already completed its part of the review, concluding that marijuana should be moved to the less restrictive, but still illegal, Schedule III of the CSA. But DEA makes the final call. “I don’t know what to think about that. You just really don’t know what’s going to happen,” Armour said of the agency’s review. “What I do know is what CBD did for me. It improved my life and my ailments greatly.” Even so, the career law enforcement official said that he’d forgo CBD if he was allowed to return to DEA. “I don’t know what the latest policy is, but I plan to follow the policy of the agency,” he said. Asked what that would mean for his health, Armour said it was a good question. “I’ll have to find some alternative treatments,” he said hesitantly, acknowledging that he remains unwilling to use opioids and gastrointestinal issues limit his ability to consistently take over-the-counter medications like ibuprofen. “My case is bringing light to it. I remain optimistic that that would rule in my favor,” he said. And his hopes is that would “bring change to some of the legislation that we have ongoing right now—some of the antiquated legislation we have.” DEA, for its part, said in a response briefing last month that the former agent’s challenges to the termination are “without merit and improperly invite the Court to ignore well-established Federal drug policies and to reweigh the evidence in contravention of the standard of review.” “Mr. Armour was an outstanding DEA agent when he took a chance in 2019. He believed it was unlikely that CBD products would cause him to test positive for marijuana, but he knew it was possible, and he bought those unregulated products on the internet and consumed them anyway,” DEA attorneys said. “Mr. Armour argues that he ‘displayed negligence or poor decision-making,’ and DEA properly held him accountable for his poor decisions when they resulted in a verified positive drug test. DEA lost trust in Mr. Armour and properly removed him.” DEA acknowledged that Armour may not have intended to use an illegal drug, but said that because he knew the product contained at least trace amounts of THC, the consumption was “reckless” and warranted removal. Notably, the agency relied on a Reagan-era executive order to define an “illegal drug,” which is any Schedule I or Schedule II controlled substance that is not prescribed. Attorneys have raised questions as to whether federal employees like Armour would continue to face such penalties for marijuana if it’s moved to Schedule III. —Marijuana Moment is tracking more than 1,000 cannabis, psychedelics and drug policy bills in state legislatures and Congress this year. Patreon supporters pledging at least $25/month get access to our interactive maps, charts and hearing calendar so they don’t miss any developments.Learn more about our marijuana bill tracker and become a supporter on Patreon to get access.— Meanwhile, a top health agency recently revised federal workplace drug testing guidelines to clarify that using medical marijuana under a doctor’s recommendation in a legal state is not a valid excuse for a positive THC test. At the congressional level, lawmakers have worked multiple angles in recent legislation to try and provide protections for workers and job applicants against being penalized solely due to cannabis. For example, people working in the climate sector would be protected from being fired for testing positive for marijuana if they’re based in a legal state under a newly refiled bill from more than 40 congressional Democrats. The House Rules Committee has repeatedly blocked attempts by lawmakers to end the practice of drug testing federal job applicants for marijuana as part of large-scale spending bills this session. Over in the Senate, however, members passed defense legislation in July that contains provisions to bar intelligence agencies like the CIA and NSA from denying security clearances to applicants solely due to their past marijuana use. The House Oversight and Accountability Committee also passed a standalone bipartisan bill last month that would prevent the denial of federal employment or security clearances based on a candidate’s past marijuana use. New Hampshire Marijuana Legalization Commission Begins Workshopping Draft Legislation That’s Due On December 1 Photo courtesy of Chris Wallis // Side Pocket Images. Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ Officials in Malta have issued the European Union’s first two licenses to not-for-profit associations to legally grow and distribute marijuana, according to the leader of the country’s Authority for the Responsible Use of Cannabis (ARUC). It’s an example of the nation’s cautious first steps toward legal distribution of the drug after becoming the first EU nation to formally end prohibition in 2021. ARUC Executive Chair Leonid McKay announced that the agency granted operational licenses to two associations, KDD Society and Ta’ Zelli, allowing them to begin cultivation. The cannabis must be tested by ARUC before the groups can begin distributing it to members. The associations are aiming to begin legal distribution in February, according to the Transform Drug Policy Foundation, which said it was involved in the country’s policymaking in an advisory role. McKay said at a press conference that prices are expected to compete with the illicit market, although the government will not play a direct role in pricing. Another four associations have been awarded in-principle licenses and are expected to eventually receive operational licenses, according to Malta Today. Maltese law allows the home cultivation of marijuana, but for-profit marijuana sales are forbidden. The nonprofits, technically known as “cannabis harm reduction associations,” are intended to meet consumer demand without heavily commercializing the industry. As ARUC says on its website, the goal is to remain “steadfast in the approach of discouraging and delaying cannabis use” while moving away from more punitive approaches of the past. While similar entities have existed informally in other parts of Europe for decades, Malta’s newly issued licenses are the first of their kind ever issued in the EU. Under the 2021 legislation sponsored by MP Owen Bonnici, adults 18 and older can legally possess up to seven grams of cannabis and cultivate up to four plants for personal use. Up to 50 grams of homegrown marijuana may be stored for personal use at home. Possession of more than seven grams but less than 28 grams by an adult would is by a €50 to €100 fine without the threat of jail time or a criminal record. Minors who are found in possession of cannabis would be referred to a commission for justice for a “care plan” rather than face arrest. Cannabis associations can have as many as 500 members and are limited to distributing 7 grams per day to each member, with a maximum of 50 grams per month. They could also distribute up to 20 cannabis seeds per member each month. The legislation says its purpose is aimed at “allowing for a balance between individual freedom in the limited and responsible personal use of cannabis and other social requirements.” While there was debate among lawmakers at the time about whether to set a THC limit on marijuana products, they ultimately decided against the notion because “you will be creating a new market for the black market,” Bonnici, who serves as the government’s minister for equality, research and innovation, said. “What we need to do is to educate people and inform them day after day.” Meanwhile in Europe, lawmakers in Germany officially began consideration of a bill to legalize marijuana this month. The legalization measure, spearheaded by Health Minister Karl Lauterbach, would allow adults to legally possess cannabis and cultivate a maximum of three plants for personal use. Similar to Malta, the German plan would also create social clubs that could distribute marijuana to members. Officials have said a second phase of legalization will eventually launch a pilot program for regulated commercial cannabis sales. Lauterbach said in March that German officials had received “very good feedback” from the EU on the prior reform framework. The country’s Federal Cabinet approved the initial framework for a legalization measure late last year, but the government wanted to get signoff from the EU to ensure that enacting the reform wouldn’t put them in violation of their international obligations. Officials from Malta and Germany, as well as Luxembourg and the Netherlands, held a first-of-its-kind meeting in July 2022 to discuss plans and challenges associated with recreational marijuana legalization. A survey last year found majority support for legalization across several European countries, although Malta was not polled. The survey directed questions to residents in France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. There was majority support for legalization in each of those countries except the Netherlands, where a plurality of respondents backed the reform. On average across the eight countries, 55 percent said they support legalizing adult-use cannabis, while 25 percent said they oppose it. Eighteen percent said that they weren’t sure. Asked specifically about whether they favor certain forms of marijuana access, 48 percent said that they back regulated retail stores, 35 percent said they support a non-commercial home grow model and 32 percent said they are in favor of cannabis social clubs. Researchers Identify ‘Previously Undiscovered Cannabis Compounds’ That Give Marijuana Strains Their Unique Aromas Photo courtesy of Chris Wallis // Side Pocket Images. Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ Two in three Kansans, including a majority of Republicans, support legalizing marijuana, according to a new poll. And most say they’re likely to vote for lawmakers who back medical cannabis legalization. While medical marijuana reform has consistently stalled out in the GOP-controlled state legislature, about 67 percent of Kansans say they’re ready for a fundamental policy change to raise revenue from legalizing and taxing recreational cannabis, the Kansas Speaks fall survey from the Docking Institute of Public Affairs found. That includes a majority of people from every age demographic, all income levels and all political and religious affiliations surveyed. People who identified as independent were most likely to strongly or somewhat favor legalization at 76 percent, followed by Democrats (73 percent) and Republicans (60 percent). The poll also asked residents about the likelihood that they would vote for a political candidate who supports medical cannabis to represent them in the legislature. About 64 percent said that they would be highly or somewhat likely to back such a candidate. Again, there was majority support among adults across the political spectrum, with 78 percent of Democrats, 64 percent of independents and 57 percent of Republicans saying they’d back legislators who support medical cannabis reform. The survey involved interviews with 477 Kansas adults from September 20 to October 10 and was published on Tuesday. The findings fly in the face of action that’s taken place in the legislature to date, with lawmakers so far unable to reach an agreement to advance even incremental medical cannabis legalization despite advocates’ efforts. For example, a Kansas Senate committee ultimately shelved a bill to legalize medical marijuana in March following a hearing that featured multiple opponents, including state law enforcement representatives. That prompted Gov. Laura Kelly (D) to issue a statement urging the public to contact their representatives to demand that they take the legislation back up for action, but that did not happen before the end of the legislative session. Kelly, who has long championed cannabis reform, said at the time that she was “disappointed that some legislators are saying they don’t want to move forward with legalizing medical marijuana this year—effectively turning their backs on our veterans and those with chronic pain and seizure disorders.” The governor also said in 2021 that she would be “enlisting the efforts of the people of Kansas who really want this” to pressure their lawmakers to get the reform enacted. In 2021, a medical cannabis bill passed the House but stalled out in the Senate. Senate President Ty Masterson (R) previously said that he expected bills and hearings on the issue this year, and a spokesperson said that the senator understands that perspectives are “maturing” on medical marijuana—though the spokesperson also said the issue is “not a priority.” In her annual State of the State address in January, the governor said that there’s a “commonsense way to improve health care here in Kansas—and that’s to finally legalize medical marijuana.” She cited an example of a terminally ill man whose hospital room was raided by police and who was given a later-rescinded citation to appear in court over possession of a cannabis vape and extract that he was using to treat serious pain. That man has since passed away. Meanwhile, members of the Special Committee on Medical Marijuana held their final meeting in December as they worked to prepare legislation for the 2023 session. The panel, which toured a Missouri cannabis cultivation facility late last year as part of their work, went over the wide range of issues that they discussed with officials and experts earlier this year. Then-House Minority Leader Tom Sawyer (D) and Assistant Minority Leader Jason Probst (D) said last year that they wanted to let voters decide on legalizing medical and adult-use marijuana in the state. The governor, for her part, previously pushed a separate proposal that would legalize medical cannabis and use the resulting revenue to support Medicaid expansion, with Rep. Brandon Woodard (D) filing the measure on the governor’s behalf. Following President Joe Biden’s announcement last year on pardoning people who’ve committed federal marijuana possession offenses and imploring governors to follow suit, Kelly said that her administration is “focused on legalizing medical marijuana so that Kansans with severe illnesses no longer have to suffer. She added that they will “continue to consider all clemency and pardon requests based on a complete and thorough review of the individual cases.” The governor also said in 2020 that while she wouldn’t personally advocate for adult-use legalization, she wouldn’t rule out signing the reform into law if a reform bill arrived on her desk. Bipartisan Congressional Lawmakers File Marijuana Legalization Bill Photo courtesy of Mike Latimer. Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has released a highly redacted version of a brief letter to the head of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) regarding the agency’s marijuana rescheduling recommendation. The letter, obtained via Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request by Law360 reporter Sam Reisman, confirmed certain previously reported details such as the date of the correspondence, August 29, and the author, HHS Assistant Secretary for Health Rachel Levine. But it was redacted to exclude the substance of the message such as the scheduling recommendation itself, as well as the scientific review portion that was attached to the letter. HHS is believed to have advised DEA to move marijuana from Schedule I to Schedule III of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA), and the law enforcement agency is now carrying out its own review before making a final determination. The letter to DEA Administrator Anne Milgram says that the HHS recommendation was based on “the eight factors determinative of control of a substance under 21 U.S.C. 81 1 (c).” Reisman told Marijuana Moment that an agency FOIA officer said the justification for exempting the bulk of the letter’s contents was to protect “inter-agency or intra-agency memoranda or letters which would not be available by law to a party other than an agency in litigation with the agency.” Marijuana Moment separately filed a FOIA request for a copy of the letter in September. A FOIA officer handling the request did not respond to a request for an update on the status of the request by the time of publication. Attorney Matt Zorn also requested the letter and filed a lawsuit earlier this month to obtain the document, alleging the HHS has “improperly held agency records.” The recommendation from the health agency followed an 11-month scientific review process, which was carried out under an October 2022 directive from President Joe Biden. HHS Secretary Xavier Becerra told Marijuana Moment over the summer that his agency was aiming to wrap up the review by the end of the year. While the Congressional Research Service (CRS) recently concluded that it was “likely” that DEA would follow the HHS recommendation based on past precedent, DEA reserves the right to disregard the health agency’s advice because it has final jurisdiction over the CSA. Meanwhile, six former DEA heads and five former White House drug czars sent a letter to the attorney general and current DEA administrator this month, voicing opposition to the top federal health agency’s recommendation to reschedule marijuana. They also made a questionable claim about the relationship between drug schedules and criminal penalties in a way that may exaggerate the potential impact of the incremental reform. Signatories include DEA and ONDCP heads under multiple administrations led by presidents of both major parties. Advocates and lawmakers who support cannabis reform separately marked the one-year anniversary of Biden’s mass marijuana pardon and scheduling directive this month by calling on him to do more—including by expanding the scope of relief that his pardon had and by expressly supporting federal legalization. Two GOP senators, including the lead Republican sponsor of a marijuana banking bill that cleared a key committee last month, recently filed new legislation to prevent federal agencies from rescheduling cannabis without tacit approval from Congress. A coalition of 14 Republican congressional lawmakers is also urging DEA to “reject” the top federal health agency’s recommendation to reschedule marijuana and instead keep it in the most restrictive category under the CSA. Read the HHS letter to DEA regarding its marijuana scheduling recommendation below:  Photo courtesy of Philip Steffan.. Two In Three Kansans, Including A Majority Of Republicans, Support Legalizing And Taxing Marijuana, New Poll Finds Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ The case revolved around a process for synthesizing cannabinoids. Aurora Cannabis Inc. (NASDAQ: ACB) (TSX: ACB) announced that it reached a settlement with Willow Biosciences Inc. ‎(TSX: WLLW) (OTCQB: CANSF) resolving the ongoing patent litigation between the two parties in Canada. The case began in July 2021 when Aurora alleged that Willow’s biosynthetic process for synthesizing cannabinoids infringed on Aurora’s exclusive rights to patents co-owned by the University of Saskatchewan and the National Research Council. The technology of the asserted patents was invented by Anandia co-founder and former chief science officer at Aurora Jonathan Page and his colleagues, following their work at the University of Saskatchewan and the NRC identifying key enzymes and corresponding genes in the biosynthetic pathways of cannabis plants. “We are pleased with the negotiated settlement, which provides Aurora a favorable resolution that ensures our Canadian cannabis-related patent rights are respected,” says Miguel Martin, chief executive officer of Aurora. “Aurora is a pioneer in terms of the company’s genetics work in the Canadian cannabis industry and will not hesitate to continue to take the steps necessary, including legal action, to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights when necessary.” In December 2022, Willow consolidated its R&D operations, transferring equipment and key personnel from its Canadian facilities to Mountain View, California. However, since that time Willow moved to a new larger lab and office space in Sunnyvale, California, to accommodate its current and expected pipeline of partnered projects. At the time, the company said that due to the availability of vacant prime office facilities in the San Francisco Bay Area, it was able to source these new facilities cost-effectively with negligible cost increase relative to its old facility in Mountain View. Recently Willow Biosciences announced it had completed an offering of convertible debenture units on a non-brokered private placement basis, for aggregate proceeds of C$800,000. The company said it planned to use the proceeds from the offering for the commercialization and development of its pipeline of products, working capital, and general corporate purposes. Willow ended its second quarter with approximately $6.5 million of cash as of June 30.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ California-based licensed cannabis operator March and Ash has taken numerous hemp-based cannabis companies to court. The case was filed in September 2023 in the county of San Diego. It centers on the argument that while March and Ash is expected to comply with stringent rules and regulations related to cannabis, hemp businesses selling competitive delta-9 products aren’t. The case notes that laws for hemp producers were intended to foster nonpsychoactive hemp production. That hemp was meant as an agricultural product with less than 0.3% of the THC product that would give the consumer a high. March and Ash claims these producers are selling hemp delta-9 products exceeding the 0.3% threshold. The complaint states: Many bad actors make, distribute and/or sell chemically synthesized industrial hemp products in and/or into the State in violation of these laws and regulations, and market these products as “legal cannabis products. Many bad actors, including defendants, sell inhalable hemp products in and/or into California in direct violation of AB 45. Accused Bad Actors The bad actors that the complaint refers to are as follows: Savage Enterprises Cali Extrax LLC DeltaExtrax LLC Hazy Extrax LLC 3C LLC; TreWellness Cookies Creative Consulting &Promotions, Inc. Binoid LLC Canably, Inc. Cutleaf Stores LLC DOES 1 through 1,000 Too Much THC The lawsuit claims that many of the defendants have manufactured, transported, stored, distributed, marketed, and sold these hemp products that contain total THC levels in excess of 50.0%, and even 78.1% (which is more than 260 times the level of THC allowable in legal hemp products under dtate law). The complaint stated, “Samples of products sold by certain Defendants have over 72% THC-P, which has been demonstrated to have thirty-three (33) times more psychoactive potency than naturally derived THC, meaning that such designer product effectively has a 2,376% THC concentration in terms of psychoactive potency (which is 7,920 times the psychoactive potency of the 0.3% THC limit on legal hemp products).” In addition to complaining about the high levels of THC in these products, March alleges that the products are often sold at a lower price than regulated cannabis products containing THC and claim to be legal cannabis products. Furthermore, the complaint accuses the parties of marketing products to people under the age of 21. Cookies The complaint specifically calls out Cookies, saying, “The actions of Defendant Cookies Creative Consulting & Promotions, Inc. (“Cookies”) are particularly flagrant because Cookies or its affiliate(s) hold State licenses and local permits to engage in commercial cannabis activities within the State’s comprehensive system for cannabis products. Cookies nonetheless manufactures and/or causes the manufacture, distributes, markets, and sells Illegal Designer Drugs in California, including utilizing its web platform for the sale of regulated cannabis products to do so. Orders made on Defendant’s website for Illegal Designer Drugs were fulfilled including sales of products in the State containing highly psychoactive compounds such as THCa (when heated), Delta 9 THC, and Delta 8 THC.” Hurting Licensed Cannabis March and Ash go on to suggest in the complaint that falling California cannabis tax collection is due to the inability of regulated cannabis to compete with unregulated hemp producers. The complaint asks that the accused give back the illegal profits, and various damages and pay for the court costs. 678516992-37-2023-00041548-CU-BT-CTL-ROA-1-09-14-23-Complaint-1697654340880  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ Denver has achieved a new marijuana milestone, with adult-use and medical cannabis tax revenue now exceeding $500 million since 2010, city data released on Monday shows. As Colorado touts the fact that adult-use retailers have now sold more than $15 billion in marijuana products since legalization, the state’s largest city has released a report that shows how those purchases locally have translated into hundreds of millions in tax dollars to support public programs and services. Since 2010—four years before adult-use shops opened in Colorado—Denver has yielded $501,538,144 in cannabis tax revenue, including money generated from medical marijuana sales, the city is reporting. It crossed the half-billion-dollar threshold in August, the latest month for which revenue data is available. The tax dollars come from a variety of sources, including the retail and medical cannabis sales tax, retail special tax, affordable housing tax, state share-back and marijuana business licensing fees. So far this year alone, Denver has taken in about $33 million in cannabis tax revenue. Those taxes come from about $5.7 billion worth of marijuana sales in Denver since 2010. The total for 2023 is just over $300 million in cannabis purchases as of August. Accordingly, Denver has been a major driver of the state’s overall cannabis economy, which has seen more than $2.5 billion in marijuana tax revenue generated since recreational sales launched in 2014, supporting public programs and services. In Denver, city officials report that $61.7 million of cannabis revenue has been used to support affordable housing, $30 million has been allocated to homelessness services, $27 million has gone to education, $10 million has been put into small business investment and $4 million has been used for opioid intervention, for example. Colorado was the first state to launch adult-use marijuana sales following voters’ approval of a legalization initiative at the ballot in 2012. Annual sales peaked in 2021, when they reached about $2.2 billion, but they’ve since declined and largely leveled out in the past two years. That overall trend has been consistent with Denver’s experience as well. Earlier this year, Denver separately released a report indicating that its local regulatory framework for marijuana has effectively reduced the size of the illicit market, with law enforcement processing a record low amount of illegal cannabis in 2022. Meanwhile, an analysis from the state’s nonpartisan Legislative Council Staff (LCS) that was released in August also showed that Colorado generated more tax revenue from marijuana than alcohol or cigarettes during the last fiscal year, with $280 million in cannabis tax dollars going toward a variety of government programs and services like K–12 education and health care. The U.S. Census Bureau has started keeping tabs on state cannabis sales and tax revenue data, even as the plant continues to be federally prohibited. And a recent Census report shows that Colorado is one of five states that have consistently seen cannabis revenue make up at least one percent of all state income over the past two years. For his part, Gov. Jared Polis (D) has been a longstanding champion of legalization, and he’s worked to build on the existing industry while also pushing for federal reform. He recently applauded President Joe Biden after his administration’s top health agency recommended rescheduling marijuana—but he says the initial move must be followed with more action to address cannabis banking, immigration, criminal justice reform and federal enforcement concerns. The governor has also called on lawmakers to take steps to allow him to issue mass pardons for people with prior psychedelics convictions after he signed legislation to implement regulations for substances like psilocybin and ayahuasca in May. Polis also signed a bill into law in June that allows online marijuana sales. That reform went into effect in August. He’s further approved legislation that will bolster marijuana-related protections for working professionals in the state—effectively codifying an executive order he issued last year. New Jersey Regulators Seek Input On Expanding Marijuana Edibles To Include Infused Drinks, Baked Goods And More Photo courtesy of Philip Steffan. Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ A New Hampshire commission charged with drafting a bill to legalize cannabis sales through state-run stores began digging into possible legislative language on Tuesday, discussing issues such as how existing medical marijuana dispensaries would be integrated into the new system, how products would be tested for potency and safety and how to avoid interfering with existing hemp and CBD markets. The 19-person panel also heard from three opponents to marijuana legalization, although the commission chair, Sen. Daryl Abbas (R), had to repeatedly remind speakers that the body’s core goal is to craft a proposal that would legalize cannabis in New Hampshire and that witness testimony needed to focus on shaping, rather than stopping, the policy change. It was the fifth meeting of the Commission to Study With the Purpose of Proposing Legalization, State Controlled Sales of Cannabis and Cannabis Products—a body created through legislation in August. The group is charged with considering legalization’s possible impacts on New Hampshire and crafting recommended legislation by December 1. Lawmakers would then take up the bill in the coming 2024 session. After hearing comments from the legalization opponents, members on Tuesday began a line-by-line review of a 37-page draft bill that was circulated by Abbas’s office. The senator described the document as “kind of a combination of several bills” that lawmakers have considered in past sessions. When Abbas’s office sent Marijuana Moment a copy of the draft bill last week, a staffer emphasized that “this working draft is extremely fluid and nothing is official by any means.” Nearly every one of the commission’s meetings so far have gone more slowly than planned, and Tuesday’s meeting was no different. When members broke for the day, they’d managed to get through not quite five pages of the 37-page draft bill and were still in the measure’s definitions section. Most of the adjustments the commission discussed making were relatively minor. For example, panelists noted that the bill’s definition of “cannabis products” could theoretically interfere with businesses already offering CBD-infused beverages and topicals. They talked about amending that definition to more clearly state that hemp products, including CBD, fall outside the scope of the bill. Members also discussed whether the sale of cannabis accessories, such as pipes and rolling papers, would be subject to state cannabis taxes. Most felt that such purchases should not be taxed, whether sold by licensed cannabis stores or other establishments, such as convenience stores. A provision of the draft bill suggested that a state license would be needed to sell marijuana accessories, but the panel struck that line. How to test cannabis products also came up at Tuesday’s meeting, although the panel did not make any specific changes to the draft language. Perhaps the most controversial topic panelists discussed at the meeting was how to handle the state’s existing medical dispensaries, known in New Hampshire as alternative treatment centers (ATCs). Currently the state’s seven licensed ATCs must be organized as not-for-profit businesses, but the commission is proceeding toward an adult-use system that would sell to consumers through a state-controlled model. The scheme would allow the state to handle administration and marketing of adult-use marijuana while leaving responsibility for retail operations to private owners. It’s intended to allow the state more control over the look and feel of stores without taking on the burden and legal liability of actually running them. Expectations for the bill have already changed considerably in recent months. The panel was initially formed to consider state-run stores, a novel model supported by Gov. Chris Sununu (R), but last month members turned to consideration of the alternative, franchise-style system. Officials have likened the model to McDonalds and Dunkin’ Donuts. Adult-use shops would be privately owned, for-profit businesses, but they would be overseen by the state government. While the draft legislation would let ATCs reorganize as for-profit entities and begin selling to adults, the details of that transition are still muddy. Panelists at Tuesday’s meeting raised a variety of possible paths forward, for example requiring ATCs to have separate counters for medical and adult-use products or prohibiting colocation of medical and recreational stores at the same facility. Also at issue is which state governmental body should regulate medical marijuana: the Department of Health and Human Services, which currently oversees the medical program, or a renamed Liquor and Cannabis Commission, which lawmakers contemplate running the adult-use market. For patients and treatment centers, the issues loom large, said Matt Simon, the director of public and government relations at medical marijuana provider GraniteLeaf Cannabis. Simon, who testified at the hearing, told Marijuana Moment in a follow-up interview that he wants to see expanded access to medical products but thinks it’s important patients have access to quality information, too. “Our position is nuanced,” he said. From a patient perspective, he said, it would be helpful to expand the sale of medical products beyond the states seven licensed ATCs. On the other hand, adult-use shops might lack the necessary resources or knowledge to help guide medical patients to appropriate products. “If we could expand that, that’d be terrific,” Simon said. “The only question is how to provide education and support when patients are not buying it at ATCs, particularly when they’re making their first purchases.” (Disclosure: Simon supports Marijuana Moment’s work via a monthly Patreon pledge.) In terms of who should regulate ATCs, written testimony submitted jointly by GraniteLeaf Cannabis, Sanctuary ATC and Temescal Wellness said that while there could be advantages to having medical and adult-use marijuana under the same regulatory umbrella, it’s not uncommon—and may actually be reasonable—to have medical products overseen by a health agency. The companies note that convenience stores in New Hampshire, by comparison, might report to several different entities based on the products they sell. “We believe the Therapeutic Cannabis Program and the adult-use franchise model can coexist in New Hampshire with two separate regulatory authorities if the law and rules allow the ATCs to transition smoothly and serve both markets without facing unnecessary burdens,” the ATCs said. Very few changes were in fact made to Abbas’s draft legislation during the meeting, but some members were tasked with incorporating feedback into updated provisions by the body’s next scheduled meeting on November 3. One matter members said they also plan to revisit during the next meeting is personal possession limits. The draft legislation would allow possession of up to four ounces of cannabis flower, for example, though some members proposed cutting that limit to two ounces. Testimony from those who appeared in opposition to marijuana legalization may also influence the shape of the final bill. Amy Turncliff, a consultant who described herself as a PhD in neurobiology and a “fourth generation property holder in New Hampshire,” warned that legalization would put adult and youth consumers at risk of developing psychotic disorders. Abbas pressed Turncliff on how to craft legislation “in a way that would mitigate those negative impacts,” which Turncliff said was impossible. “I’m going to be honest, I don’t think you can mitigate them,” she said. “Those of us who are public health advocates do believe that there will be a reckoning down the road… Maybe a decade or more from now, all of this is going to come tumbling out.” Ultimately she suggested a handout be given to consumers that warns of the health risks of cannabis use. Asked by Abbas what should be prioritized on product warning labels, Turncliff said warnings about pregnancy, psychosis and other health risks were likely the most important things to highlight, though regulators could also require rotating warning labels that carry different information. Omar Shaw, a doctor at Boston Children’s Hospital, noted the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has approved cannabinoid-based pharmaceuticals for limited uses such as severe seizure disorders. “Once you get away from these conditions,” he said, “it’s very hard to see the benefits overall compared to the potential side effects it has.” Shaw said he would support raising the minimum age for cannabis purchases in New Hampshire to 25, at which point brain development has typically slowed. “If it was up to me, I’d ban alcohol and nicotine,” he added. Scott Gagnon, a Maine-based anti-legalization advocate, told the panel that it’s essential that state lawmakers take cannabis issues seriously, regardless of what sort of bill the commission recommends. “You can put forward the best legislation that’s ever happened in this country when it comes to cannabis legalization,” he warned, “but the work after it is going to be just as important to protect what to protect what you put in there.” During public comment at Tuesday’s meeting, Jim Riddle, a farmer in Hillsboro, brought up a recent survey of New Hampshire farmers who were asked their opinions on marijuana. About 87 percent said they support legalization and 78 percent said they’re interested in growing, Riddle noted, and about 70 percent would like to see an allowance for direct sales to consumers. Ensuring broad access to legal retailers would also would help combat unregulated activity, he said: “The more barriers to being a legal player, the more you’re favoring the illegal market.” Regardless of what’s in the bill the commission ultimately recommends, lawmakers during next year’s legislative session could amend various provisions or overhaul the proposal altogether. In addition to generally studying the feasibility of a state-run cannabis model, the commission is specifically tasked with looking at the possibility of drafting legislation that:  Allows the state to control distribution and access Keeps marijuana away from kids and out of schools Controls the marketing and messaging of the sale of marijuana Prohibits “marijuana miles” or the over-saturation of marijuana retail establishments Empowers municipalities to choose to limit or prohibit marijuana retail establishments Reduces instances of multi-drug use Does not impose an additional tax so as to remain competitive At a meeting earlier this month, a panelist from the state attorney general’s office said the unique approach could create federal liability. “The probability or extent of those liabilities is unknown to the attorney general’s office,” said Myles Matteson, a senior assistant attorney general who heads the office’s criminal justice bureau, but “any state-controlled or state-managed system certainly creates liabilities. There’s no doubt about that.” House Commerce and Consumer Affairs Committee Chairman John Hunt (R), a member of the commission, worked extensively on marijuana reform issues this year and attempted to reach a compromise on legislation to enact legalization through a multi-tiered system that would include state-controlled shops, dual licensing for existing medical cannabis dispensaries and businesses privately licensed to individuals by state agencies. Hunt’s House panel, however, reached an impasse on the complex legislation, which was being considered following Sununu’s surprise announcement that he backed state-run legalization. Meanwhile the Senate defeated the a conventional legalization bill, HB 639, despite its bipartisan support. The underlying commission legislation that the governor signed into law with the legalization study provisions would also remove an existing requirement that pain patients try opioid-based treatments first before receiving a medical cannabis recommendation for their condition. It also includes provisions to clarify that the state’s hemp law is not intended to authorize the sale of hemp-derived intoxicating products, such as delta-8 THC. In May, the House separately defeated a different marijuana legalization amendment that was being proposed as part of a Medicaid expansion bill. Also, the Senate moved to table another piece of legislation that month that would have allowed patients and designated caregivers to cultivate up to three mature plants, three immature plants and 12 seedlings for personal therapeutic use. After the Senate rejected reform bills in 2022, the House included legalization language as an amendment to separate criminal justice-related legislation—but that was also struck down in the opposite chamber. Here’s the full draft legislation that was discussed at Tuesday’s meeting: New York Officials Debunk ‘Misinformation’ About Fentanyl-Laced Marijuana Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 25, 2023Cannabis News​ A Pennsylvania House committee will convene for an informational meeting next week to hear from experts about adult-use marijuana legalization as legislators chart a path for the reform, with the panel’s chairman considering the possibility of incorporating a state-run cannabis sales model. While the House Health Subcommittee on Health Care will not take up any specific legislation at its November 1 hearing, members will have the chance to listen to testimony from professors, advocates and addiction specialists about the health considerations of moving forward with legalization in the Keystone State. The subcommittee is chaired by Rep. Dan Frankel (D), who has previously sponsored cannabis legalization legislation and circulated a cosponsorship memo earlier this year previewing plans to file another reform bill this session. Frankel told Marijuana Moment in a phone interview on Tuesday that the measure he’s planning to introduce early next year will likely be “quite different” from the version he previously sponsored, and it will be partly informed by the meetings members hold in his panel. The lawmaker expects there will be two or three meetings to discuss the reform before a final bill is brought to the full committee. “My framework for addressing this overall, which is what we’ll try to fit into this hearing, is as we move forward with an adult-use bill, focusing on for safety, equity—particularly with respect to restorative justice—and also revenue for the state and access for folks,” Frankel said. “My goal would be to find something that that our entire conference can support—and I would expect that there would be some bipartisan support for this legislation,” he said. “I think it’s very important that we have bipartisan support if we’re going to send something over to the Senate, which is controlled by my Republican colleagues.” The chairman said that lawmakers will be looking at a variety of state regulatory models and “what we could do better” in Pennsylvania, noting that certain states have “come forward with some pretty interesting ideas as well that we want to hear about, so we’ll be looking at those as well as we craft something.” One of those interesting ideas that the chairman said is “certainly an option” is the model of state-run cannabis stores, similar to what’s been proposed and is being actively considered in the New Hampshire legislature as a commission there explores legalization options. “It has some political challenges to go that way, but in some ways, it makes sense if you want to roll out adult-use quickly and safely,” he said. “That could be part of the retail dispensary operation—having that administered as well, since there’s already that infrastructure there with respect to alcohol,” the sale of which the state currently controls in Pennsylvania. “So there’s some interest in looking at the state store system as part of it—not necessarily entirely—but as part of the distribution system or dispensary system,” Frankel said. However, he recognized that beside political challenges, with certain conservatives already critical of the state’s alcohol system, there’s also the fact that Pennsylvania purchases much of the alcohol that is sold at retailers from out-of-state companies, which is “not an option with respect to cannabis” under federal prohibition. With a new, narrow Democratic majority in the House this session and support from Gov. Josh Shapiro (D), the prospects of legalization in Pennsylvania picked up—but there’s still an open question about how the GOP-controlled Senate might approach reform if the opposite chamber delivered it a bill. That said, more Republican senators have come on board with the policy change, with a bipartisan legalization measure already having been filed in the body this session by Sens. Dan Laughlin (R) and Sharif Street (D), for example. Last year, the Senate Law and Justice Committee held a series of hearings on marijuana legalization that were meant to inform legislation that the panel’s Republican chairman, Sen. Mike Regan (R), was drafting. At next week’s meeting, the House panel will hear from Carnegie Mellon University professor Jonathan Caulkins, Penn State College of Medicine professor Kent Vrana, New Frontier Data Chief Knowledge Officer Amanda Reiman and a representative of the addiction prevention community. A staffer for Frankel told Marijuana Moment on Tuesday that issues covered will include the impact of legalization on the illicit market, the health implications of marijuana use and the economic and industry potentials of the policy change. Reiman told Marijuana Moment that she will be providing “an overview of who cannabis consumers are, their sourcing patterns and preferred methods of ingestion” based on a survey that New Frontier Data conducted this year. She will alsobrief lawmakers on “market projections through 2030 based on two scenarios—one where the states expected to open markets do (OH, FL, etc), and one where no other markets open between now and then,” she said. “For consumers, I will be covering consumer demographics, use patterns, motivations for use, preferred product forms, sourcing and spending,” Reiman said. “Finally, I will be reviewing reasons why people do not participate in the regulated market.” Cannabis industry stakeholders were intentionally excluded for this initial meeting in order to allow members to hear from those who don’t have a direct investment in the potential market and learn more about “the contours and the landscape that they’re going to be looking at as they consider legalization,” a committee staffer said. In addition to the more conventional legalization proposal that’s being sponsored by bipartisan senators this session, House lawmakers have also filed separate bills to legalize marijuana sales through state-run stores and to provide permits for farmers and small agriculture businesses to cultivate cannabis once adult-use sales are allowed. Also, earlier this month, the House approved a large-scale tax reform bill that contains language to provide state-level relief to medical marijuana businesses as they continue to struggle under federal financial barriers. The reform drew the ire of Republican members—who normally champion tax cuts—as a Democratic giveaway to the cannabis industry. Another measure to allow all licensed medical marijuana grower-processors in the state to sell their cannabis products directly to patients cleared the Senate in September, and it’s now pending House committee action. Former Gov. Tom Wolf (D), who came around to support legalization near the end of his term, also signed large-scale legislation last year that included provisions to protect banks and insurers in the state that work with licensed medical marijuana businesses. —Marijuana Moment is tracking more than 1,000 cannabis, psychedelics and drug policy bills in state legislatures and Congress this year. Patreon supporters pledging at least $25/month get access to our interactive maps, charts and hearing calendar so they don’t miss any developments.Learn more about our marijuana bill tracker and become a supporter on Patreon to get access.— Black lawmakers separately discussed the need to ensure equity considerations are at the center of any marijuana legalization plan at a conference last month. Shapiro, the governor, supports enacting cannabis reform and proposed to legalize and tax adult-use marijuana as part of his 2023-2024 budget request in March. Frankel said that having the governor’s support is “an important thing to have,” though he’s skeptical about the high tax rate that Shapiro proposed as part of his legalization plan, pointing out that it could make it difficult for Pennsylvania to compete with neighboring state markets like New Jersey where the tax rate is significantly lower. Meanwhile, Laughlin, who is sponsoring legalization legislation this session, also sent a letter to state law enforcement in February, urging officials to take steps to protect gun rights for cannabis consumers, particularly medical marijuana patients, in light of a federal court’s recent ruling on the issue. Researchers Identify ‘Previously Undiscovered Cannabis Compounds’ That Give Marijuana Strains Their Unique Aromas Photo courtesy of Mike Latimer. Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 24, 2023Cannabis News​Ohio has some of the cheapest medical marijuana prices in the country, according to a new study. Leafwell, a medical marijuana card service and research group, analyzed over 130,000 menu items at… The post Ohio ranks as 6th cheapest state for medical marijuana, study says appeared first on Cannabis Business Executive – Cannabis and Marijuana industry news. Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 24, 2023Cannabis News​The article is based on an interview with Hirsh Jain, founder of Ananda Strategy and an expert in government policy.  Ohio, Florida, Georgia, New Mexico, Illinois, New Jersey, Michigan, and… The post How These States Are Poised To Boost The Cannabis Industry appeared first on Cannabis Business Executive – Cannabis and Marijuana industry news. Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 24, 2023Cannabis News​There is something strangely disconcerting about the consistency of the Connecticut cannabis market, which, ten months after the start of adult-use sales on January 10, broke the $25 million for… The post Connecticut Update: Flower Sales Level Out in State appeared first on Cannabis Business Executive – Cannabis and Marijuana industry news. Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 24, 2023Cannabis News​ Billionaire Elon Musk floated spending $1 billion on a joke—specifically to rename Wikipedia as “Dickipedia,” while right-wing distrust in the open-source database grows.  Musk broke the internet last year when he bought Twitter for $44 billion dollars and whittled it down to the bones, transforming it into a monetizing mill that charges for blue check marks, subscriptions to verified accounts, and the platform might charge all users $1 per month. Now Twitter/X is only worth one-tenth the amount it was worth when Musk bought it. Fortune reported last September that Twitter/X has lost 90% of its value and could be worth just $4 billion.   He’s at it again, now with Wikipedia. On Oct. 22, billionaire Musk posted a screenshot on X, formerly Twitter, showing that “Wikipedia is not for sale.” He then offered the database $1 billion if they change the Wikipedia name to Dickipedia, even if they quickly change it back. “Have you ever wondered why the Wikimedia Foundation wants so much money? It certainly isn’t needed to operate Wikipedia,” Musk posited. “You can literally fit a copy of the entire text on your phone! So, what’s the money for? Inquiring minds want to know.”  X users used the “Add Context” feature on the app to answer his question. “Expenses: $146m – 43-45% engineering improvements, product development, design and research, and legal support – 31-32% grants, projects, trainings, tools for contributor capacity, and support for the legal defense of editors – 13% Administration – 11-12% Fundraising,” users wrote. The next day, Musk posted on X that he’s offering $1 billion to the platform if they change its name to “Dickipedia.” “I will give them a billion dollars if they change their name to Dickipedia,” he posted, adding that they could change the name back. He replied to his post, adding “In the interests of accuracy.” Wikipedia is the world’s largest database, and is using the first Google result to pop up when users ask the internet any question. Wikipedia launched on Jan. 15, 2001, before the events of 9/11. While certainly not considered an academic primary source, Wikipedia is made up of freely editable content, and the articles are hyperlinked to guide readers to more information. The articles are written collaboratively by volunteers, known as Wikipedians, who are usually anonymous. It’s not a source, because Wikipedia articles can be edited by anyone with internet access), except in limited cases where editing is restricted. An 2021 article from the Cato Institute suggested that we’ve already lost the battle against disinformation on the internet, but people are currently battling over who controls the agenda on Wikipedia. Media platforms, especially in places like cable news, tend to lean right or left, and it’s constantly getting harder to filter out the nonsense. But why do people who lean right-wing distrust Wikipedia?  In 2022, a Wikipedia article on recession gained over 200,000 views. Right-wing conspiracy theorists claim Wikipedia manipulated its definition of a recession to favor the Biden administration. Conservative news platform The Daily Signal speculated about left-wing Wikipedia bias. “You see the pattern comparing political donations from different professions: Surgeons, oil workers, truck drivers, loggers, and pilots lean right; artists, bartenders, librarians, reporters, and teachers lean left,” Daily Signal writer John Stossel wrote. In April 2022, Musk bought Twitter with a plan to change everything. Musk acquired Twitter, Inc. according to an April 25, 2022 press release. The move made Twitter private and set off a firestorm of speculation, but no one could foresee the dramatic changes in store. Twitter, Inc. entered into a definitive agreement to be acquired by an entity wholly owned by Musk, for $54.20 per share in cash in a transaction valued at approximately $44 billion. Musk ran a complete overhaul of the platform formerly known as Twitter, but here’s a quick recap of some of Musk’s changes: Laid off 75% of Twitter staff. Reinstated the Twitter account of former President Donald Trump. Monetized the infamous blue check marks that used to indicate verified accounts based on public interest. Renamed and rebranded Twitter as X. Floated charging every X user $1 per month, just to use the platform, which already is live as a beta test in the Philippines and New Zealand. NBC News reports that monetizing the blue check marks is fueling fake news on the Israel-Palestine war—typically old war footage or even role-player activity fronting to be new acts of violence. “People who have paid for blue checks have a financial incentive to LARP as war reporters by dredging up old stories or fake footage,” Emerson T. Brooking, a researcher at the Atlantic Council’s Digital Forensics Research Lab, wrote. “Elon Musk enables this.” Time will tell if Musk can buy changes on Wikipedia as well.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 24, 2023Cannabis News​ OH lawmakers expect legalization; Irish drug decrim; RI marijuana licenses & sales data snafu; NJ cannabis edibles rules; Airline employment lawsuit Subscribe to receive Marijuana Moment’s newsletter in your inbox every weekday morning. It’s the best way to make sure you know which cannabis stories are shaping the day. Email address: Your support makes Marijuana Moment possible… Before you dig into today’s cannabis news, I wanted you to know you can keep this resource free and published daily by subscribing to Marijuana Moment on Patreon. We’re a small independent publication diving deep into the cannabis world and rely on readers like you to keep going. Join us at https://www.patreon.com/marijuanamoment / TOP THINGS TO KNOW Marijuana Moment compiled a detailed look on where the nine House speaker candidates stand on cannabis. Most have backed marijuana banking legislation, none support broad legalization and one has actually been arrested for cannabis. A new survey found that a majority of Ohio lawmakers—both Democrats and Republicans—believe that voters will approve a marijuana legalization initiative next month, despite the fact that the GOP-controlled Senate passed a resolution opposing it. The Irish Citizens’ Assembly on Drugs Use—a representative panel of residents randomly selected by the government—voted to recommend decriminalizing drugs. A proposal to legalize and regulate marijuana failed by one vote, however. The chair of Rhode Island’s Cannabis Control Commission discussed the process of preparing to issue additional business licenses and reacted to a recent Marijuana Moment report on the state posting months’ worth of incorrect sales data. The New Jersey Cannabis Regulatory Commission is accepting public comments on proposed rules to expand the types of ingestible marijuana products that are allowed—including  beverages, chocolates, baked goods, butters, jams and jellies. Alaska Airlines filed a federal lawsuit seeking to reverse an arbitration panel’s decision that it needs to reinstate a maintenance technician who was fired over a positive marijuana test. / FEDERAL Former Surgeon General Jerome Adams tweeted, “One of my concerns with ⬆️ marijuana use is the impact on smoke-free policies. Currently in my hotel room, overwhelmed by the smell of neighbor’s marijuana. The hotel clerk says there’s nothing they can do due to the legality of medical marijuana.🤷🏽‍♂️” The Senate Caucus on International Narcotics Control will hold a hearing on drug cartel use of precursor chemicals to manufacture illicit drugs on Tuesday. Sen. James Lankford (R-OK) expressed concerns about the “cultural effects and the legal outcomes” of marijuana reform. Sen. Jeff Merkley (D-OR) tweeted, “We’ve passed the SAFER Banking Act in committee, and the next step is a vote on the Senate floor. I’m working to get this done so legal cannabis businesses have access to the financial services they need to keep their employees and communities safe.” / STATES California Gov. Gavin Newsom (D) appointed a chief policy coordinator for the Unified Cannabis Enforcement Taskforce. Kentucky Gov. Andy Beshear (D) tweeted, “You’ve got to be able to bring people together to get things done for Kentucky, and that’s what I’ve done for my entire career. From medical marijuana to legalized sports betting, I have a record that proves I’ll continue to deliver big results as your governor.” Wisconsin’s Senate minority leader tweeted a photo of herself visiting a hemp research lab. An Ohio senator discussed his opposition to the marijuana legalization initiative on the November 7 ballot. The Michigan Court of Appeals ruled that growing any amount of illegal marijuana plants is only a misdemeanor. A former New Jersey judge authored an op-ed about the state’s hurdles to achieving equity in the cannabis industry. Louisiana regulators published revised medical cannabis pharmacy rules. Connecticut regulators are considering increasing marijuana purchase limits. The Minnesota Psychedelic Medicine Task Force will hold its first meeting on November 6. —Marijuana Moment is tracking more than 1,000 cannabis, psychedelics and drug policy bills in state legislatures and Congress this year. Patreon supporters pledging at least $25/month get access to our interactive maps, charts and hearing calendar so they don’t miss any developments.Learn more about our marijuana bill tracker and become a supporter on Patreon to get access.— / LOCAL Jersey City, New Jersey’s mayor discussed his city’s lawsuit seeking to overturn a state policy that allows police to use marijuana while off duty. / INTERNATIONAL The Australian Senate rejected a bill that would have overturned the local drug decriminalization law in the Australian Capital Territory. Morocco’s King Mohammed VI appointed a general director for the National Agency for Regulating Cannabis Related Activities. Malta’s top marijuana regulator is refusing to comment on an apparent violation of rules against advertising by a cannabis club. / SCIENCE & HEALTH A study found “increased cannabinoid content in the cigarette sections closer to the mouth, as compared with those closer to the lit end.” A study of psilocybin-assisted neurofeedback found that “significant improvements were observed in self-reported executive functions in daily life” and that “participants reported improvements in working memory, shifting, monitoring and inhibition with high effect  sizes.” / ADVOCACY, OPINION & ANALYSIS The Southern Baptist Convention’s Ethics & Religious Liberty Commission sent a letter urging the Drug Enforcement Administration to reject a marijuana rescheduling recommendation. The Wall Street Journal editorial board is cheering on Jersey City’s lawsuit that seeks to overturn a policy allowing New Jersey police to consume marijuana while off the job. / BUSINESS Altria Group, Inc.’s operating company NJOY, LLC is suing other companies for allegedly unlawfully marketing and selling disposable e-vapor products, some of which are used for cannabis. Curaleaf laid off more employees. A former Green Thumb Industries employee is dropping a lawsuit that alleged age and gender discrimination. Village Farms International, Inc. received an extension to regain compliance with Nasdaq’s minimum closing bid price. The Dank Poet Dispensary in Washington, New Jersey is hosting a state legislative candidate forum on Tuesday. Leafly conducted a nationwide survey of budtenders in celebration of International Budtenders Day. Make sure to subscribe to get Marijuana Moment’s daily dispatch in your inbox. Email address: Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 24, 2023Cannabis News​ Eureka, CA, has passed a resolution decriminalizing entheogens and psychedelic plant medicines, making it the sixth California city to do so and the second such city in Humboldt County. The Eureka City Council unanimously approved an initiative last week to decriminalize plant medicines such as psilocybin mushrooms within city limits. The announcement came less than two weeks after CA Gov. Gavin Newsom vetoed an initiative which would have decriminalized psychedelics statewide. The City of Arcata, just a few miles to the north, voted to decriminalize in 2021 thanks to efforts by a group who also provided the language used in the Eureka resolution, Decriminalize Nature Humboldt. According to an article in the Lost Coast Outpost, the resolution was passed without much trouble from the council, though a particular phrase was removed from the language of the bill. The council voted to remove language which seemed to endorse entheogenic plants’ ability to “catalyze profound experiences of personal and spiritual growth.” Not for nothing, but one of recently deceased Johns Hopkins professor Roland Griffiths’ first studies on psilocybin in 2006 was on psilocybin’s ability to induce mystical and spiritual experiences in the user. Much of Griffiths’ later work at Johns Hopkins has been referenced in similar legislative discussions surrounding the legality of psychedelics. Other than the removal of the aforementioned phrase, the resolution was passed without much protest from the rest of the council members.There were some concerns voiced by local law enforcement representatives, mirroring Gov. Newsom’s concerns about potentially unforeseen consequences to the resolution. City Manager Miles Slattery, however, pointed out that he had consulted with the Arcata Police Department who reported no serious issues to him after just over two years of psychedelic decriminalization. He also pointed out that the City of Eureka only saw five cases of arrests related to entheogens in the previous year and almost every case was related to something more serious such as domestic violence.  Councilmember Scott Bauer also voiced concerns over friends who had succumbed to bad bouts with Lysergic Acid Diethylamide, commonly known as LSD or acid. Councilmember Bauer said many of these friends were “gone” from these trips while also expressing concern over the purported possibility of such substances to inhibit child brain development, though he ultimately voted to pass the measure. Hundreds of letters from concerned citizens were reportedly submitted to the council for consideration and dozens of members of the community showed up in person at the council meeting to speak about their personal experiences with psychedelics. They attested to ways in which they could foresee entheogenic plant medicines bringing net positives to both their own personal lives and to the collective good of a county awash with an inordinate amount of mental health and substance abuse disorders. “What we genuinely need as human beings in this chaotic world is a helping hand, and psychedelics — from a nurse perspective, from a humanistic perspective, from my own perspective — psychedelics lend a hand that can hold you and guide you into a good direction, as long as you have the foundation built,” said Randee Litten, a nurse in the City of Eureka who co-founded a local ketamine treatment center. “I know that’s the concern, but I can tell you that we’ve been doing it for a year and a half, and I can’t even tell you how many community members we have helped. And it’s the reason that I’m still here, because I love this community and I have never in my entire career felt like I am doing so much good for this community until we discovered how well psychedelics can help human beings. … I finally feel alive again, like we’re doing something good for our community.” Councilmember G. Mario Fernandez offered words of reassurance that the measures taken by the City of Eureka would, unequivocally not be reflective of Timothy Leary-esque sentiments from the chaotic psychedelic boom of the 1960’s. “This isn’t a call to ‘turn on, tune in and drop out,’” Fernandez said. “Instead it would be to allow for folks who do take these substances for healing to reach out to medical and mental health professionals — or law enforcement, if things go towards a more negative experience — without any fear of reprisal.” A local teacher, Rachel Riggs, told the council that she believes psychedelics can provide unparalleled healing in a community with an elevated rate of adverse childhood experiences. “Entheogens are anti-addictive among the safest substances being studied in the treatment of addiction and mental health problems,” Riggs said. “There are very few side effects, especially when under the guidance of a therapist or with proper education.”  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 24, 2023Cannabis News​ New York marijuana regulators are working to debunk what they say is the “false” narrative that cannabis is commonly contaminated with fentanyl—a “misconception” that remains “widespread” despite a lack of evidence. The state Office of Cannabis Management (OCM) recently put out a factsheet on the issue, acknowledging that while fentanyl has been found in drugs like MDMA and heroin, anecdotal claims about marijuana laced with the potent opioid are so far unfounded. OCM published the two-page document—titled “Cannabis and Fentanyl: Facts and Unknowns”—to “address misconceptions about cannabis being mixed with fentanyl,” it said. “The goal of this fact sheet is to provide evidence where it is available, to share information about what is currently known and unknown, and to provide safety tips to help alleviate some of these misconceptions, often spread through misinformed media coverage and anecdotal reporting.” “Misinformation related to the danger of accidental overdose due to cannabis ‘contaminated’ with fentanyl remains widespread,” the office said. “Anecdotal reports of fentanyl ‘contaminated’ cannabis continue to be found to be false, as of the date of this publication” last week. Via Office of Cannabis Management. This isn’t to minimize the dangers of fentanyl, which is present in the illicit drug supply and contributing to record-high rates of overdose deaths, the regulators said. Certain opioids have been identified in synthetics like K-2 (or “spice”)—in addition to cocaine, heroin, MDMA and pressed pills—but regulators say it’s important to provide the public with evidence-based information about cannabis as the state’s legal market is implemented. That’s another point OCM is hoping to drive home: buying marijuana from licensed shops significantly reduces the chances of contamination overall, so the safest option for consumers is to transition away from illicit sellers to the regulated marketplace. That said, access remains an obstacle, as the state’s legalization rollout has proved unexpectedly slow. “Cannabis products made available in the unregulated market may contain unknown or undisclosed contaminants and have inaccurate labeling,” the factsheet says. It also points out that the reliability of current testing protocols for fentanyl on cannabis flower remains “unknown.” “Fentanyl test strips were designed for testing substances that are water soluble, with current testing methodologies focused on detecting the presence of fentanyl in powders or pills,” OCM said. “As fentanyl is not found in the cannabis supply, it is not recommended to use fentanyl test strips to test cannabis.” Regulators also took the opportunity to recognize that many people who use opioids are “stigmatized in health care settings,” which can be detrimental because it “contributes to mistrust that can result in inaccurate self-reporting or failure to disclose opioid use due to fear of inequitable care or punitive interventions by law enforcement.” “Promoting opioid overdose prevention and other harm reduction strategies improves public health through evidence-based interventions and stigma reduction,” the document says. —Marijuana Moment is tracking more than 1,000 cannabis, psychedelics and drug policy bills in state legislatures and Congress this year. Patreon supporters pledging at least $25/month get access to our interactive maps, charts and hearing calendar so they don’t miss any developments.Learn more about our marijuana bill tracker and become a supporter on Patreon to get access.— Anecdotal claims about fentanyl-contaminated marijuana have commonly originated from law enforcement sources, with warnings then carried by media outlets. The resulting narrative has at times been adopted and echoed by lawmakers, including at the congressional level. In May, for example, Rep. Vern Buchanan (R-FL) proposed an amendment to a fentanyl-focused bill that would have required the Government Accountability Office (GAO) to carry out a study into cannabis tainted with fentanyl. It was not made in order for floor consideration by the House Rules Committee, however. A 2024 GOP presidential candidate, Vivek Ramaswamy, has also suggested at times that China is supplying Mexican drug cartels with ingredients to produce fentanyl-laced products, including “CBD gummies.” Back in New York, the factsheet is one of the latest examples of how regulators are imploring adults to purchase cannabis from licensed shops where products are tested for a wide range of potential contaminants. And while access remains limited, the state has taken recent steps to speed up implementation. Last month, for example, New York opened the application period for hundreds of new marijuana business licenses, marking the beginning of a massive expansion of the state’s legal cannabis system. So far only about two dozen retailers have opened statewide since adult-use sales began last December. The change opens retail licensing to all applicants, including big businesses from outside the state and existing medical marijuana companies. That sparked an outcry from social equity applicants, who said it will undercut the state’s ambitious plan to prioritize small businesses and companies owned by people most directly impacted by prohibition. Regulators also launched a program, known as the Cannabis Growers Showcase (CGS) that allows licensed growers and processors to sell directly to consumers. Regulators voted to approve that program in July and quickly began accepting applications. The first pop-up event kicked off in the Hudson Valley in August, and another was held down the road from this year’s state fair. Late last month, 66 state lawmakers—about a third of the entire state legislature—also wrote to Hochul urging her to sign a bill that would allow licensed marijuana producers to sell products to tribal retailers. The plan would offer a release valve to hundreds of cannabis farmers who are currently sitting on surpluses but have no place to sell their products. The circumstances have resulted in more than 250,000 pounds of unsold cannabis being held by growers, the letter says. “Farmers who took out loans and leveraged all their assets to cultivate these crops are demoralized and facing financial disaster unless we act quickly to provide them with an alternate market.” Read the full New York cannabis and fentanyl fact sheet below: Here’s Where All Nine House Speaker Candidates Stand On Marijuana Photo courtesy of WeedPornDaily. Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 24, 2023Cannabis News​ “Citizen-initiatives are limited to a single subject which makes it difficult to address lots of different things.” By Megan Henry, Ohio Capital Journal Legalizing marijuana in Ohio under Issue 2 would not lead to the automatic expungement for those charged with cannabis offenses. But the tax revenue from legalizing cannabis could address some criminal justice reform through the social equity and jobs program fund, said Tom Haren, spokesperson for the Coalition to Regulate Marijuana like Alcohol. “That fund—in addition to the direct investment to disproportionately impacted communities—is designed to fund and steady criminal justice reform efforts including sentencing reform, bail reform, parole reform, record-sealing and expungement efforts,” he said. Issue 2 is a citizen-initiative that would legalize and regulate the cultivation, manufacturing, testing and the sale of marijuana to Ohioans 21 and up. “Citizen initiatives are limited to a single subject which makes it difficult to address lots of different things,” Haren said. “We had to be really careful around how Issue 2 was tailored.” Under Issue 2, Ohioans could buy and possess 2.5 ounces of cannabis flower, which is slightly more than 70 grams. Currently, possessing up to 100 grams of marijuana is a minor misdemeanor that comes with a fine up to $150. “One thing we have seen over decades when it comes to marijuana prohibition is one small interaction with the criminal justice system makes it harder to get a job, harder to get a loan, harder to get into school, and it tends to leave people with no other options,” Haren said. Twenty-three states and Washington D.C. have legalized the recreational use and sale of cannabis. “We’ve seen in every single state that has passed , there has been a significant decrease in the number of possession arrests,” said Morgan Fox, political director for National Organization for the Reform of Marijuana Laws. Marijuana arrests dropped nationwide by 36 percent during 2020, likely due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Other drugs have also been the focus. “Fentanyl and other opiates have been the top priority for Ohio law enforcement for quite a few years,” Fox said. Ohio marijuana possession arrests provided to the FBI by the National Incident-Based Reporting System: 2018 — 18,335 2019 — 13,457 2020 — 5,554 2021 — 6,450 President Joe Biden announced last fall he is pardoning all prior federal offenses of simple possession of marijuana. Officials at the time said no one is serving time in federal prison solely for simple marijuana possession. Instead, many people who are imprisoned for marijuana possession and use alone are convicted at the state level. Expungement Ohio Gov. Mike DeWine signed a bill into law earlier this year that makes it easier to expunge misdemeanor convictions, including low-level marijuana possession charges. An application for expungement can be filed six months from final release for minor misdemeanors and one year from final releases for all misdemeanors. An application for expungement can be sent to a local Court of Common Pleas and a judge may call for a hearing with the original prosecutor. Ultimately, the judge will make the final decision to approve or deny the expungement. Sensible cities Ohio has 38 cities that have decriminalized marijuana through the Sensible Movement Coalition. Decriminalizing removes the penalties for under 200 grams—meaning no fine, no time or court costs. “If you get charged and it goes to court, the judge has nothing to charge you under,” said Samantha Farrell, the coalition’s initiative director. Toledo was the first city in Ohio to decriminalize marijuana in 2015. War on drugs Canton Municipal Court Magistrate Derek McClowry shared about his time as a probation officer during the war on drugs in the 1990s during a recent Canton League of Women Voters Issue 2 panel earlier this month. “Back then the war on drugs was typically crack cocaine but everyone, and I mean everyone, used marijuana,” he said. As part of his work as a probation officer, he drug tested people multiple times a week and sent them to treatment centers if they tested positive. “Some would succeed, but most would not and then we would send them to prison,” McClowry said. “I was instrumental in that and I thought I was doing God’s good work. I thought I was fighting the good fight and I thought I was the good guy.” People would be sent to prison for five to 25 years for smoking marijuana, he said. “Eventually that pendulum swung a little bit,” McClowry said. “It’s almost decriminalized legislatively but certainly in practice it’s decriminalized… I just don’t think it’s viewed the same way.” This story was first published by the Ohio Capital Journal. Most Ohio Lawmakers—Dems And GOP—Think Voters Will Legalize Marijuana At The Ballot, Survey Says Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 24, 2023Cannabis News​ While many marijuana enthusiasts believe that components called terpenes are responsible for strains’ distinctive smells, a new study published by the American Chemical Society has identified “previously undiscovered cannabis compounds” that challenge that conventional wisdom of what really gives each variety its unique olfactory profile. The research, conducted by a team of scientists from marijuana extraction and testing companies and published this month in the journal ACS Omega, says that “while aroma is a key property in differentiating cannabis varieties and user preferences, the importance of terpenes appears to be overstated.” Terpenes, which make up about 1 percent to 4 percent of the total mass of cured cannabis flower, certainly do contribute to marijuana’s smell, the authors wrote, but they “in general provide minimal information regarding the unique aromatic attributes of many cannabis varieties.” Even among clusters of strains with similar terpene contents, for example, odors can vary widely from one to the next. “Varieties across both sweet and savory exotic classes often have very similar terpene profiles, indicating that they are not the driving force behind the unique aromatic differences.” The report attributes much of those in-group differences in aroma instead to what are called flavorants, a class of chemicals that includes esters, alcohols and other compounds. Like terpenes, flavorants are categorized as volatiles, and they typically spread easily through the air. Flavorants can also create similar aromas between marijuana varietals that have different dominant terpenes, the researchers found. Analyzing the volatile chemical profiles of 31 ice hash rosin extracts, they wrote, “we identified a myriad of nonterpenoid compounds that strongly influence the unique aromatic properties of cannabis.” “In particular,” they continued, “we identified a new class of tropical volatile sulfur compounds (VSCs) that are major contributors to certain varieties with a strong citrus or tropical fruit aroma, while skatole (3-methylindole), a highly pungent compound, was identified as a key aroma compound in savory/chemical varieties.” TJ Martin, vice president of research and development at the extraction company Abstrax, said in a company release that the team “found clear correlations between key minor compounds never before seen in cannabis that produce some of the most desirable aromas.” “After analysis by our sensory panel, in tandem with our analytical data, it became evident that terpenes, while essential in producing many of the typical aromas in cannabis, do not necessarily differentiate many varieties with distinct scents,” he said. Martin was a member of the 14-author research team, which also represented the companies 710 Labs, SepSolve Analytical and Markes International. In addition to providing a better understanding of what goes into a cannabis variety’s unique aroma, the paper says cataloguing new categories of compounds “provides a new opportunity to classify varietals using key desirable aroma attributes.” “The discovery of these compounds will play a crucial role in validating cannabis’ authenticity and accurately classifying cannabis varieties in the future,” said Abstrax co-founder and CEO Max Koby, adding that the findings are important “for consumers, researchers, brands, cultivators, labs, regulators, and everyone in between.” As the paper notes, terpenes have become an increasingly common way to differentiate between cannabis varieties, “partially in response to the commonly used, but inaccurate, classification of cannabis as either indica, sativa, or a hybrid of the two major species.” “To overcome the inaccuracies of the indica/sativa binary classification and better categorize cannabis varieties based on their psychoactive and aroma characteristics,” it says, “terpenes have emerged as a prominent focus of research.” But according to the new findings, terpenes nevertheless fail to tell the full story. They also limit how much control breeders, growers and processors can have over their final products. For example, citrus flavors are currently “a very important trend in flavor science, with many brands working to engineer citrus alternatives,” the Abstrax release says. “With the discovery of the compounds responsible for the iconic Tangie flavor and aroma, known as ‘tropicannasulfurs,’ other industries can leverage these unique compounds to create extremely unique and desirable flavor aromas.” “A broad variety of flavorants in cannabis including esters, alcohols, ketones, and more that contribute to the berry, tropical, candy, fruity, strawberry, pineapple, and other sweet notes were identified,” it continues. “These flavorants play a major role in exotic varieties like Apple Fritter, Zkittlez, Gelato, and Runtz. While found in small amounts, these compounds combine to create many of the diverse sweet or fruity notes in modern cannabis.” Authors are also hopeful their findings help fuel innovation in therapeutic marijuana. “Cannabis is used medically for many health ailments, but there are so many questions remaining as to how it works and if we can enhance those properties by creating new varieties with specific chemistries,” said Iain Oswald, a co-author and principal research scientist for Abstrax. “We hope our work will open new avenues of research for others to better understand this unique plant and harness its full therapeutic potential.” In addition to patients and consumers, the findings may also have implications for breeders and growers trying to home in on a specific profile or produce consistent products, and they may even be useful to packaging experts working to increase product shelf life. “The discovery that terpenes have less influence on the differentiating characteristics of the aroma of cannabis than traditionally thought may have important ramifications for the legal cannabis industry related to product labeling and marketing, laboratory testing, and quality indicators for end consumers and producers alike,” the paper concludes. Brad Melshenker, a study co-author and co-CEO of 710 Labs, said the research “helps us better understand flavor in the cannabis experience, allowing us to better educate our customers and select phenos for our genetic library.” Abstrax says the study will eventually lead to four white papers that will boil the findings down to more accessible conclusions. They’ll include papers on exploring exotic flavor compounds, the tropical VSC found in Tangie, a deep dive into the chemical constituents of the varietal GMO and an exploration into the sweeter compounds in marijuana. “This groundbreaking research not only answers pressing questions but also ignites a renewed passion and curiosity for what’s next,” the company said. “With every revelation, we’re one step closer to fully unlocking the vast potential and mysteries of this remarkable plant.” Despite obstacles to research that remain in place as the result of federal restrictions on marijuana, legalization at the state level and in other countries has spurred inquiry into the cannabis plant and how it works. A recent study, for example, buttressed the idea that an “entourage effect,” where multiple cannabinoids are consumed together, produces a stronger, longer-lasting high than THC alone. And last month, the U.S. Department of Agriculture said that genetically modified hemp—altered to adjust the type and amount of cannabinoids produced—”may be safely grown and bred in the United States.” The department has been attempting to work more closely with hemp growers and breeders since the crop was legalized through the 2018 Farm Bill. Earlier this year, the agency released updated guidance on how to identify, describe and evaluate different varieties of the plant. Groups of researchers also recently published findings tracing cannabis’s millennias-old history alongside humans as well as exploring the idea that cannabis may help provide some degree COVID protection. Psilocybin Eases Psychological Distress In People Who Experienced Childhood Trauma, Study Suggests Marijuana Moment is made possible with support from readers. If you rely on our cannabis advocacy journalism to stay informed, please consider a monthly Patreon pledge.  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 24, 2023Cannabis News​ Company insiders also took part in the funding. Vancouver-based AgriCann Solutions Corp. announced the successful completion of its non-brokered private funding round on Friday, raising more than $1 million. The licensed full-service cannabis nursery operator issued more than 10 million units at 10 cents each. Each unit contains one common share and a warrant. The warrant allows its holder to purchase another share at 20 cents within the next two years. According to the terms, if AgriCann’s shares reach or exceed 30 cents for 10 consecutive trading days, the company can speed up the expiration date of these warrants. All securities from this funding will be on hold for a standard period of four months and one day. Company insiders also took part in the funding, acquiring units worth roughly $549,236. The move is classified as an “inside deal” but is expected to sidestep some customary regulations due to exemptions. The funds raised will go toward daily operations, enhancements, and expansion at the Newline Ventures Inc. cultivation facility, where AgriCann recently shifted its primary operations. The company also mentioned a share exchange agreement with Newline that is expected to close “imminently.”  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
October 24, 2023Cannabis News​ In the epic battle between Cosmic Crusaders and LaVerne John Andrusiek over the character Captain Cannabis, a court decided that the trademark belonged to Andrusiak. Cosmic Crusaders registered and received the trademark claiming it had started using the character in 2014. According to the lawsuit, when Andrusiek learned about the registration he filed a petition to cancel the registration for Cosmic Crusaders saying he had been using the name since the 1970’s. Since both parties used the name for the same purposes, i.e., comic books, the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board (TTAB) decided on who had used it first. If Andrusiek could prove he had used it before Cosmic Crusaders, he would get the trademark. The TTAB reviewed the artist’s evidence, took the registration away from Cosmic Crusaders, and gave it to Andrusiak. That’s when it went to court, but the court said that the TTAB made the right decision. The court opinion cited: Since at least January 25, 1999 when engaged in sales activities at the NATPE trade fair in New Orleans, Louisiana and bona fide commercial trade in Comic Books starting September 25, 2006 by way of direct sale of a 420/Captain Cannabis comic book to a customer in the state of Florida. Andrusiek “also claimed priority based on his alleged ‘sales and marketing activities through his CAPTAINCANNABIS.COM web portal since April 22, 1999.” The Federal Circuit decided that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office was right to give the trademark to Andrusiek because he continued to actively use the character during the time that Cosmic Crusaders had applied for its trademark. The TTAB decided that since the two parties were using the character in the same way, consumers would be confused with two competing versions. Thus it was given to Andrusiek. The court did acknowledge that the audience for the comic was small, but that was relevant. The most important part was who used it first and Andrusiak was also able to point to various media mentions that associated him with Captain Cannabis. The court opinion stated, “The Board relied also on multiple news and magazine articles associating CAPTAIN CANNABIS with Andrusiek’s comic books, in periodicals whose apparently undisputed readership totaled approximately 750,000 people per month. Id. at *11 (citing High Times Magazine, with an undisputed estimated circulation of ~236,000 per month, and Culture Magazine, with an undisputed estimated circulation of ~500,000 per month).” Cosmic Crusaders argued that Andrusiek wasn’t using Captain Crusader very much and that’s why they should get it. However, the judge noted that Cosmic Crusaders weren’t acknowledging that Andusiek was involved with a screenplay, an animated video, and a comic entitled “Captain Cannabis: 40th Anniversary.” The Court of Appeals ultimately said the trademark battle was won by Andrusiek. 1734000-1734725-opinion  Read More Feedzy  [...] Read more...
Cannabis Recipes
August 3, 2023Ingredients blender ¼ cup tahini ¼ cup lemon juice, freshly squeezed w/o seeds 15 ounce can of chickpeas, drained and rinsed 2 garlic cloves ¼ cup CannaOil ½ cup ground cumin 2 tablespoons water salt and pepper to taste Instructions Combine lemon juice and tahini in a blender. Blend for 30 seconds. Add chickpeas, garlic, Canna Oil, cumin and water. Blend for 1 minute until smooth. Add more water if needed to reach desired consistency. Pour hummus in a serving bowl, or store in the refrigerator for later. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from eatyourcannabis.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 2 lbs of potatoes 4 tablespoons cannabutter 4 tablespoons sour cream or plain cream cheese Salt and pepper ¼ to ½ cup of milk or cannamilk for increased potency 2 cloves of garlic minced or 1 tsp of garlic powder Instructions Cut the potatoes in half or quarters to make medium-sized pieces. Place the potatoes in a saucepan filled with water and bring to a boil. Cook until fork-tender, between 20–30 minutes. Drain the potatoes and remove their skins. Add the cannabutter, garlic and sour cream to the bowl along with a splash of milk (don’t add it all at once.) Mash the contents, adding just a splash of milk each time until you’ve reached the desired consistency. ​ Stir in salt and pepper to taste. This recipe is available for download HERE original recipe from satorimj.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023This recipe may be used with heavy cream or whole milk. Materials -Medium Sauce-Pan -​Thermometer -Mesh-sieve or cheesecloth Ingredients ​6 grams cannabis flower 2 cups whole milk or heavy cream ​ Directions ​ ​1. Decarboxylate the cannabis Heat the oven to 225°F. Spread cannabis buds out into an even layer on a baking sheet and place in the oven. ​Take care not to let the temperature go over 225°F and burn (if this happens, you can lose potency). Bake for about 35–40 minutes, then remove from the oven and cool before grinding into a coarse powder. ​ The decarboxylated cannabis will keep in an airtight container in a cool, dark place for up to 2 months 2. Heat the milk or heavy cream, in a saucepan over medium-low heat. Add the decarboxylated cannabis and cook, taking care not to let the temperature go over 200°F for about 45 minutes. 3. Remove from heat and let sit, undisturbed, for 10 minutes 4. Strain through a fine mesh-sieve set over a bowl. Press carefully with a spoon to extract as much oil as possible ​The milk will keep for up to 6 weeks if covered and refrigerated. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from Vice.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023This recipe can be used with your favorite vegetables and breakfast meats Ingredients Base: 1 ½ cups of mozzarella cheese, shredded 1/2 cup cheddar cheese, shredded 6 eggs 1 cup of milk (canna-milk may be used for a more potent dish) 1 pie-crust, unbaked Filling: 1/2 cup of canna-butter 1 onion, diced 1 cup broccoli, chopped 1 head of garlic ​ Instructions 1. Melt canna-butter in a pan over medium heat ​ 2. Add vegetables to butter and cook on medium heat for about 5–8 minutes (or until veggies are cooked) Do not let the butter or vegetables burn, to maintain potency of the butter 3. Scoop cooked vegetables into empty pie crust and cover with shredded cheeses 4. Beat eggs and milk together and pour into the pie crust 5. Bake for 35–40 minutes at 360°F Allow quiche to cool 10 minutes before serving This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from cannabis.wiki [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 4 Pork chops Salt and pepper 1 Tbsp minced rosemary 2 Cloves minced garlic 1/2 Cup canna-butter 1 Tbps canna-oil Instructions 1. Preheat oven to 375°F. Season pork chops with salt and pepper 2. In a small bowl, combine canna-butter with rosemary and garlic. Set aside 3. In an oven-safe skillet over medium heat, heat canna-oil and add pork chops. Sear until golden, about 4 minutes, flip and cook for another 4 minutes. 4. Brush pork-chops generously with the garlic canna-butter mixture and place skillet in the oven to bake for 10–12 minutes. Serve with more garlic butter. ​If you do not have an oven-safe skillet, you may use a regular one and transfer to a baking dish. Be sure to collect all the oil from the pan when transferring. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from Eat Your Cannabis.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 4 eggs 1 cup white sugar ½ cup brown sugar, packed 1 ¼ cups grapeseed oil ¼ cup canna-oil 2 tsp vanilla extract 1 ¾ cups pure pumpkin puree 3 cups all-purpose flour 1 tbsp ground cinnamon 1 tbsp pumpkin spice 2 tsp baking powder 2 tsp baking soda 1 tbsp orange zest, optional Directions Preheat the oven to 350°F/175°C. Line a jumbo muffin tin with liners. Place the eggs, white sugar, brown sugar, grapeseed oil & canna-oil into a bowl fitted for a stand mixer or use a whisk to thoroughly beat ingredients together. Blend in the pumpkin & vanilla extract. In a small bowl mix the dry ingredients together. Add to the wet ingredients & mix until just blended. Stir in the orange zest (optional). Divide the batter evenly between 12 muffin cups using a muffin scoop, about 3 ounces each. Sprinkle with pumpkin seeds. Bake for 22–25 minutes or until a toothpick inserted into the middle comes out clean. ​ Allow to cool, remove from the tins & sprinkle with cinnamon. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from myedibleschef.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 1 can whole peeled tomatoes 28 oz. 1 jar roasted red peppers 12 oz. 4 large eggs ½ cup plain Greek yogurt ¼ cup CannaOil plus more for drizzling 1 teaspoon coriander seeds 1 teaspoon cumin seeds 6 garlic cloves divided 2 medium shallots divided Kosher salt Freshly ground black pepper Mint leaves and crusty bread for serving Crush coriander and cumin seeds, pressing down firmly with even pressure. Transfer seeds to a small heatproof bowl. Slice 2 garlic cloves as thinly and evenly as you can; add to bowl with seeds. Finely chop the remaining 4 garlic cloves. Cut half of 1 shallot into thin rounds and then add to the same bowl with seeds and garlic. Chop remaining shallots. Open a jar of red peppers and pour off any liquid. Remove peppers and coarsely chop. Combine ¼ cup oil and seed/garlic/shallot mix in the skillet you used for crushing seeds. Heat over medium and cook, stirring constantly with a wooden spoon, until seeds are sizzling and fragrant and garlic and shallots are crisp and golden, about 3 minutes. Place a strainer over the same heatproof bowl and pour in the contents of the skillet, making sure to scrape in seeds and other solids. Do this quickly before garlic or shallots start to burn. Reserve oil. Spread out seed mixture across paper towels to cool. Season with salt and pepper. Return strained CannaOil to skillet and heat over medium. Add remaining chopped garlic and shallot and cook, stirring often, until shallot is translucent and starting to turn brown around the edges, about 5 minutes. Season with salt and lots of pepper. Add chopped peppers to the skillet and stir to incorporate. Using your hands, lift whole peeled tomatoes out of the can, leaving behind tomato liquid, and crush up with your hands as you add to the skillet. Discard leftover liquid. Season with more salt and pepper. Cook shakshuka, stirring often, until thickened and no longer runs together when a spoon is dragged through, 10–12 minutes. Reduce heat to low. Using the back of a wooden spoon, create four 2″-wide nests in tomato sauce. Working one at a time, carefully crack an egg into each nest. Cover skillet and cook, simmering very gently and reducing heat if necessary, until whites of eggs are set while yolks are still jammy, 7–10 minutes. Uncover skillet and remove from heat. Season tops of eggs with salt and pepper. Top shakshuka with dollops of yogurt, sprinkle with seed mixture, then drizzle with more olive oil. Finish by scattering mint leaves over top. ​ Serve pita or crusty bread alongside. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from eat your cannabis.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients -1.5 cups all-purpose flour -1 Tbsp sugar (canna-sugar may be substituted to increase potency) -1 Tbsp baking powder -1 Tsp salt -1 large egg -1.25 cups whole milk (canna-milk may be substituted to increase potency) -3 Tbsp of melted canna-butter or oil -​1 teaspoon vanilla extract (optional) Instructions 1. In a bowl, combine dry ingredients 2. In another bowl, combine wet ingredients 3. Stir the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients until just combined ​Do not over-mix, batter will be thick and slightly lumpy 4. Heat a large frying pan with with a small amount of butter or oil 5. Pour 1 cup of batter in the center of the pan. Fry 2–3 minutes before flipping 6. Fry an additional 3–5 minutes or until pancake reaches your preferred doneness and remove from pan 7. Garnish with your favorite toppings; powdered sugar, syrup, butter, chocolate chips or whatever you might enjoy! Original recipe from cannabis wiki [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Materials -Medium Sauce-Pan -​Thermometer -Mesh-sieve or cheesecloth Ingredients -​6 grams cannabis flower -1 pound unsalted butter Directions ​ ​1. Decarboxylate the cannabis Heat the oven to 225°F. Spread cannabis buds out into an even layer on a baking sheet and place in the oven. ​Take care not to let the temperature go over 225°F and burn (if this happens, you can lose potency). Bake for about 35–40 minutes, then remove from the oven and cool before grinding into a coarse powder. ​ The decarboxylated cannabis will keep in an airtight container in a cool, dark place for up to 2 months 2. Heat the butter in a saucepan over medium-low heat. Add the decarboxylated cannabis and cook, taking care not to let the temperature go over 200°F for about 45 minutes. 3. Remove from heat and let sit, undisturbed, for 10 minutes 4. Strain through a fine mesh-sieve set over a bowl. Press carefully with a spoon to extract as much oil as possible ​The milk will keep for up to 6 weeks if covered and refrigerated. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from Vice.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Cannabis infused sugar offers a simple way to enhance your baked goods or beverages. Materials Mason Jar ​Cheesecloth Baking Sheet 9in x 13in Baking Pan Ingredients -3 grams of cannabis flower -1/2 cup of high-proof alcohol, such as Everclear -1/2 cup granulated sugar Directions 1. Decarboxylate the cannabis Heat the oven to 225°F. Spread cannabis buds out into an even layer on a baking sheet and place in the oven. ​Take care not to let the temperature go over 225°F and burn (if this happens, you can lose potency). Bake for about 35–40 minutes, then remove from the oven and cool before grinding into a coarse powder. ​ The decarboxylated cannabis will keep in an airtight container in a cool, dark place for up to 2 months 2. Transfer the cannabis to a jar and cover with the alcohol. Screw the lid on tight and shake every 5 minutes for 20 minutes. 3. Strain through a cheesecloth set over a bowl, discarding solids. Mix the strained alcohol with the sugar and spread into an even layer in a glass 9-by-13-inch baking dish. ​ 4. Bake at 200°F, stirring occasionally, until the alcohol has evaporated and the sugar is lightly golden. This recipe is available for download HERE The original recipe is from Vice.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 3 Tbsp mayonnaise 2 Tsp Dijon mustard 1/2 Tsp salt 1/2 Tsp pepper 2 Eggs, lightly beaten 1lb Lump crab meat 2 Tbps finely chopped parsley 3 Tbsp canna-butter Instructions 1. Whisk together mayonnaise, mustard, salt, pepper and eggs. Then gently stir in crab meat, panko and parsley. 2. Shape mixture in to 12 (3-inch) patties, pressing gently to flatten. Cover with plastic wrap and refrigerate for 1hr. 3. Melt half the canna-butter in large, nonstick skillet over medium heat. Add 6 patties to the pan and cook for 2 minutes on each side, or until golden brown. Repeat with the remaining half of canna-butter and remaining 6 patties. The recipe is available for download HERE original recipe from eat your cannabis.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 2/3 cup Cannabis oil (coconut or olive oil will work) 4 large potatoes peeled 3 tbsp salt Instructions Preheat your oven to 400 degrees Fahrenheit and line a large baking sheet with parchment paper. Cut your peeled potatoes into strips (cut them into fries!) and spread them evenly on the baking sheet. Drizzle the cannabis-infused oil over them and season with salt. Try to coat each fry relatively evenly with the oil so that there is a consistent potency. Cook the fries until they are golden brown. Around 15–20 minutes. Allow the fires to cool down, around 5 minutes. Divide the fries into equal proportions and serve. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from thecannaschool.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Materials -Medium Sauce-Pan -​Thermometer -Mesh-sieve or cheesecloth Ingredients -​6 grams cannabis flower -2 cups oil (olive, coconut, canola or vegetable oil) Directions ​ ​1. Decarboxylate the cannabis Heat the oven to 225°F. Spread cannabis buds out into an even layer on a baking sheet and place in the oven. ​Take care not to let the temperature go over 225°F and burn (if this happens, you can lose potency). Bake for about 35–40 minutes, then remove from the oven and cool before grinding into a coarse powder. ​ The decarboxylated cannabis will keep in an airtight container in a cool, dark place for up to 2 months 2. Heat the oil in a saucepan over medium-low heat. Add the decarboxylated cannabis and cook, taking care not to let the temperature go over 200°F for about 45 minutes. 3. Remove from heat and let sit, undisturbed, for 10 minutes 4. Strain through a fine mesh-sieve set over a bowl. Press carefully with a spoon to extract as much oil as possible ​The oil will keep for up to 6 weeks if covered and refrigerated. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from Vice.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023This soup can be enhanced with any of your favorite vegetables. Materials Soup Pot Frying Pan Hand-Blender or Regular blender (optional) Ingredients ​3 cups vegetable stock 1 cup chopped broccoli 1/2 red onion, chopped 2 stalks of celery, chopped 1 and 1/2 cup heavy cream (canna-cream may be substituted or blended with regular cream for increased potency) 2 TBSP olive oil Fresh cilantro (optional) Salt and Pepper to taste ​Canna-Oil (dose-dependent) Directions 1. Heat vegetable stock and broccoli in a large pot Boil for around 6 minutes 2. On another burner, saute garlic, onion and celery in olive oil until soft — about 4 minutes ​​ 3. Take the pan off the heat and add desired dose of canna-oil to vegetables Stir thoroughly and then pour mixture in to the big soup pot Be sure to scrape all material to get the maximum amount of canna-oil 4. Heat for another 6–8 minutes then reduce heat to low and add heavy cream, add salt and pepper to taste ​ 5. Let simmer for 5 minutes, serve hot  ​Garnish with cilantro if desired This recipe is available for download HERE The original recipe is from Royal Queen Seeds [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 2 cups shredded green cabbage 1 Tbsp lime juice 1/2 Tsp salt 3 Tbsp cilantro 1/4 cup canna-oil 1 tomato, diced 1/2 cup salsa 1/2 onion, diced 1 jalapeno, diced 1 avocado, sliced Meat of choice (fish or a ground meat like beef or turkey) 4 corn tortillas Directions 1. Cook choice of meat with fajita seasoning in frying pan, set aside 2. In a large bowl, mix shredded cabbage, line juice, salt and cilantro 3. In a separate bowl, mix canna-oil with tomato, onion, jalapeno and salsa 4. Wrap the tortillas in paper towels and heat in the microwave for 30 seconds, or until warm 5. Fill each tortilla with meat, cabbage mixture, cannabis salsa mixture and diced avocado ​Serve with lime wedge The recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from Eat Your Cannabis [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 2 cups all-purpose flour 4 Tbsp sugar (canna-sugar may be substituted to increase potency) 1 Tbsp baking powder ½ Tsp salt 2 large eggs 1 ½ cups whole milk (canna-milk may be substituted to increase potency) ¾ cup canna-butter, melted ​1 teaspoon vanilla extract Instructions 1. In a bowl, combine dry ingredients: flour, sugar, salt, baking powder 2. In another bowl, combine wet ingredients: beat the eggs with the milk, then add the vanilla extract 3. Stir the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients until just combined ​Do not over-mix, batter will be thick and slightly lumpy 4. Bake in a preheated waffle-iron according to manufacturer’s directions until golden brown This recipe is available for download HERE! Original recipe from allrecipes.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 1 cup breadcrumbs 1/2 cup canna-milk 1 lb ground beef 1/2 lb ground pork 1/2 lb Italian sausage, casing removed 1 small onion, finely diced 3 cloves garlic, minced 1 cup grated parmesean cheese 1/4 cup chopped parsley 2 large eggs, beaten 2 Tbsp canna-oil 1 (32oz) jar marinara sauce Instructions 1. In a small bowl, stir bread crumbs with canna-milk until evenly combined. Let sit 15 minutes, or while you prep other ingredients. 2. In a large bowl, use your hands to combine beef, pork, sausage, onion, and garlic. Season with salt and pepper, then gently stir in breadcrumb mixture, eggs, Parmesan, and parsley until just combined. Form mixture into 1” balls. 3. In a large high-sided skillet over medium heat, heat oil. Working in batches, sear meatballs on all sides to develop a crust. Set meatballs aside, reduce heat to medium-low, and add sauce to skillet. Bring sauce to a simmer then immediately add meatballs back to skillet. Cover and simmer until cooked through, about 8 minutes more original recipe from eatyourcannabis.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients Cupcakes: 2 cups flour 1 cup sugar 1 Tbsp baking powder 1/4 Tsp salt 1 cup milk 2 eggs 1/4 cup canna-oil (vegetable is best) 1/4 vegetable oil 2 Tsp vanilla extract 1/3 cup rainbow sprinkles Frosting: 1 cup sugar 1 cup egg whites 1lb butter, salted, room temperature 1 Tsp vanilla extract ​ Directions ​Cupcakes: Preheat oven to 350°F. Line a cupcake pan with cupcake liners. Mix all of the dry ingredients together in a medium bowl. Whisk all of the liquid ingredients together until blended. Add the liquid ingredients to the dry ingredients & mix until there are no large lumps. Do not overmix. Gently stir in the rainbow sprinkles until just blended. ​ Use a 2-ounce portion scoop & fill each cupcake liner with one scoop. Bake for 15–18 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in the middle comes out clean. Remove from the oven & allow to cool a bit before removing them from the pan. Frosting: Put 2 inches of water into a medium-size pot, & bring to a boil. Place the sugar & egg whites into a small stainless bowl that will sit on top of the pot of boiling water, or use a double boiler system. DO NOT allow the bowl with the egg white mixture to directly touch the boiling water or the egg whites will cook very quickly. Whisk constantly until temperature reaches 140°F/60°C or until the sugar has completely dissolved & the egg whites are hot to the touch. DO NOT leave unattended or you will have a sweet egg white scramble! Use a hand mixer or pour the egg white mixture into a bowl that is fitted for a stand mixer. Using the whisk attachment, begin to whip until the meringue is thick & glossy, about 10 minutes on medium-high. Place the mixer on low speed, add the cubes of butter, a couple at a time, until incorporated. Continue beating until it has reached a silky smooth texture. If the buttercream curdles simply keep mixing & it will become smooth. If the buttercream is too runny, refrigerate for about 15 minutes before continuing mixing. Add the vanilla & continue to beat on low speed until well combined. Once the cupcakes have completely cooled, place a large star tip into a piping bag & fill with the buttercream. Pipe a rosette onto each cupcake & add the sprinkles on top. Serve immediately, the same day or keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days. They can also be frozen for up to 3 months. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from myedibleschef.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Servings: 12 Ingredients 1 cup soybean oil ½ ounce ganja shake 2 large egg yolks 1 teaspoon fresh lemon juice Pinch of salt 1 teaspoon white vinegar ½ teaspoon Dijon mustard ​Directions In a double boiler, combine the oil and ganja. Heat over low until the ganja smell is pronounced but not nutty or burnt. (The oil should have an earthy green tint to it.) Let cool. Remove and strain the herb, squeezing the weed in a metal strainer against the mesh with the back of a spoon to wring out every drop of oil. Make sure that all your ingredients have been brought to room temperature — this is crucial! ​In a small metal bowl, use an immersion blender or whisk to thoroughly blend the egg yolks, lemon juice, salt, vinegar, and mustard. This can also be done in a food processor or blender. ​Using a ½ teaspoon measure, very slowly add the infused oil to the small metal bowl, a few drops at a time, while constantly blending on low or whisking until the mayo is thick and starting to form ribbons. (If it’s too thick, you can add room-temperature water in tiny increments.) If your mixture “breaks,” it can be repaired by whisking some more room-temperature egg yolks in a separate bowl, then slowly whisking those yolks into the “broken” mayo mixture. If that doesn’t do it, add a few drops of hot water. ​Cover and chill; it’ll keep in the refrigerator for 4 to 5 days. Original recipe from: Boudreaux, Ashley. The Official High Times Cannabis Cookbook. Red Eyed Deviled Eggs. https://saltonverde.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/09/10-High_Times_Cannabis_Cookbook.pdf [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 6 cups fresh or frozen blueberries (you may substitute some pitted cherries too!) 1 Tbsp lemon juice 1/4 cup all-purpose flour 1/2 cup white sugar (you may add canna-sugar for increased potency) 1/4 tsp cinnamon 2 Tbsp canna-butter, cut into small pieces (you may substitute canna-coconut oil) 2x pie crust recipe or store bought Directions Preheat oven to 350°F/175°C. Line a cookie sheet with parchment paper. Cream the regular butter, cannabutter, brown sugar & white sugar together until fluffy. Beat in eggs one at a time. Beat in the vanilla. In a small bowl, mix together the flour, cinnamon, baking soda & salt. Add to the creamed mixture. Mix well. Add the mini chocolate chips & mini marshmallows. Mix until evenly distributed. Evenly space the graham crackers on the prepared liner. Use a 2 oz scoop to portion the cookies & place in the center of the graham cracker. Bake for 12–15 minutes. Allow the cookies to cool. Push all of the baked cookies together & drizzle with coating chocolate. Allow the chocolate to set & enjoy! This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from myedibleschef.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 1 package of Instant Ramen Vegetable or Beef broth (use the amount listed on the package for water) Frozen vegetable medley One egg or tofu Dried seaweed (to garnish) Sesame Seeds (to garnish) Cannabis Tincture Directions 1. Follow the instructions on the ramen package, but swap the water out for broth 2. Add the frozen veggies when broth gets hot 3. Crack an egg in the hot broth and stir for a few minutes You can also use a hard-boiled egg or chopped tofu ​ 4. Add as much cannabis tincture that you want. If you are unsure, start with 1–2 drops 5. Top soup with dried seaweed and sesame seeds Original recipe from Satori MJ [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 2 slices of bread Cheese Canna-Butter Optional fillings: tomato, green onion, chicken, tuna Directions 1. Use a knife to coat both pieces of bread with canna-butter Be sure to coat both sides of the bread 2. Bring skillet to medium heat and add a small scoop of canna-butter ​ 3. One the butter has melted, place one slice of bread on the skillet 4. Add as much cheese and fillings as you like, then place the second slice of bread on top 5. Flip the sandwich when the bottom is golden brown, add more butter if needed for the new side 6. When the sandwich looks adequately fried and the cheese is melted to your liking, take it off of the skillet, slice in half, and enjoy! Original recipe from Satori MJ [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients ¼ cup cannabuter, room temperature ½ cup regular butter, room temperature 1 cup brown sugar ½ cup white sugar 2 eggs, room temperature 1 tsp vanilla extract 2 ½ cups all-purpose flour 1 tsp cinnamon ½ tsp baking soda ½ tsp sea salt 1 cup mini chocolate chips 1 cup mini marshmallows 18 graham crackers Coating chocolate, melted Directions Preheat oven to 350°F/175°C. Line a cookie sheet with parchment paper. Cream the regular butter, cannabutter, brown sugar & white sugar together until fluffy. Beat in eggs one at a time. Beat in the vanilla. In a small bowl, mix together the flour, cinnamon, baking soda & salt. Add to the creamed mixture. Mix well. Add the mini chocolate chips & mini marshmallows. Mix until evenly distributed. Evenly space the graham crackers on the prepared liner. Use a 2 oz scoop to portion the cookies & place in the center of the graham cracker. Bake for 12–15 minutes. Allow the cookies to cool. Push all of the baked cookies together & drizzle with coating chocolate. Allow the chocolate to set & enjoy! This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from myedibleschef.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023This recipe can be used with your favorite vegetables and breakfast meats Ingredients Base: 4 large eggs salt and pepper (to tasste) 1 tbsp butter (canna-butter may be used to increase potency) 1/2 cup canna-milk Filling: 2 tbsp diced green pepper 2 tbsp diced green onion 2 tbsp ham or meat of your choice 1/4 cup shredded cheese ​ Instructions 1. Beat eggs in a bowl with a whisk. 2. Add canna-milk and season with salt and pepper 3. Add any vegetables and/or meat fillings to the eggs and whisk for a few minutes until egg mixture if foamy — beating in air makes the omelette fluffy​ 4. Melt butter in a small, nonstick skillet over medium-low heat. Pour in egg mixture and twirl skillet so the bottom is evenly covered in egg. 5. Cook until egg starts to set. Lift the edges with a spatula and tilt the skillet so uncooked egg mixture can run towards the bottom of the skillet to set Repeat until no visible liquid egg remains 6. Carefully flip omelette and cook another 30 seconds to 1 minute 7. Sprinkle cheese in one line in the middle of the omelette and fold it in half, cook another 20 seconds them slide the omelette on to the plate This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from the Canna School [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 4 quarts popped popcorn 1 cup brown sugar 1/2 cup corn syrup light 1/2 cup cannabis butter 1/2 tsp salt 1/2 tsp pepper 1 tsp vanilla extract 1/2 tsp baking soda Instructions Preheat your oven to 250 degrees Fahrenheit. Spray a large shallow roasting pan with cooking spray and add popcorn. In a separate bowl mix brown sugar, corn syrup, cannabis butter, and salt in a heavy saucepan. Stirring constantly, bring to a boil over medium heat. Boil 5 minutes without stirring. Remove from heat. Stir in baking soda and vanilla; mix well. Pour syrup over warm popcorn, stirring to coat evenly. Bake for 45 minutes, stirring occasionally. ​ Enjoy! Keep refrigerated for extended shelf life. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from thecannaschool.com [...] Read more...